User manual | Moneris HiSpeed 6200 OPERATING MANUAL

Moneris HiSpeed 6200
OPERATING MANUAL
Software Version 7.29
Documentation v1.1
Documentation Date: Sept. 12, 2011
®Moneris and the Moneris Solutions design are registered trademarks of Moneris Solutions Corporation. All other
marks or registered trademarks are the marks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
Copyright – © 2011 Moneris Solutions, 3300 Bloor Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M8X 2X2
All Rights Reserved. This manual shall not wholly or in part, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
including photocopying, be reproduced or transmitted without the authorized consent of Moneris Solutions.
For informational purposes only. Neither Moneris Solutions Corporation (“Moneris”) nor any of its affiliates shall
be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages arising out of use of any of the
information contained in this guide. Neither Moneris or any of its affiliates nor any of our or their respective
licensors, licensees, service providers or suppliers warrant or make any representation regarding the use or the
results of the use of the information, content and materials contained in this guide in terms of their correctness,
accuracy, reliability or otherwise.
Your credit and/or debit card processing is separately governed by the Terms and Conditions of your Moneris VISA
Merchant Agreement, your Moneris MasterCard Merchant Agreement and/or your Moneris Debit Card and
Terminal Agreement (collectively the “Merchant Agreements”),as applicable with Moneris. It is the merchant’s
responsibility to ensure that proper card processing procedures are followed at all times. Please refer to your
Merchant manuals and the Terms and Conditions of your Merchant Agreement(s) for details. The Moneris Merchant
Operating Manual is available for free download at moneris.com/en/Support/Downloads/MerchantManuals.aspx.
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................................ I
1
INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................................................1
1.1
WHAT'S NEW IN V7.29....................................................................................................................................1
1.2
GETTING STARTED .........................................................................................................................................1
1.3
LEARNING ABOUT THE TERMINAL .................................................................................................................1
1.4
CARING FOR YOUR MONERIS HARDWARE ......................................................................................................1
1.4.1
Caring for the Terminal.........................................................................................................................2
2
FEATURES AND PROCEDURES....................................................................................................................3
2.1
STANDARD FEATURES ....................................................................................................................................3
2.1.1
Backlight................................................................................................................................................3
2.1.2
Card Number Masking...........................................................................................................................3
2.1.3
Communications Status..........................................................................................................................4
2.1.4
The Menu Feature..................................................................................................................................5
2.1.5
Admin Codes........................................................................................................................................12
2.1.6
Stored Transactions .............................................................................................................................16
2.1.7
Training Mode .....................................................................................................................................17
2.2
OPTIONAL FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................17
2.2.1
Balanced Prompt .................................................................................................................................18
2.2.2
Cashback .............................................................................................................................................18
2.2.3
Cheque Authorization ..........................................................................................................................18
2.2.4
Using a Chip Card on the HiSpeed 6200.............................................................................................18
2.2.5
Clerk Subtotalling................................................................................................................................20
2.2.6
Clerk IDs..............................................................................................................................................20
2.2.7
Using Contactless Cards .....................................................................................................................20
2.2.8
Corporate Cards..................................................................................................................................22
2.2.9
Credit-Only Processing .......................................................................................................................22
2.2.10 Declined Beep......................................................................................................................................22
2.2.11 Dial Backup Communications for Ethernet .........................................................................................22
2.2.12 Loyalty/Gift Programs .........................................................................................................................22
2.2.13 Invoice Number Prompt.......................................................................................................................23
2.2.14 MOTO Transactions ............................................................................................................................23
2.2.15 Multi-Terminal Reporting....................................................................................................................23
2.2.16 Personalized Message on Receipts ......................................................................................................23
2.2.17 Pre-Authorization as the Default Transaction.....................................................................................23
2.2.18 Private Label Cards.............................................................................................................................24
2.2.19 The Air Miles Rewards Program .........................................................................................................24
2.2.20 Signatureless Transactions: Credit Cards...........................................................................................25
2.2.21 Terminal Names...................................................................................................................................26
2.2.22 Tip Entry by Cardholder......................................................................................................................26
2.2.23 Tip Line on Pre-Authorization Receipts...............................................................................................26
2.2.24 Tip Reporting .......................................................................................................................................27
2.2.25 Tip Percentage.....................................................................................................................................27
2.3
STANDARD PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................27
2.3.1
Powering Up the Terminal ..................................................................................................................28
2.3.2
Powering Down the Moneris HiSpeed 6200........................................................................................28
2.3.3
Bilingual Displays and Receipts ..........................................................................................................28
2.3.4
Changing the Display Language on the Terminal ...............................................................................28
2.3.5
Taking a Manual Imprint of a Card.....................................................................................................29
2.3.6
Cancelling a Transaction.....................................................................................................................29
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
i
Table of Contents
2.3.7
2.3.8
2.3.9
2.3.10
2.3.11
2.3.12
2.3.13
2.3.14
2.3.15
2.3.16
2.3.17
2.3.18
2.3.19
2.3.20
2.3.21
2.3.22
2.3.23
2.3.24
3
Cancelling a Report .............................................................................................................................30
Reprinting a Receipt or Report ............................................................................................................30
The Reprint Function ...........................................................................................................................31
Disputed Debit Transactions ...............................................................................................................31
PAN Fraud Check................................................................................................................................32
Code 10 Authorization .........................................................................................................................32
Terminal Security.................................................................................................................................32
POS Admin card ..................................................................................................................................32
Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation...............................................................................33
Entering the Clerk ID ..........................................................................................................................34
Entering the Invoice Number ...............................................................................................................34
Entering Original Amount and Tip ......................................................................................................34
Deleting a Pre-Auth from the Pre-Authorization Advice List ..............................................................35
Entering the Promo Code ....................................................................................................................35
Finding the Original Sequence Number ..............................................................................................35
Transaction with MOTO Enabled........................................................................................................36
Enter Reporting Data for Transaction with Purchasing Card ............................................................36
Cardholder Prompts ............................................................................................................................37
THE MONERIS HISPEED 6200 HARDWARE ............................................................................................47
3.1
SETTING UP THE TERMINAL HARDWARE......................................................................................................47
3.2
THE TERMINAL .............................................................................................................................................47
3.3
THE INTEGRATED PRINTER ...........................................................................................................................48
3.4
THE DISPLAY ................................................................................................................................................48
3.4.1
The READY Screen ..............................................................................................................................49
3.4.2
The TRAINING Screen.........................................................................................................................49
3.4.3
The Contactless Reader WELCOME/BONJOUR Screen ....................................................................49
3.4.4
The External PINpad WELCOME/BONJOUR Screen ........................................................................50
3.4.5
The External PINpad TRAINING Screen.............................................................................................50
3.4.6
The Credit-Only READY Screen..........................................................................................................50
3.4.7
The Pre-Auth READY Screen...............................................................................................................50
3.5
THE TERMINAL KEYPAD ..............................................................................................................................51
3.6
THE MAGNETIC STRIPE READER ON THE TERMINAL ....................................................................................52
3.7
THE CHIP CARD READER ON THE TERMINAL ................................................................................................53
3.8
THE EXTERNAL PINPAD ...............................................................................................................................54
3.8.1
The Moneris PINpad............................................................................................................................54
3.8.2
Setting Up the PINpad .........................................................................................................................55
3.8.3
The Back of the External PINpad ........................................................................................................55
3.8.4
The PINpad Cable ...............................................................................................................................55
3.8.5
The PINpad Cable Connection Protector............................................................................................56
3.8.6
The PINpad Keypad.............................................................................................................................57
3.8.7
The Magnetic Stripe Card Reader on the PINpad ...............................................................................58
3.8.8
The Chip Card Reader on the External PINpad ..................................................................................58
3.9
THE COMMUNICATIONS BASE ......................................................................................................................59
3.10 THE LED ON THE BASE ................................................................................................................................59
3.11 THE CABLES .................................................................................................................................................60
3.11.1 The Power Cable .................................................................................................................................60
3.11.2 Installing the 2-part Power Cable .......................................................................................................60
3.11.3 Installing the 3-part Power Cable .......................................................................................................61
3.11.4 Dial Communications Cable................................................................................................................62
3.11.5 Ethernet Communications Cable .........................................................................................................62
3.12 THE VIVOPAY 5000 CONTACTLESS READER ..............................................................................................63
3.12.1 Contactless Transactions.....................................................................................................................63
3.12.2 Contactless Transaction: Visual Steps.................................................................................................64
3.12.3 Contactless Reader: Stand-Base Setup ................................................................................................65
3.12.4 Contactless Reader: Hardware Setup..................................................................................................66
ii
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
Table of Contents
4
CONFIGURING YOUR TERMINAL ............................................................................................................67
4.1
CONFIGURING COMMUNICATIONS ................................................................................................................67
4.1.1
Configuring Dial Communications......................................................................................................67
4.1.2
Dial Backup Communications for Ethernet .........................................................................................69
4.1.3
Configuring Ethernet Communications ...............................................................................................69
4.2
CONFIGURING THE RECEIPT FORMAT ...........................................................................................................76
4.2.1
Select number of receipts printed for a transaction.............................................................................79
4.2.2
Select and edit the trailer message for cardholder receipts.................................................................79
4.2.3
Reset the trailer message to the original text.......................................................................................80
4.2.4
Trailer Message Options .....................................................................................................................81
4.3
DISABLING THE BACKLIGHT .........................................................................................................................82
4.4
CONFIGURING CORPORATE (PURCHASING) CARDS ......................................................................................83
4.5
CONFIGURING PRIVATE LABEL.....................................................................................................................83
4.6
CONFIGURING GENERAL PARAMETERS ........................................................................................................84
4.7
CONFIGURING TIP ENTRY - DEBIT/CREDIT ...................................................................................................89
4.7.1
Tip Prompt Formats: Terminal............................................................................................................90
4.7.2
Tip Prompt Formats: PINpad..............................................................................................................91
4.8
CONFIGURING CLERK SUBTOTALS ...............................................................................................................92
4.8.1
Allow Clerks to Zero Totals .................................................................................................................92
4.8.2
Identify Clerk ID Entry Method ...........................................................................................................92
4.8.3
Adding Clerk IDs (including the Default Clerk ID).............................................................................93
4.8.4
Removing Clerk IDs.............................................................................................................................94
4.8.5
Enabling Clerk Subtotalling ................................................................................................................94
4.8.6
Enabling the Clerk ID Prompt.............................................................................................................95
4.8.7
Enabling the Default Clerk ID.............................................................................................................95
4.8.8
Identifying the Clerk ID Location ........................................................................................................95
4.9
CONFIGURING MULTI-TERMINAL REPORTING ..............................................................................................96
4.9.1
Enabling Multi-Terminal Reporting ....................................................................................................96
4.9.2
Disabling Multi-terminal Reporting ....................................................................................................96
4.9.3
Changing the Terminal Name..............................................................................................................96
4.9.4
Deleting the Terminal Name................................................................................................................97
4.10 CONFIGURING CHEQUE AUTHORIZATION .....................................................................................................97
4.11 INITIALIZATION ............................................................................................................................................98
4.11.1 First Initialization................................................................................................................................98
4.11.2 Re-initialization ...................................................................................................................................98
4.12 RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS .....................................................................................................................99
4.13 REMOTE CODE DOWNLOAD .........................................................................................................................99
5
FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ....................................................................................................................101
5.1
CARD FUNCTIONALITY ...............................................................................................................................101
5.1.1
Card Entry at the POS .......................................................................................................................101
5.2
PAYMENT TYPES ........................................................................................................................................102
5.2.1
Credit Transactions ...........................................................................................................................102
5.2.2
Debit Transactions.............................................................................................................................102
5.3
TRANSACTION FLOWS IN V6.XX AND ABOVE ..............................................................................................103
5.4
TRANSACTION GUIDELINES ........................................................................................................................103
5.5
CREDIT AND DEBIT TRANSACTIONS ...........................................................................................................104
5.5.1
Purchase ............................................................................................................................................104
5.5.2
Purchase-Void ...................................................................................................................................105
5.5.3
Refund................................................................................................................................................107
5.5.4
Refund-Void .......................................................................................................................................109
5.5.5
Pre-Authorization and Advice Transactions......................................................................................111
5.5.6
Manually Processing Transactions....................................................................................................117
5.5.7
Manually Processing Transactions UNDER Floor Limit ..................................................................117
5.5.8
Manually Processing Transactions OVER Floor Limit .....................................................................117
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
iii
Table of Contents
5.5.9
Private Label Transactions................................................................................................................118
5.6
CHEQUE AUTHORIZATION TRANSACTIONS .................................................................................................120
5.6.1
Cheque Authorization ........................................................................................................................120
5.6.2
Cheque Authorization with a Credit Card .........................................................................................120
5.6.3
Cheque Authorization with a Driver's Licence ..................................................................................121
5.6.4
Province or State Code ......................................................................................................................122
5.7
RECEIPT PROCESSING .................................................................................................................................122
6
THE LOYALTY/GIFT PROGRAMS ...........................................................................................................123
6.1
LOYALTY/GIFT PROGRAMS ........................................................................................................................123
6.2
THE MONERIS GIFT CARD PROGRAM .........................................................................................................123
6.3
CONFIGURING GIFT TIP PROMPTING...........................................................................................................124
6.3.1
Configuring Tip Entry for Gift...........................................................................................................124
6.3.2
Configuring the Tip Percentage for Gift............................................................................................124
6.4
GIFT CARD TRANSACTIONS ........................................................................................................................126
6.4.1
Activate a Gift Card...........................................................................................................................126
6.4.2
Deactivate a Gift Card.......................................................................................................................127
6.4.3
Gift Card Purchase............................................................................................................................127
6.4.4
Gift Card Refund................................................................................................................................128
6.5
THE MONERIS LOYALTY PROGRAM ...........................................................................................................129
6.5.1
Loyalty Card Transactions ................................................................................................................129
6.5.2
Combo Card Transactions.................................................................................................................129
6.5.3
Loyalty Reports..................................................................................................................................130
6.6
LOYALTY TRANSACTIONS ..........................................................................................................................130
6.6.1
Activate a Loyalty Card .....................................................................................................................130
6.6.2
Deactivate a Loyalty Card .................................................................................................................131
6.6.3
Redemption ........................................................................................................................................131
6.6.4
Loyalty Card Purchase ......................................................................................................................132
6.6.5
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Pre-Authorization Transaction....................................133
6.6.6
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Pre-Auth Completion Transaction ..............................133
6.6.7
Loyalty Card Refund..........................................................................................................................134
6.7
LOYALTY/GIFT PROCEDURES .....................................................................................................................135
6.7.1
Reprinting Loyalty/Gift Receipts........................................................................................................135
6.7.2
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Financial Transaction .................................................135
6.7.3
Transferring the Balance to a New Gift Card....................................................................................136
6.7.4
Selecting the Balance Due Payment Method .....................................................................................136
6.7.5
Entering the Optional Information ....................................................................................................138
6.7.6
Entering the Activation Amount.........................................................................................................138
6.7.7
Entering the Pre-Tax Amount ............................................................................................................139
6.7.8
Entering the Bonus Code ...................................................................................................................140
6.7.9
Entering the Benefit Amount..............................................................................................................141
6.7.10 Entering the Number of Points for a Redemption..............................................................................142
6.7.11 Entering the Redemption Amount ......................................................................................................142
6.7.12 Entering a Tip on Terminal: Preset Percentage Enabled - Gift ........................................................143
6.7.13 Selecting Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on Terminal - Gift........................................................144
6.7.14 Entering a Percentage Tip on Terminal - Gift...................................................................................144
6.7.15 Entering a Dollar Amount Tip on Terminal - Gift ............................................................................145
6.7.16 Tip Prompt on PINpad: Preset Percentage Enabled - Gift ...............................................................146
6.7.17 Tip Prompt on PINpad: Selecting Percentage or Dollars - Gift........................................................146
6.7.18 Tip Prompt on PINpad: Entering a Percentage - Gift .......................................................................147
6.7.19 Tip Prompt on PINpad: Entering a Dollar Amount - Gift .................................................................147
6.8
THE MENU FEATURE FOR LOYALTY/GIFT (ERNEX)....................................................................................147
6.8.1
The ERNEX Menu..............................................................................................................................147
6.8.2
The Loyalty/Gift SETUP Menu ..........................................................................................................148
6.8.3
The Loyalty/Gift VOUCHER HEADER Menu ...................................................................................151
6.8.4
The Loyalty/Gift REPORT FUNCTIONS Menu.................................................................................152
iv
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
Table of Contents
6.9
LOYALTY/GIFT ADMIN TRANSACTIONS .....................................................................................................153
6.9.1
Loyalty/Gift Card Inquiry ..................................................................................................................153
6.9.2
Voiding an Loyalty/Gift Transaction .................................................................................................154
6.9.3
Loyalty/Gift Close Batch....................................................................................................................155
6.9.4
Loyalty/Gift Initialization ..................................................................................................................155
6.10 LOYALTY/GIFT REPORTS ............................................................................................................................157
6.10.1 Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial Report ...................................................................157
6.10.2 Printing a Stored Transactions Report for Loyalty/Gift Transactions...............................................157
6.10.3 Printing a Loyalty/Gift Open Batch Totals Report ............................................................................158
6.10.4 Printing Gift Tip Totals......................................................................................................................159
6.10.5 Loyalty/Gift Transaction Inquiry Report ...........................................................................................160
6.10.6 Clerk Subtotalling on Loyalty/Gift Transactions ...............................................................................161
6.10.7 Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for All Clerks ............................................................................161
6.10.8 Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for a Group of Clerks ...............................................................162
6.10.9 Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for One Clerk............................................................................163
6.10.10
Printing the Loyalty/Gift Configuration Parameters List ..............................................................163
6.10.11
Printing a Loyalty/Gift Help List ...................................................................................................164
7
THE AIR MILES REWARDS PROGRAM .................................................................................................165
7.1
THE AIR MILES REWARDS PROGRAM .........................................................................................................165
7.1.1
Configuring Air Miles........................................................................................................................165
7.1.2
Air Miles Rewards Transactions........................................................................................................165
7.1.3
Air Miles Rewards Administration.....................................................................................................165
7.2
CONFIGURING THE AIR MILES REWARDS PROGRAM ..................................................................................165
7.2.1
The Air Miles REWARDS SETUP Menu............................................................................................166
7.2.2
Planning the Rewards Program Configuration .................................................................................167
7.2.3
Rewards Program Planning Worksheet.............................................................................................168
7.2.4
Reward Program Components - Calculator and Factor Values........................................................169
7.2.5
Reward Program Components - Bonus Offer Values ........................................................................171
7.2.6
Reward Program Components - Incentive Values .............................................................................173
7.2.7
Order of Calculation..........................................................................................................................173
7.2.8
Rewards Calculation Table ...............................................................................................................175
7.2.9
Enable the Rewards Program............................................................................................................176
7.2.10 Select the Type of Rewards Program.................................................................................................176
7.2.11 Configure the Calculator and Factor Values ....................................................................................176
7.2.12 Configure the Incentive Values..........................................................................................................177
7.2.13 Configure the Maximum Rewards Allowed .......................................................................................178
7.2.14 Set the Rewards Totals Reset Time of day .........................................................................................179
7.2.15 Enable the Enter Reference Number Prompt.....................................................................................179
7.2.16 Configure the Bonus Offers ...............................................................................................................179
7.2.17 Configure the Tax Type......................................................................................................................181
7.2.18 Configure the SAF Upload Time Period............................................................................................182
7.3
AIR MILES TRANSACTIONS.........................................................................................................................182
7.3.1
Air Miles Rewards - Purchase ...........................................................................................................182
7.3.2
Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards Purchase..................................................................................183
7.3.3
Applying the Incentive to an Air Miles Rewards Purchase................................................................184
7.3.4
Air Miles Rewards - Refund...............................................................................................................184
7.3.5
Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards Refund .....................................................................................185
7.4
AIR MILES ADMIN TRANSACTIONS ............................................................................................................185
7.4.1
Completing Air Miles Reward Transactions......................................................................................185
7.4.2
Printing the Air Miles Rewards SAF List...........................................................................................186
7.4.3
SAF Log Status Icons.........................................................................................................................186
7.4.4
Deleting a transaction from the Air Miles Rewards SAF List............................................................186
7.4.5
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Totals Report ...................................................................................187
7.4.6
Printing the Air Miles Rewards Transaction List ..............................................................................187
7.4.7
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Configuration List............................................................................188
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
v
Table of Contents
7.4.8
7.4.9
8
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Help List...........................................................................................189
Rewards - Reprint Last Receipt .........................................................................................................189
ADMIN TRANSACTIONS.............................................................................................................................191
8.1
LOG ON ......................................................................................................................................................191
8.2
LOG OFF .....................................................................................................................................................191
8.3
PRIVATE LABEL INSTANT CREDIT CARD APPLICATION ..............................................................................191
8.4
TRAINING MODE ........................................................................................................................................193
8.4.1
Training Mode ...................................................................................................................................193
8.4.2
Transactions Available in Training mode..........................................................................................193
8.4.3
Loyalty/Gift Reports...........................................................................................................................195
8.4.4
Entering Training Mode ....................................................................................................................195
8.4.5
Exiting Training Mode.......................................................................................................................196
9
REPORTS ........................................................................................................................................................197
9.1
CLERK SUBTOTALLING REPORTS ...............................................................................................................197
9.1.1
Clerk Subtotals Report for All Clerks ................................................................................................197
9.1.2
Clerk Subtotals Report for One Clerk................................................................................................197
9.1.3
Clerk Subtotals Report for a Group of Clerks ...................................................................................198
9.2
PRINTING THE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS REPORT ..............................................................................199
9.3
EMV PARAMETERS LIST.............................................................................................................................199
9.4
MASTERCARD TRANSACTION DATA ..........................................................................................................200
9.5
CURRENT BATCH TOTALS REPORT .............................................................................................................200
9.6
DEPOSIT TOTALS INQUIRY..........................................................................................................................201
9.7
TIP TOTALS REPORT ...................................................................................................................................201
9.8
PRINTING A HELP LIST ...............................................................................................................................202
9.9
MERCHANT SUBTOTALS REPORT ...............................................................................................................203
9.10 PRINTING THE PRE-AUTHORIZATION LIST ..................................................................................................203
9.11 DELETE A PRE-AUTHORIZATION USING TRANSACTION INQUIRY ................................................................204
9.12 PRIVATE LABEL TRANSACTIONS ON REPORTS ............................................................................................205
9.13 PRINTING A STORED TRANSACTIONS REPORT ............................................................................................206
9.14 TRANSACTION INQUIRY REPORT ................................................................................................................207
9.14.1 Printing a Transaction Inquiry Report ..............................................................................................208
9.14.2 Transaction Inquiry - Reprinting the Merchant Receipt Copy ..........................................................209
10
END-OF-DAY PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................211
10.1 CLOSE BATCH ............................................................................................................................................211
10.2 MULTI-TERMINAL REPORTS .......................................................................................................................212
10.2.1 Multi-Terminal Report for All Terminals...........................................................................................212
10.2.2 Multi-Terminal Report for One or More Terminals by Name ...........................................................213
10.2.3 Multi-Terminal Report for One or More Groups of Terminals .........................................................214
11
TROUBLESHOOTING ..............................................................................................................................215
11.1 ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION..................................................................................................................215
11.2 TELEPHONE ASSISTANCE ............................................................................................................................215
11.3 MERCHANT DIRECT ....................................................................................................................................215
11.4 TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................................................................................216
11.5 ERROR MESSAGES ON THE 6200 TERMINAL ...............................................................................................216
11.6 ERROR MESSAGES ON THE PINPAD ............................................................................................................231
11.7 HARDWARE PROBLEMS ..............................................................................................................................235
11.8 ERROR MESSAGES: CONTACTLESS READER ...............................................................................................237
11.8.1 Contactless Reader Error Messages Table........................................................................................237
11.8.2 Contactless Reader Equipment Problems Table................................................................................239
11.9 UNDERSTANDING DECLINED MESSAGES .................................................................................................240
11.10
ERROR MESSAGES DURING CODE AUTHENTICATION .............................................................................241
vi
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
1
Introduction
1.1
What's New in v7.29
•
Canceling Pre-Authorizations (at terminal)
•
Contactless Debit transactions
•
Contactless transactions logo (enable/disable on receipts)
•
Enhanced Tip prompting (debit/credit cards)
•
Tip prompting (gift cards)
See "Optional Features"section for details about these new features, or call the Moneris Merchant Contact Centre to
discuss how these features can benefit your business.
1.2
Getting Started
You must prepare your terminal before you process transactions:
1. Set up the Hardware.
2. Configure the terminal.
3. Initialize the terminal.
4. Log on to the Moneris Host.
Once the terminal is ready to use, practise performing transactions in Training mode to ensure that any errors made
while learning to perform transactions do not affect your business account.
1.3
Learning About the Terminal
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal is a stand-alone, electronic, debit and credit card payment system that connects
to the point-of-sale (POS) services provided by Moneris Solutions.
To introduce yourself to the terminal,:
•
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
•
Features & Procedures
•
READY Screens
•
Training mode
•
MAIN Menu
1.4
Caring for your Moneris Hardware
Proper care of your terminal will help ensure uninterrupted service. Here are some recommendations for maintaining
the hardware in good working order:
IMPORTANT: Misuse of equipment can result in replacement liability.
•
DO clean the hardware components with a dry or slightly damp cloth rinsed in a mild soap solution.
•
Do NOT use solvents, detergents, cleaning fluids or abrasives on any of the hardware components.
•
Avoid spilling liquids on components.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
1
1
Introduction
•
1.4.1
Do NOT expose components to extreme temperatures.
Caring for the Terminal
•
Clean the magnetic stripe reader (MSR) periodically, using the cleaning card provided with your terminal.
To obtain additional MSR cleaning cards, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
•
Note: Do NOT use the MSR cleaning card in the chip card reader.
•
It is recommended that merchants obtain their POS stationery and paper rolls from Moneris to ensure that
these supplies comply with the applicable specifications. Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre to
obtain additional supplies for your terminal.
•
Load the paper into the printer correctly.
IMPORTANT: You must use the exact power adaptor and cable provided with the terminal by Moneris
Solutions. Failure to do so may affect the operability of, or cause damage to the terminal and Moneris
Solutions shall have no liability whatsoever for a failure to follow these instructions.
•
2
Avoid unnecessary movement of the terminal base to prevent accidental disconnection of any of the cables.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
Your terminal can be set up to accept and process a variety of transactions for a variety of cards including Debit
cards, magnetic stripe credit cards, chip cards (credit and debit), private label cards, purchasing cards, and Loyalty
programs. The terminal can also be set up to process cheque authorizations and to prompt for entry of a Tip amount
by the cardholder on the terminal (or an external PINpad if attached) for both debit and credit transactions as well as
many other features.
2.1
Standard Features
These features are available and enabled on all Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminals.
•
Backlight
•
Bilingual Displays and Receipts
•
Chip Card Processing
•
Ethernet Communications
•
Menu-driven interface
•
Shortcut Codes
•
Stored Transactions
•
Training Mode
2.1.1
Backlight
Both the screen and the keypad can be lit up to make reading and responding to the prompts easier in low-light
locations such as restaurants. The backlight will turn off automatically after a preset amount of time of no activity.
The backlight will turn on again the first time any button is pressed.
IMPORTANT: The buttons on the keypad still function normally even when the backlight is turned off. For
example, if you press the Admin key when the backlight is off, the MAIN MENU appears, and the backlight
comes on.
2.1.2
Card Number Masking
To reduce the risk of fraudulent card use, only a portion of the cardholder's Card number is printed. The remainder
of the Card number is masked with an '*' (i.e., an asterisk is printed for each of the remaining digits of the number).
IMPORTANT: Do not disable Merchant Receipt Card Number Masking.
If Merchant Receipt Card Number Masking is disabled, the Card number and the Expiry date will be fully
displayed on the Merchant copy of the receipt.
2.1.2.1
On Receipts
Card masking is dependent on payment type (i.e., credit or debit) and the card issuer.
For credit (and some debit chip) cards:
[Cardholder copy] The card number will appear masked as ***************1234 while no Expiry date
appears at all..
[Merchant copy] The card number will appear as 1234***********1111 while the Expiry date will appear
masked as ****.
For most debit cards:
[Cardholder copy] The card number will appear masked as 1234567891*********.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
2
Features and Procedures
[Merchant copy] The card number will appear masked as 1234***********1111.
For loyalty and gift cards:
[Cardholder copy] The card number will appear masked as ***************1234 and no Expiry date
appears.
[Merchant copy] The card number will appear masked as 1234***********1111 and no Expiry date
appears.
For Air Miles Rewards cards:
An Air Miles Rewards card number will appear fully as 12345678911.
2.1.2.2
On Reports
If a POS Admin card is swiped at the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt during a report transaction, the Card numbers
on the printed report will NOT be masked (i.e., the full Card number is printed). The Card numbers displayed on the
screen (e.g., in the Transaction Inquiry) are NOT masked on the terminal display.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt is bypassed by pressing OK, the card numbers are masked on the report and
on the terminal display. In addition, the credit card (including some debit chip cards) Expiry dates are not printed on
the report.
2.1.3
Communications Status
As the terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, it displays PROCESSING to indicate that the transaction is
proceeding correctly. Depending on the type of communication, additional status information is provided
2.1.3.1
Ethernet Communications Status
If your terminal is using Ethernet Communications to communicate with the Moneris Host, the terminal will connect
to the Moneris Host each time you begin a transaction (it does not make any noise when it attempts to connect).
The following symbols appear in the top left corner on the following screens: MAIN MENU, TRANSACTIONS,
REPORT FUNCS, ADMIN FUNCS, and CONFIG FUNCS.
To display these icons from the READY screen, press the Admin key to access the ADMIN FUNCTIONS menu.
Icon
Description
(Ethernet Connection Available symbol)
appears under normal conditions and indicates that the terminal is configured to use
Ethernet communications and the Ethernet connection is up.
(Ethernet Connection Not Available symbol)
appears when there is a problem with the Ethernet connection.
An error message may also appear.
If your terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications AND the Dial Parameters are configured on your
terminal AND your terminal is connected to a dial line:
•
when there is a problem with the Ethernet connection, the terminal will automatically attempt to use the
dial line to communicate with the Moneris Host and the ETHERNET COMMS ERROR-DIAL USED
PRESS OK prompt will appear.
2.1.3.2
Dial Communications Status
If your terminal is using dial communications to communicate with the Moneris Host, the terminal will dial the
Moneris Host each time you begin a transaction. (The terminal does not make any noise when it dials.)
•
4
Under normal conditions the terminal will not indicate the status of the dial line.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
•
Features and Procedures
If there is a problem with the dial communications, an error message will appear.
2.1.4
The Menu Feature
All transactions and functions can be accessed through menus and sub-menus.
- Scroll down: press
For quicker access to transactions and functions use the Short-cut codes.
2.1.4.1
The Main Menu
The Main menu (see MAIN MENU below) gives you access to sub-menus that allow you to select financial
transactions, manage processed financial transactions and configure your terminal to perform the transactions you
need.
The menus are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
Opens the:
MAIN MENU
TRANSACTIONS
TRANSACTIONS menu
ERNEX
Ernex Gift and Loyalty menu
REWARDS
Air Miles REWARD menu
REPORTS
REPORT FUNCS menu
ADMIN
ADMIN FUNCS menu
CONFIGURATION
CONFIG FUNCS menu
To access the MAIN MENU:
from the READY screen:
•
Simply press the Admin key.
2.1.4.2
The Transactions Menu
This menu allows you to select the type of transaction you wish to process.
The transactions are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the terminal until a
specific feature is enabled.
TRANSACTIONS
From the READY screen
PURCHASE
process a credit or debit Purchase transaction
REFUND
process a credit or debit Refund transaction for a portion of or the full amount of the
original Purchase
PRE-AUTH
process a Pre-Authorization transaction
P-A ADVICE
process an Advice (to complete a Pre-Authorization Transaction)
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
2
Features and Procedures
P-A ADVICE LST
complete or delete multiple Pre-Auth transactions from a list
Note: This item appears only if Tip Reporting is enabled.
PAYMENT
processes a private label Payment transaction
Note: This item appears only if the terminal is set up on the Moneris Host to process
this transaction.
CHEQUE AUTH
connect to a cheque authorization service and obtain approval based on a credit card or
driver's licence
Note: This item appears only if the terminal is set up on the Moneris Host to process
this transaction.
VOID-PURCHASE
void a credit or debit Purchase transaction for the full amount of the original Purchase
transaction. In effect this cancels the original Purchase transaction.
VOID-REFUND
void a credit or debit Refund transaction for the full amount of the original Refund
transaction. In effect this cancels the original Refund transaction.
VOID-PAYMENT
void a private label Payment transaction
Note: This item only appears if the terminal is set up on the Moneris Host to process
this transaction.
To access the TRANSACTIONS menu:
from the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
2.1.4.3
The Reporting Functions Menu
This menu allows you to produce a variety of reports and perform a close batch on your terminal.
The reports are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the terminal until a
specific feature is enabled.
REPORT FUNCS
6
Allows you to print:
CLOSE BATCH
a Batch Totals report and
close the current batch in order to deposit funds in your account
TRANS LIST
a list of all stored transactions by date or by batch
TRANS INQUIRY
a list of transactions based on selected criteria and
print duplicate Merchant Copies of receipts and
delete Pre-Authorization transactions
DEPOSIT TOTALS
a report listing deposit totals by card and transaction type
MERCH SUBTOTAL
a report listing totals in the current batch by card and transaction type
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
TIP TOTALS
Features and Procedures
a report that shows the Tip summary of all Purchase and Pre-Auth Advice
transactions for the current batch
Note: This item appears only if Tip Reporting is enabled.
MULTI TERM RPT
a Deposit Totals report for each terminal associated with your Moneris Merchant ID
This item appears only if Multi-Terminal Reporting is enabled.
CLERK INQUIRY
a report listing totals for a specific clerk, a group of clerks or all clerks
This item appears only if Clerk Subtotalling is enabled.
PRE-AUTH LIST
a list of Pre-Authorization transactions based on selected criteria
EMV PARMS LIST
a report listing the current EMV parameter settings
CONFIG LIST
a report listing the current settings for each parameter
HELP LIST
a list of the functions and transactions with their Shortcut codes
To access the REPORT FUNCS menu:
from the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
2.1.4.4
The Admin Functions Menu
This menu allows you to perform the administrative functions required to manage your terminal.
The functions are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
ADMIN FUNCS
Allows you to:
LOGON
log on to the Moneris Host and allow the terminal to process transactions.
LOGOFF
log off of the Moneris Host and prevent the terminal from processing transactions
REPRINT
print a duplicate copy of the most recently printed receipt or report
MC TRNS DATA
print the DE55 data for the most recent MasterCard EMV transaction that has gone
online
LANGUAGE
switch the language displayed on the terminal and printed on the merchant copy of the
receipt from English to French and vice versa
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
2
Features and Procedures
BACKLIGHT
turn the display backlight off and on
TRAINING
enter and exit Training mode
CREDIT APP
Allows for the instant processing of a customer's Private Label Credit Card Application
To access the ADMIN FUNCS menu:
from the READY screen:
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCTIONS menu appears.
2.1.4.5
The Configuration Menu
The Configuration menu (see CONFIG FUNCTIONS below) contains a list of parameters and programs that can be
enabled and configured on the HiSpeed 6200 terminal.
IMPORTANT: A number of these programs require agreements between the merchant and a service
provider other than Moneris Solutions. Please ensure that the necessary agreements are in place before
attempting to configure those programs on the terminal.
The parameters and programs are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the
terminal until another feature is enabled.
CONFIG FUNCS
Allows you to:
INITIALIZATION
initialize the terminal to the Moneris Host
GENERAL PARAMS
configure the communications (if not using Dial) and other parameters that affect
all transactions, e.g., tip entry and admin card protection
DIAL CONFIG
configure the parameters required to use a regular phone line to communicate with
the Moneris Host
ETHERNET CFG
configure the parameters required to use the Internet to communicate with the
Moneris Host
PRINTER CONFIG
configure the receipt printing options including number of copies, signature lines
and trailer messages on your receipt
MULTI TERM CFG
configure a terminal in order to use multi-terminal reporting
CLERK TOTALS
configure the terminal to display the Clerk ID prompt
CLERK MAINT
add and remove Clerk IDs (if Clerk Totals is enabled)
8
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
DEFAULT CLERK
configure the Default Clerk ID on a terminal
PURCHASE CARD
configure the merchant name and tax type for processing purchasing and corporate
cards
REMOTE D-LOAD
download upgrades from the Moneris Host
RESTORE DEFLT
reset all of the parameters on the terminal to the factory defaults
To access the CONFIG FUNCS menu:
from the READY screen:
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
2.1.4.6
The General Parameters Menu
The General Parameters menu allows you to enable and configure the optional features on your terminal.
The parameters are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the terminal until
another feature is enabled.
GENERAL PARAMETERS
Allows you to:
COMMS TYPE
select the communications type
DECLINED BEEP
enable the terminal to emit a beep when a financial transaction has been
cancelled, declined, or not completed
TIP REPORTING
enables Pre-Authorization Advice List (found in the TRANSACTIONS menu)
and a Tip Totals report (found in the REPORT FUNCS menu)
TIP ENTRY
display Tip prompts during debit or credit Purchase transactions
TIP PERCENTAGE
defines a default Tip Percentage
CHIP PRE-AUTH
process Pre-Authorization transactions using chip credit cards as well as
magnetic stripe credit cards
COMM WARNINGS
Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
CASH BACK
enable the ENTER CASH BACK prompt during debit Purchase transactions
C BACK AMT 1
set a preset Cashback Amount option during debit Purchase transactions
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
2
Features and Procedures
C BACK AMT 2
set a higher preset Cashback Amount option during debit Purchase transactions
C BACK AMT 3
set the highest preset Cashback amount or give the customer the option to key
in another amount during debit Purchase transactions.
CASHBACK LIMIT
set the maximum Cashback amount that can be entered during debit Purchase
transactions
BALANCE PROMPT
enable the ARE TOTALS BALANCED? prompt during the Close Batch
transaction
INVOICE NUMBER
enable the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen during all financial transactions
TAKE IMPRINT
enable the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF CARD AND PRESS OK prompt
during financial transactions (e.g., credit) in which the Card number is
manually entered.
PROVINCE CODE
set the default Province Code value for Cheque Authorization transactions
using a driver's licence
MAIL/TEL ORDER
identify a credit transaction as a Mail Order or Telephone Order during the
transaction
BACKLIGHT TIME
set the amount of terminal idle time before the backlight turns off automatically
CONTRAST
adjust the level of contrast on the terminal display screen:
ADMIN PROTECT
enable the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt on all transactions accessed from the
REPORTS, ADMIN and CONFIGURATION menus
CTLS READER
enable the terminal to communicate with and accept information from cards
(contactless) that are tapped on a contactless reader (e.g., a VIVOPay 5000)
CTLS LOGO
enables printing of the generic Contactless logo on contactless transaction
receipts.
SURCHARGE AMT
Do NOT use.
SURCH MIN LMT
Do NOT use.
SURCH MAX LMT
Do NOT use.
2.1.4.7
The Ethernet Setup Menu
This menu allows you to configure the Ethernet Communications parameters.
10
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
The functions that appear on this menu vary according to the type of Ethernet Communications you select. Not all
functions are available for every Ethernet Communication type.
The parameters and programs are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
ETHERNET SETUP
Allows you to:
TERMINAL SETUP
select the terminal type and enter terminal address information
HOST SETUP
select the host type and enter host address information
DNS SETUP
enter the Primary and Secondary DNS addresses
PING
Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
CONNECT T-OUT
Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
RETRY CONNECT
Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
ERROR REPORT
Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
To access the ETHERNET SETUP menu, from the READY screen:
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3.
Scroll down to ETHERNET CFG, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu appears.
Note: The Communications Type must be set to Ethernet (complete Step 1 of Configuring Dynamic Public IP
Communications) before the ETHERNET CFG item will appear on the menu.
2.1.4.8
The Printer Configuration Menu
This menu allows you to set the printer and receipt settings that work best for your business.
The functions are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
PRINTER CFG
Allows you to:
PRE-PRINT
Set the printer to begin printing the beginning of the receipt while you enter the
transaction information. DO NOT enable this feature.
NO OF COPIES
Select the number of receipts to print for each transaction.
PRINT DELAY
Set the length of time the printer waits before printing the next copy of the receipt
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
2
Features and Procedures
P-A TIP LINE
Print a separate line for a Tip amount on Pre-Authorization transaction receipts.
SIGNATURE LINE
Print a signature line on credit transaction receipts. (Not necessary for terminals that
process MOTO transactions).
PRINT P-A ADV
Print receipts for Pre-Auth Advice transactions.
PRINT PRE-AUTH
Print receipts for Pre-Authorization transactions. (Not necessary for some businesses).
CARD MASKING-M
Enable masking of the customer's Card number on the Merchant copy of the receipt.
Masking is enabled by default. DO NOT change this setting.
RCPT LIMIT-M
Suppress the printing of the Merchant copy of the receipt if the credit Purchase qualifies
as a signatureless transaction. Printing is enabled by default. Do NOT change this
setting.
RCPT LIMIT-C
Suppress the printing of the Cardholder copy the receipt if the credit Purchase qualifies
as a signatureless transaction.
TRAILER MSG
Add personalized messages (in English and/or French) to the bottom of Cardholder
copy of the receipts.
To access the PRINTER CFG menu:
from the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
3. Scroll down to PRINTER CONFIG, and press OK.
2.1.5
Admin Codes
To access transactions directly without having to navigate through a number of menus, use the Admin key and the
Admin codes listed here.
•
Financial transactions, Loyalty/Gift transactions and Air Miles transactions can be accessed using a 3-digit
code.
•
Other transactions can each be accessed using a 2-digit code:
•
Reporting Transactions
•
Administrative Transactions
•
Configuration Transactions
To start a transaction or function using the Admin code, at the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key twice.
2. Key in the code and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
Note: You can also use Admin codes from the TRANSACTIONS menu, the REPORT FUNCS menu, the ADMIN
FUNCS menu and the CONFIG FUNCS menu by pressing the Admin key once.
12
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
Financial Transactions
TRANSACTION
CODE
BEGIN AT
Purchase
100
step 1.
Refund
101
step 4.
Pre-Auth
102
step 4.
Pre-Auth Advice
103
FIND ORIGINAL
TRANSACTION?
NO - step 4 of "Advice - Voice
Authorization Number"
Pre-Auth Advice List
109
step 4.
Private Label Payment
104
step 4.
Cheque Authorization
105
Driver's Licence
- step 5 of "Cheque Authorization with
a Driver's Licence"
Credit Card
- step 5 of "Cheque Authorization with
a Credit Card"
Purchase-Void
106
step 4.
Refund-Void
107
step 4.
Payment-Void
108
step 3.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
13
2
Features and Procedures
Reporting Transactions
TRANSACTION
CODE
Close Batch
99
Transaction List
60
Transaction Inquiry
66
Deposit Totals Inquiry
77
Tip Totals
96
Merchant Subtotals Inquiry
95
Multi-Terminal Report
85
Clerk Subtotals Inquiry
82
Pre-Authorization List
62
Configuration Report
16
EMV Parameters Report
19
Print Help List
40
Administrative Transactions
TRANSACTION
CODE
Log on
02
Log off
03
Reprint (a receipt or report)
29
MasterCard Transaction Data
41
Language
(change between English and French)
04
Backlight
39
Training
05
Private Label Credit Application
48
14
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
Configuration Transactions
Note: Not all items appear on the list at all times.
TRANSACTION
CODE
Initialization
01
General Parameters
08
Dial Communications Setup
15
Ethernet Communications Setup
13
Printer Setup
14
Multi-Terminal Configuration
80
Clerk Subtotalling Configuration
83
Clerk ID Maintenance
84
Default Clerk ID
81
Purchasing (Corporate) Card
50
Remote Download
97
Restore Default Settings
98
Loyalty and Gift Transactions
TRANSACTION
CODE
Initialization(Loyalty/Gift)
301
Communication (Loyalty/Gift)
332
Configuration List (Loyalty/Gift)
316
Enable Ernex (Loyalty/Gift)
322
Disable Ernex (Loyalty/Gift)
323
General Parameters (Loyalty/Gift)
308
Open Batch Totals (Loyalty/Gift)
390
Reprint (Loyalty/Gift)
329
Routing Code (Loyalty/Gift)
330
Help List (Loyalty/Gift)
340
Transaction List (Loyalty/Gift)
360
Ernex Transaction Inquiry (Loyalty/Gift)
366
Tip Totals (Loyalty/Gift)
370
Clerk Subtotal Inquiry (Loyalty/Gift)
382
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
15
2
Features and Procedures
Close Batch (Loyalty/Gift)
399
Points Purchase / Gift Purchase
300
Points Refund / Gift Refund
311
Redemption (Loyalty)
302
Activate Loyalty card /
Activate/Load Gift Card
304
Deactivate Loyalty card /
Deactivate Gift Card
312
Card Inquiry (Loyalty/Gift)
306
Void (Loyalty/Gift)
307
Reports (Loyalty/Gift)
309
Setup (Loyalty/Gift)
310
Air Miles Rewards Transactions
TRANSACTION
CODE
Reward Purchase
201
Reward Refund
202
Reward Program Transaction List
203
SAF Transaction Inquiry
204
Reward Program Totals
205
Upload SAF
206
Reward Configuration List
207
Reward Program Set-up
208
Reward Reprint
209
Reward Help List
210
2.1.6
Stored Transactions
The terminal can store up to 500 approved credit and debit transactions in its memory. These transactions are
searchable, allowing you to print reports and reprint receipts in the event of a disputed transaction.
IMPORTANT: The oldest transaction is dropped once the terminal memory reaches capacity. If your
terminal is replaced, the memory cannot be transferred to the new terminal, and is therefore lost. Moneris
recommends printing a list of all transactions on the old terminal before disconnecting it then installing the
new terminal.
16
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
2.1.7
Features and Procedures
Training Mode
Training mode allows you and your employees to practise operating the Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal without
affecting your terminal total amounts, your financial accounts, and your customers’ accounts.
Note: Once you enter Training mode you can not change the terminal language. If you wish to change the terminal
language you must exit Training mode, change the terminal display language, and then enter Training mode again.
When using a chip card to perform chip transactions in Training mode, the card will prompt for a PIN even if the
card requires a signature in normal processing mode. The terminal will then display PIN ENTERED BY
CUSTOMER instead of allowing the PIN to be entered. After five seconds the terminal will continue the
transaction.
2.2
Optional Features
These features may be available on your HiSpeed 6200 depending on the configuration of your Merchant ID on the
Moneris Host. If the feature is available and you wish to use it, you must enable and configure the feature. If you do
not wish to use an enabled feature, you can deactivate it.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre to discuss these options and determine whether changes to your
Merchant ID configuration are required in order to enable them.
•
Balanced Prompt on Close Batch
•
Cashback on Debit
•
Cheque Authorization
•
Clerk Subtotalling and Clerk IDs
•
Contactless Transactions
•
Credit-Only Processing
•
Dial Backup on Ethernet Communications
•
Declined Beep
•
External PINpad
•
Gift and Loyalty programs
•
Invoice Number Prompt
•
Mail Order and Telephone Order Transactions
•
Multi-Terminal Reporting
•
Personalized Message on Receipts
•
Pre-Authorization Advice List
•
Pre-Authorization as Default Transaction
•
Pre-Authorizations using Chip Cards
•
Private Label Cards
•
Rewards Program - Air Miles
•
Signatureless Transactions (credit)
•
Tax and reference number info on Corporate Cards
•
Tip Entry by Cardholder
•
Tip Line on Pre-Authorization Receipts
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
17
2
Features and Procedures
•
Tip Percentage
•
Tip Reporting
2.2.1
Balanced Prompt
Use this feature to display a prompt during a Close Batch that asks you to indicate whether the terminal totals on the
Stored Transactions report match the Moneris Host totals printed on the Current Batch Totals report (printed during
the Close Batch).
This prompt is used solely for your in-house record keeping and is not reported to the Moneris Host.
2.2.2
Cashback
This feature gives your customers the option of withdrawing cash from their debit account when they make a
Purchase at your place of business. You provide the cash to your customer, and your business account is reimbursed
for the amount of the Cashback when the Close Batch transaction is processed.
Cashback is only available on debit Purchases.
Perform a Stored Transactions Report to check the number of debit Purchases that included Cashback and the total
dollar amount of all Cashback transactions in the terminal memory
2.2.3
Cheque Authorization
This feature allows you to give your customers the option of paying with a cheque while reducing your risk of
accepting an NSF cheque. Use the terminal to connect to a cheque authorization service and obtain approval based
on the identification your customer provides. The customer's driver’s licence or credit card can be used as
identification for this transaction.
2.2.4
Using a Chip Card on the HiSpeed 6200
Cards with a chip in them, called "chip cards,"must be inserted into the chip card reader and left in the reader for the
entire transaction. The terminal will display the REMOVE CARD prompt when it is time to remove the chip card
from the chip card reader.
Chip cards can be customized by the card issuer to have different applications and methods of verifying the
cardholder; therefore, different chip cards may have different prompts: Some prompt for a PIN (like a debit card),
others print a signature line on the receipt (like a stripe credit card) for the cardholder to sign.
If the chip card prompts for a PIN, the cardholder must key in their PIN. If the PIN is incorrect, the cardholder
will be prompted to retry.
Note: Not all chip card types are currently supported. If you insert an unsupported chip card, you will be
prompted to swipe the card.
Note: If you swipe a supported chip card, you will be prompted to insert the chip card.
If the transaction cannot be completed with the chip card, request another form of payment, and tell the cardholder
to contact the card issuer.
As a best practice, always look for "VERIFIED BY PIN"on the Merchant copy of the receipt:
If "VERIFIED BY PIN"appears, no signature is required.
If a signature line appears, the cardholder must sign the receipt.
18
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2.2.4.1
Identifying a Chip Card:
Every time a cardholder presents a card (debit or credit) for payment:
2.2.4.2
Using a Chip Card
There are five basic steps to performing a transaction with a chip card.
1. Begin the transaction, and follow the prompts.
2. Check for the chip on the credit or debit card every time a cardholder presents a card for payment.
3. If the card has a chip: When the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears, insert the chip card into the chip
card reader. Make sure that the card is facing up (the chip on the visible front side), and the chip-end of the card is
inserted into the reader first. Leave the card in the reader for the entire transaction.
Note: If you don't see a chip, swipe the card on the terminal or, if an external PINpad is attached, on the external
PINpad.
4. Follow the prompts, and have the cardholder follow their prompts.
5. Remove the chip card when the REMOVE CARD prompt appears. The terminal will beep if the chip card is left
in the chip card reader after the transaction is completed.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
19
2
Features and Procedures
2.2.5
Clerk Subtotalling
This feature allows you to produce Clerk Subtotals reports tracking financial totals and the number of transactions
performed using the Clerk Inquiry function.
The Clerk Inquiry function can be performed for one clerk, a group of clerks or all clerks on one or more terminals.
Totals are calculated according to the Clerk ID entered during a transaction or the Default Clerk ID.
2.2.6
Clerk IDs
Clerk IDs are unique identifiers of one to six characters that a terminal operator keys in when prompted for each
transaction they perform. This allows you to produce Clerk Subtotal Reports tracking financial totals and number of
transactions.
A maximum of 255 Clerk IDs can be added for one Merchant ID.
2.2.6.1
Default Clerk ID
A default Clerk ID can be assigned on the terminal and all transactions performed on that terminal will be added to
the Default Clerk IDs totals regardless of which operator performs the transaction. The terminal will not prompt for
a Clerk ID if a Default Clerk ID has been set.
2.2.6.2
Clerk ID Groups
Clerk IDs are defined as a group when they share up to five common starting characters (a prefix).
For example, Clerk IDs P1, P12 and P134 can be entered as a group with the prefix P1. When performing reports, all
Clerk IDs that begin with the characters P1 are reported as Group P1.
2.2.7
Using Contactless Cards
At the POS, a customer may tap a contactless card on the contactless reader instead of swiping or inserting the card
into the terminal.
2.2.7.1
General Contactless Transaction Guidelines
Contactless transactions can be performed on the VIVOPay 500 contactless reader subject to the following
conditions:
- Only Purchases and Refunds may be contactless.
- A valid contactless card must be used.
- The amount of the transaction must be equal to or less than the
maximum Contactless Dollar Value (CDV) set for the card.
- The reader displays WELCOME/BONJOUR while in its idle state.
2.2.7.2
•
Identifying Valid Contactless Cards
Credit cards: One of these labels must appear on the card:
- MasterCard PayPass® or
- Visa payWave™
or
- Amex ExpressPay®
•
20
Debit cards: This label must appear on the card:
- INTERAC Flash®
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2.2.7.3
Maximum Contactless Dollar Value (CDV)
Contactless cards can be tapped at the $#.## TAP CARD prompt for an amount (Purchase or Refund) that is equal to
or below the maximum Contactless Dollar Value set for the card type.
Credit Cards: If a card is tapped on the reader for an amount that exceeds its maximum CDV, the contactless reader
will display the either the CONTACTLESS TRANSACTION LIMIT EXCEEDED message or NO SUPPORTED
APPLICATIONS message.
Debit Cards: If a card is tapped on the reader for an amount that exceeds its maximum CDV, the contactless reader
will display the TAP FAILED PLEASE INSERT OR SWIPE CARD message.
Note: The maximum CDV for contactless debit cards is determined by the card and does not appear on any
terminal report.
1. Print a terminal Configuration report. (Refer to the "Printing the Configuration Parameters Report"procedure.)
2. Look near the bottom of the report for the dollar values:
* Purchase amount, including taxes, must be equal to or less than the $ value.
2.2.7.4
Tapping a Contactless Card
To successfully tap a contactless card for a transaction:
The card does not have to touch the contactless reader (but it is all right if it does).
The card must be within 0.5 in. (1.1 cm) of the contactless reader for it to read the
card.
The card must be tapped or waved by itself (e.g., the customer cannot leave the card
in their wallet and wave it in front of the reader).
It does not matter which side or end of the card is closest to the contactless reader.
To see a diagram of a contactless transaction, refer to Contactless Transaction: Visual
Steps.
If the card does not work or is unsupported, you may still do the transaction by doing
the following:
1. If the card is also a chip card, insert it into the chip reader.
2. If step 1 doesn’t work, try swiping the card on the terminal (look for the magnetic
stripe).
3. If step 2 doesn’t work, manually enter the Card number.
4. See also "Error Messages: Contactless Reader."
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
21
2
Features and Procedures
2.2.8
Corporate Cards
Corporate cards (also known as purchasing cards) are a special type of credit card that provide enhanced reporting
data to help cardholders with cost allocation, tax compliance and account reconciliation.
If this feature is enabled on your terminal, the terminal will prompt for a Customer Reference number and tax
amounts when a corporate card is swiped or keyed in for a transaction. The Customer Reference number and tax
amounts will be printed on the receipt and will also appear on the cardholder's monthly statement from the corporate
card issuer.
2.2.9
Credit-Only Processing
If your business accepts only credit card payments (i.e. does not accept debit card payment), you may wish to have a
credit-only terminal that processes only magnetic stripe credit cards and chip credit cards.
Note: Some debit chip cards may still be used at a credit-only terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre to determine whether this option meets your business needs.
2.2.10
Declined Beep
If the Declined Beep feature is enabled, the terminal will emit a beep to alert you whenever a financial transaction is
cancelled, declined, or not completed.
2.2.11
Dial Backup Communications for Ethernet
When Ethernet communication is not available, the terminal will attempt to use dial communications as backup.
After performing a transaction using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet communications for
the next transaction.
The terminal must be configured for dial communications and the dial communications cable must be connected.
When the terminal uses dial backup, the message ETHERNET COMMS ERROR-DIAL USED PRESS OK appears.
Press OK to acknowledge the message and return to the READY screen. The terminal will revert to Ethernet
communications for the next transaction.
2.2.12
Loyalty/Gift Programs
The Moneris Loyalty/Gift program allows you to offer your customers two electronic card-based programs that are
activated and processed through the HiSpeed 6200 terminal:
•
Gift Cards: allows you to offer your customers stored-value gift cards for pre-defined dollar values as well
as variable-value cards and rechargeable cards.
•
Loyalty Points: allows you to reward customer loyalty by awarding points based on the dollar value of
Purchases a cardholder makes.
To enable a Gift/Loyalty program on your terminal:
1. Contact Moneris Solutions.
2. Initialize the terminal to the Moneris Host.
3. Enable Ernex on the terminal.
4. Enter the Ernex Routing code.
5. Initialize the terminal to the Moneris/Ernex Host.
IMPORTANT: If you process more than one card plan with Moneris/Ernex, maintain a list of the card names
along with the 14-character card description that will be displayed on the terminal screen during step 6 of the
Transaction Inquiry report. This will allow the terminal operator to easily identify which card plan
description to select.
22
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
6. If you wish to enable Tip Prompting (gift Purchases only):
a. Enable the loyalty/gift Tip Entry parameter.
b. If you wish to define a default the Tip Percentage, configure the loyalty/gift Tip Percentage parameter.
2.2.13
Invoice Number Prompt
This feature enables a prompt to key in an Invoice number for every credit and debit financial transaction. If this
feature is activated, you have the option of entering an Invoice number or bypassing the prompt by simply pressing
OK when the prompt appears.
2.2.14
MOTO Transactions
If your business receives orders by Internet, mail or telephone, you can still process credit card (and some chip debit
card) transactions by enabling the Mail Order/Telephone Order (MOTO) feature. This allows you to process
transactions without the cardholder and their card being present in your place of business.
The key difference between regular transactions and MOTO transactions is that the cardholder and their card are not
normally present. This means that:
•
MOTO transactions are performed by keying in the Card number and the Expiry date. The card cannot be
swiped or inserted. If the card is swiped or inserted, the terminal will perform a regular credit (or debit)
transaction, not a MOTO transaction.
•
"MAIL/TEL"must be selected (as opposed to "REGULAR") during the transaction.
•
The cardholder signature is not required.
•
Receipts do not need to be printed; however, Moneris recommends printing the Merchant copy and
retaining it for your records.
To process MOTO transactions, you must configure your terminal to prompt for MOTO selection.
2.2.15
Multi-Terminal Reporting
This function allows you to perform the Close Batch function and print the Deposit Totals report on all terminals or
a group of terminals associated with the same merchant number from one of the terminals.
For example, if you have 15 named terminals associated with your merchant number, you simply perform the MultiTerminal Report function on one of the 15 terminals and the Close Batch and Deposit Totals functions are
performed on all 15 terminals at the same time.
The totals are cleared in the terminal that performs the Multi-Terminal Reporting function, but the totals are not
cleared on the other associated terminals.
To use Multi-Terminal Reporting, you must enable the Multi-Terminal Report function on each terminal.
2.2.16
Personalized Message on Receipts
This feature allows you to configure your terminal to print a personalized trailer message at the bottom of your
receipts. The language of the message will match the language on the customer’s card if the card is swiped or the
language selected during the cardholder prompts. If the Card number and Expiry date are keyed in, the language of
the customer’s receipt will match the language displayed on the terminal.
2.2.17
Pre-Authorization as the Default Transaction
If you operate a service-based business such as a car rental location, a restaurant or a hotel and generally process
Pre-Authorizations rather than Purchases, you may wish to have your READY screen configured to default to a PreAuthorization transaction rather than a Purchase transaction.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
23
2
Features and Procedures
This feature must be set at the Moneris Host and is downloaded to your terminal during Initialization. To change it,
please contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
To use chip cards (credit and some debit) in addition to magnetic stripe credit cards for Pre-authorizations, you must
configure the terminal to allow for Pre-Authorizations with chip cards.
To perform a Pre-Auth transaction from the Pre-Auth READY screen, refer to the "Pre-Authorization as
Default"procedure.
2.2.18
Private Label Cards
Use this feature to offer your customers a credit card that can be used exclusively in your store(s). Depending on the
program you create with the private label card issuer, you can process standard financial transactions, Payment and
Payment Void transactions as well as produce reports of your Private Label transactions.
2.2.19
The Air Miles Rewards Program
The Air Miles rewards program allows you to offer your customers the opportunity to collect miles on a loyalty card
based on the dollar value of Purchases they make. Some programs also provide miles based on the purchase of
specific items or incentive calculations that can be implemented for a specific time period.
2.2.19.1 Configuring Air Miles
To enable an Air Miles rewards program on your terminal:
1. Contact Moneris Solutions.
2. Plan how the program will calculate miles.
3. Configure Air Miles on your terminal.
4. Initialize your terminal.
2.2.19.2
•
Reward Purchase
•
Reward Refund
2.2.19.3
24
Air Miles Rewards Transactions
Air Miles Rewards Administration
•
Reprint the last Air Miles Reward receipt
•
Rewards Totals Report
•
Rewards Transactions Report
•
Rewards SAF Transactions Report
•
Deleting Rewards SAF Transactions
•
Completing Rewards Transactions
•
Printing the Rewards Configuration Report
•
Printing the Help List of Rewards Transactions and Admin codes
•
Configuring the Air Miles Rewards Program
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
2.2.20
Features and Procedures
Signatureless Transactions: Credit Cards
A “signatureless"transaction is a swiped or tapped credit Purchase for which a customer signature is not required
because the amount of the Purchase is equal to or less than the maximum Signatureless Dollar Value (SDV) set for
the card. The terminal may be configured to print a Merchant copy and/or a Cardholder copy or no receipts at all.
Note: If your Merchant account is enabled for signatureless transactions, you may configure your terminal so
that it does not print a Cardholder copy (or even a Merchant copy) of the receipt for qualifying Purchases. (For
instructions refer to the "Configuring the Receipt Format"procedure.) It is strongly recommended that you
configure the terminal to print a Merchant copy for your records.
2.2.20.1 If a Merchant Receipt Prints
If a Merchant copy of the receipt prints for a qualifying transaction, the statement "NO SIGNATURE
REQUIRED"appears on the receipt instead of a cardholder signature line.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT obtain a signature, but retain this receipt for your records.
Note: Receipts are always printed for Refunds, Void-Purchases, Void-Refunds or any Cancelled / Declined /
Not Completed transaction. A signature line will appear on receipts for Refunds, Void-Purchases, or VoidRefunds; you or the cardholder will be required to sign a copy of the receipt depending on the type of
transaction.
2.2.20.2 Card Entry Method
Only a Purchase can qualify as a signatureless transaction. Cards must either be tapped on a contactless reader or
swiped on a terminal. The Purchase amount including all taxes must be equal to or less than the maximum
Signatureless Dollar Value of the card type.
2.2.20.3 Maximum Signatureless Dollar Value (Maximum SDV)
To find the maximum SDV for a card and card entry method, print a terminal Configuration Parameters report.
(Refer to the "Printing the Configuration Parameters List"procedure.)
Look near the bottom of the report for these values:
* Purchase, including tax, must be equal to or less than the $ value.
** Purchase, including tax, must be less than the $ value.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
25
2
Features and Procedures
2.2.20.4 Printing Receipts upon Request
IMPORTANT: If the customer requests a receipt, you must give it to them. Use the Reprint function to
print the Cardholder copy of the receipt. If you need a Merchant copy , refer also to the "Transaction
Inquiry--Reprinting the Merchant Receipt Copy"procedure.
2.2.21
Terminal Names
If you have more than one terminal operating in one location, you can use this feature to identify individual
terminals by assigning a unique alphanumeric name to each terminal.
If you are using the Multi-Terminal Report function, a Terminal Name must be assigned to each terminal you wish
to include in the Multi-Terminal Report and Batch Close processes.
2.2.22
Tip Entry by Cardholder
This feature gives your customers the option of entering a Tip on the terminal or external PINpad (if attached)
during a debit or credit Purchase transaction rather than leaving cash or writing the Tip amount on a PreAuthorization receipt. Tip entry is generally used in service-based industries.
The Tip Entry prompt may be configured to appear only for debit Purchase transactions or for both debit and credit
Purchase transactions. During Tip Entry configuration, you may enable a default Tip percentage prompt and/or the
option(s) to enter a percentage or dollar amount Tip that is customer-defined.
Even if enabled, the cardholder's Tip Entry prompt will not appear during:
•
Contactless transactions
•
MOTO Purchase transactions because the cardholder is presumed not to be present for these types of
transactions and, therefore, cannot key in a Tip amount.
•
Pre-Authorization transactions
•
Pre-Auth Advice transactions
•
Refund transactions
•
Void transactions
Note: Tip entry may also be enabled for gift Purchases if the Moneris Gift program is enabled on your terminal.
2.2.23
Tip Line on Pre-Authorization Receipts
This feature gives your customers the option of adding a Tip to the Purchase amount on a Pre-Authorization
transaction by indicating the Tip amount on the Merchant copy of the receipt. It is traditionally used in restaurants
and other service-based businesses.
If you wish to allow cardholders to add a Tip to Purchase transactions as well as Pre-Authorization transactions, you
must enable the Tip Entry feature.
26
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
2.2.24
Features and Procedures
Tip Reporting
If Tip Reporting is enabled, the Pre-Authorization Advice List transaction and the Tip Totals report appear as menu
items.
•
Pre-Authorization Advice List
From this Advice list, you can complete or delete multiple Pre-Auth transactions as well as record a Tip
amount (if any was added by the cardholder) for every completion.
•
The Tip Totals report
This report prints a summary of all Tip amounts entered for Purchase and Pre-Authorization Advice
transactions stored in the current or a previous batch.
2.2.25
Tip Percentage
Defining a default debit/credit Percentage gives your customers the option to select your default Tip percentage to
calculate the Tip amount during debit and/or credit Purchases.
2.3
Standard Procedures
These procedures are followed for all configurations of the Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal.
•
Powering up the terminal
•
Powering down the terminal
•
Using Shortcut Codes
•
Changing the Terminal Display Language
•
Inserting a Chip Payment Card
•
Swiping a Stripe Payment Card
•
Performing Pre-Authorization and Advice Transactions
•
Cancelling a Transaction
•
Cancelling a Report
•
Reprinting a Receipt or Report
•
Dealing with Disputed Debit Transactions
•
PAN Fraud Check
•
Requesting Code 10 Authorization
•
Terminal Security
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
27
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.1
Powering Up the Terminal
To power up (or turn on) the terminal, simply connect the power cable to the terminal and plug it into a power
outlet.
2.3.2
Powering Down the Moneris HiSpeed 6200
Simply unplug the power cord from the power outlet on the wall.
IMPORTANT: Do not unplug the power cord from the 6200 base first.
2.3.3
Bilingual Displays and Receipts
2.3.3.1
Displays
The terminal and external PINpad display messages and prompts in either English or French.
When an external PINpad is attached to the terminal, the initial message on the PINpad is always bilingual (i.e.,
"WELCOME/BONJOUR"). After the customer’s card has been swiped or inserted, the language of the messages
and prompts for the customer on the PINpad match the card’s language code.
2.3.3.2
Receipts
Customer and merchant receipts can be printed in English, in French or bilingually.
•
If the printer is configured to print separate copies for the customer and merchant (i.e., two or three copies),
the customer receipt language is based on the language code on the customer’s card OR the language
selected during the cardholder prompts; the merchant receipt language is based on the current terminal
language.
•
If the printer is configured to print only one copy and the customer’s language code matches the terminal
language, the receipt will be printed in that language. If the customer’s language code does not match the
terminal language, one bilingual receipt will be printed.
2.3.4
Changing the Display Language on the Terminal
The terminal can display text in English or French. There are four options for changing from one language to the
other:
•
enter Admin Code 04
•
access the Admin Menu
•
swipe or insert the Cardholder's card
•
press the F3 key when FRANCAIS or ENGLISH is displayed above it
The following two options change the default display language of both the merchant prompts and the cardholder
prompts. This change is permanent until this function is used again. These options can only be used from the
READY screen. They cannot be used during a transaction.
2.3.4.1
Use Admin Code 04 to Change Language
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key twice.
2. Key in 04, and press OK.
3. Select the language you wish the terminal to display.
4. Press the Can/Ann key once.
28
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.4.2
Use the ADMIN menu to Change Language
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
3. Scroll down to LANGUAGE, and press OK.
4. Select the language you wish the terminal to display.
5. Press the Can/Ann key twice.
The following two options change the language for the duration of the current transaction. The next transaction will
be displayed in the default display language set up during the initial configuration of the terminal.
2.3.4.3
Swipe or Insert the cardholder's card
If the cardholder's card has a different language code on its magnetic stripe or chip, the cardholder prompts will be
in the language indicated on the card.
2.3.4.4
Press the F3 key on the terminal
If FRANCAIS or ENGLISH is displayed on the screen above the the F3 key key, press the F3 key to change the
language of the remaining cardholder prompts. This will only appear during cardholder prompts.
2.3.5
Taking a Manual Imprint of a Card
If the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF CARD AND PRESS OK prompt appears:
1. Take an imprint of the customer's card using the imprinter and appropriate Paper Sales Draft (e.g. a VISA
Purchase Paper Sales Draft for a Purchase on a VISA card).
Ensure that the Card number, issue date, Expiry date, and cardholder name are legible.
2. Print the transaction date and amount on the Paper Sales Draft.
If the transaction amount is over your Merchant Floor Limit, call the Moneris Voice Authorization number to obtain
a Voice Authorization number for the transaction and record the Voice Authorization number on the Paper Sales
Draft.
3. PURCHASE:
Have the cardholder sign the Sales Draft.
Ensure their signature matches the signature on the card. If not, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
4. REFUND:
Sign the sales draft yourself.
5. Provide the customer with the Cardholder copy of the Sales Draft, and retain the Merchant copy for your records.
6. Press OK to continue the transaction.
Go back to the transaction.
2.3.6
Cancelling a Transaction
A transaction can be cancelled from the terminal or, if an external PINpad is attached, from the PINpad.
Note: Once the terminal has begun communicating with the Moneris Host, the transaction can no longer be
cancelled.
2.3.6.1
From the TERMINAL
To cancel a transaction from the terminal:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
29
2
Features and Procedures
1. Press the Can/Ann key on the terminal during any of the merchant prompts including the CONTINUE ON
PINPAD message displayed when cardholder prompts are displayed on an external PINpad.
The CANCELLED status prompt appears on the terminal screen and the external PINpad display if a PINpad is
attached to your terminal.
If the CANCELLED REMOVE CARD prompt appears, remove the chip card from the chip card reader.
2. If the receipt has begun printing, the text * CANCELLED* will be printed on the receipt.
Note: You may be prompted to confirm that you wish to cancel the transaction. Press the F1 key (Yes) to cancel the
transaction. The terminal will return to the READY screen automatically.
3. Press OK on the terminal to finish printing the receipts and return to the READY screen.
2.3.6.2
From the External PINpad
To cancel a transaction from the external PINpad (if one is attached):
1. Press Can/Ann on the PINpad during any of the cardholder prompts.
The CANCELLED status prompt appears on the terminal screen and the PINpad display.
If the CANCELLED REMOVE CARD prompt appears, remove the chip card from the chip card reader.
2. If the receipt has begun printing, the text * CANCELLED* will be printed on the receipt.
3. Press OK or Can/Ann on the terminal to return to the READY screen.
2.3.7
Cancelling a Report
To cancel a report:
1. Press the Can/Ann key.
The CANCELLED status prompt appears on the terminal screen.
2. If the report has begun printing, the text * CANCELLED* will be printed on the receipt.
Note: You may be prompted to confirm that you wish to cancel the transaction. Press F1 (YES) to cancel the
transaction. The terminal will return to the READY screen automatically.
3. If the REPORTS menu reappears, press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the READY screen.
2.3.8
Reprinting a Receipt or Report
2.3.8.1
Reprinting Receipts
You can print a duplicate of the Cardholder copy or the Merchant copy of a receipt.
•
To print a duplicate of the most recently printed receipt (Cardholder copy) or report, use the Reprint
function (see below).
•
To print a duplicate of the Merchant copy of a receipt, use the Transaction Inquiry function.
2.3.8.2
Reprinting Reports
The following reports can be reprinted:
30
•
Close Batch
•
Merchant Subtotals Inquiry
•
Multi-Terminal Report
•
Clerk Subtotal Inquiry
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
•
Features and Procedures
Deposit Totals Inquiry
Note: If the report you wish to reprint does not appear on this list, simply perform that report function again to print
another copy.
2.3.9
The Reprint Function
Use this function to print a duplicate of the most recently printed receipt or report.
•
If the most recently printed item was a Financial Transaction receipt,
a copy of the Cardholder copy is re-printed with the text * DUPLICATE* at the top, below the merchant
address and at the bottom.
Note: To print a duplicate of the Merchant copy of the receipt, use the Transaction Inquiry function.
•
If the most recently printed item was a terminal report,
a copy of the report is re-printed with the text * DUPLICATE* at the top and bottom.
There are two ways to access the Reprint function:
•
enter the Admin code
•
access the ADMIN FUNCS menu
Enter Admin Code 29
1. Press the Admin key twice.
2. Key in 29, and press OK.
A duplicate of the Cardholder copy of the most recently printed receipt is printed.
OR
A duplicate of the most recently printed report is printed.
3. The terminal returns to the MAIN MENU.
4. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
Access the ADMIN Menu
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPRINT, and press OK.
A duplicate of the Cardholder copy of the most recently printed receipt is printed.
OR
A duplicate of the most recently printed report is printed.
4. The terminal returns to the ADMIN FUNCS menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the READY screen.
2.3.10
Disputed Debit Transactions
Do not attempt to resolve or compensate a cardholder for a disputed Debit transaction. Refer the cardholder to their
financial institution.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
31
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.11
PAN Fraud Check
To reduce the fraudulent use of credit cards, this security feature prompts you to key in the last four digits of a credit
Card number after the card has been swiped. The PAN Fraud Check then compares the keyed-in digits to the
information contained in the card’s magnetic stripe to ensure they match.
2.3.12
Code 10 Authorization
During a transaction, if you feel that a customer, card or transaction is suspicious and needs investigating, call the
Moneris Merchant Service Centre and state that the call is a Code 10. This will alert the Moneris operator without
alarming your customer. The operator will ask you some "Yes/No"questions and then provide instructions.
Reasons for calling in a Code 10 include:
•
the signature on the credit card does not seem to match the signature on the Purchase receipt.
•
the card appears to have been tampered with.
•
the name on the card is inconsistent with the person’s gender.
•
the customer is purchasing an unusual number of expensive items.
•
the customer’s Purchases seem randomly selected, with little regard for size, quality or value.
•
the customer seems nervous or signs slowly with uncertainty.
2.3.13
Terminal Security
To minimize the risk of unauthorized transactions being processed through your terminal after your business hours,
log off the terminal at the end of each business day and log on again at the beginning of each business day.
The POS Admin card allows you to restrict access to various terminal functions and financial transactions that
impact your financial account (e.g., Refunds and Voids). See POS Admin card for important information about your
liability for transactions performed using a POS Admin card.
2.3.14
POS Admin card
The POS Admin card (POS Admin card) restricts access to various terminal functions as well as financial
transactions that impact your financial account (e.g., Refunds and Voids).
IMPORTANT: You, the merchant, are solely responsible for the security and care of all your POS Admin
cards at all times. If your POS Admin card is lost, stolen or damaged (or you suspect it may be lost or stolen),
call the Moneris Merchant Service Centre immediately.
All financial transactions completed with a POS Admin card are subject to the guidelines of the Debit Card
Merchant Agreement entered into with Moneris Solutions. The Agreement contains important provisions
regarding your responsibility for POS Admin card security and your liability for financial transactions made
with a POS Admin card.
There are a number of factors that affect whether the terminal prompts for a POS Admin card including whether
debit cards are processed, how the terminal is set up on the Moneris Host and whether the SWIPE ADMIN CARD
prompt has been enabled on the terminal.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt always appears for the following reports, regardless of the POS Admin card
configuration:
32
•
Stored Transactions List
•
Pre-Authorization List
•
Transaction Inquiry
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
These reports include credit and debit Card numbers.
To print complete Card numbers on the report, you must swipe a POS Admin card at the SWIPE ADMIN CARD
prompt.
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK at the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt is enabled on your terminal, the prompt will appear for:
•
Refunds
•
all types of Voids
•
Payments (if supported)
•
all functions on the REPORT FUNCS menu
•
all functions on the CONFIG FUNCS menu
•
all functions on the ADMIN FUNCS menu except for LANGUAGE, BACKLIGHT and REPRINT
If the prompt is not enabled, the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt may still appear for:
•
Refunds
•
all types of Voids
•
Payments (if supported)
•
Logon
•
Close Batch
•
Deposit Totals Inquiry
•
Merchant Subtotals Inquiry
•
Multi-terminal configuration and report
•
Clerk Subtotalling configuration and report
•
Remote Code Download
•
Restore Factory Defaults
2.3.15
Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation
The following punctuation and special characters are available:
Note: These are not allowed for Clerk IDs and Invoice Numbers.
using the 1 key:
using the 0 key:
(space)
@ (at sign)
* (asterisk)
# (pound or number sign)
, (comma)
. (period or dot)
To key in alphabetic characters and punctuation:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
33
2
Features and Procedures
1. Press the number key with the character you wish to display
2. Press the Admin key repeatedly until the character appears.
For example, to key in THANK YOU. for a receipt message:
To key in
this text:
T
H
A
N
K
[space]
Y
O
U
.
[period]
Press these keys on the keypad:
8 Admin
4 Admin Admin
2 Admin
6 Admin Admin
5 Admin Admin
1 Admin
9 Admin Admin Admin
6 Admin Admin Admin
8 Admin Admin
0 Admin Admin Admin Admin
Note: Use the CORR key to delete single characters.
2.3.16
Entering the Clerk ID
When the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears:
a. Key in the Clerk ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation ".)
A Clerk ID MUST be entered. This cannot be left blank.
The Clerk ID can be up to 6 characters long and any combination of alphabetic and numeric characters
(punctuation and special characters are not allowed).
Continue the transaction or report.
2.3.17
Entering the Invoice Number
When the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears:
a. Key in the Invoice number and press OK, or simply press OK to leave this blank.
The Invoice number can be up to seven characters long and any combination of alphabetic and numeric
characters (punctuation and special characters are not allowed). (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and
punctuation")
Continue the transaction.
2.3.18
Entering Original Amount and Tip
At the ENTER ORIGINAL AMOUNT entry screen:
1. Take one of the following actions:
To proceed with the completion, continue at step 2.
To cancel a Pre-Auth and immediately release the hold on the cardholder's funds:
a. Press the CORR key. (This automatically inputs a $0.00 dollar value.)
b. Press OK.
c. Refer back to the Advice transaction.
34
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2. Depending on the amount that appears, do one of the following:
If an dollar amount appears (this is the same value that is printed on the original Pre-Auth receipt), press OK to
accept.
If the original Pre-Auth amount not including the Tip has changed, key in a new amount, and press OK.
If $0.00 appears (i.e., for a Force Post), key in the amount written on the Paper Sales draft, and press OK.
The ENTER TIP AMOUNT entry screen appears.
3. Key in the Tip amount (if any) written on the Tip line of the original Pre-Auth receipt, and press OK.
The FINAL AMOUNT $#.##-OK? prompt appears (the amount includes the Tip if any).
4. Press OK.
Refer back to the Advice transaction.
2.3.19
Deleting a Pre-Auth from the Pre-Authorization Advice List
Note: This operation does not immediately release the hold on the cardholder's funds.
At the DELETE PRE-AUTH? screen:
DELETE PRE-AUTH?
00000000000
0000
PA $999,999.99
YES
NO
1. Press the F1 key (YES) to delete the Pre-Auth transaction.
The P-A ADVICE LIST appears if there are remaining uncompleted Pre-Auths; otherwise, the TRANSACTION
NOT FOUND message appears.
2. Do one of the following:
If the TRANSACTION NOT FOUND message appears, press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY
screen.
If the P-A ADVICE LIST menu appears but you wish to return to the READY screen, press the Can/Ann key
twice.
If the P-A Advice LIST menu appears and you wish to complete another Pre-Auth, refer back to the "Advice Using Pre-Authorization Advice List"procedure beginning at step 8.
2.3.20
Entering the Promo Code
When the ENTER PROMO CODE prompt appears:
a. Key in the promotional code supplied to you by the private label card provider and press OK (Refer to
"Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation"), or simply press OK to leave this blank.
The next prompt appears.
Continue the transaction.
2.3.21
Finding the Original Sequence Number
The Original Sequence number needed for a Pre-Auth Advice is found on the Pre-Authorization receipt.
If the Receipt number is:
X00000000-123-456-789-0
Then the Original Sequence number is: 456789
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
35
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.22
Transaction with MOTO Enabled
Note: Even if enabled, the Tip Entry prompt will not appear a MOTO transaction because the cardholder is
presumed not to be present and therefore cannot key in an amount.
When the terminal prompts you to select either REGULAR or MAIL/TEL, do the following:
If cardholder is present...
a. Select REGULAR.
b. Continue the transaction.
If cardholder is NOT present...
a. Select MAIL/TEL.
The MOTO options appear.
b. Select the type of MOTO transaction to
be processed:
To process a one-time transaction,
select SINGLE.
OR
To process a transaction that occurs on a
regular basis (e.g. a monthly donation),
select RECURRING.
OR
To process a transaction that occurs as
part of a monthly payment plan, select
INSTALLMENT.
c. Go back to the transaction.
2.3.23
Enter Reporting Data for Transaction with Purchasing Card
When the ENTER XXX AMOUNT entry screen appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST):
1. Key in the Tax amount, and press OK, or simply press OK to leave this blank.
The ENTER CUSTOMER REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
2. Key in the Customer Reference number, and press OK, or simply press OK to leave this blank.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
Continue the transaction.
36
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
2.3.24
Features and Procedures
Cardholder Prompts
1. Follow the prompt that appears on the terminal:
If CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE appears, pass the terminal to the cardholder without pressing OK.
The cardholder presses OK.
If CONTINUE ON PINPAD appears, pass the external 7800 PINpad to the cardholder.
2. Have the cardholder follow the terminal or external PINpad prompts that appear:
Note: The prompts below are listed in the order in which they would appear. The prompts that appear are dependent
a number of factors, including transaction type, merchant setup, and card type.
If the SELECT LANGUAGE prompt appears, refer to the "Selecting the Display Language for Chip
Cards"procedure.
If the SELECT <Application name> prompt appears, refer to the "Selecting the Chip Card
Application"procedure.
If the CASH BACK? prompt appears, refer to the “Entering Cashback Amount"procedure.
If the <Transaction Name>$#.##-OK? prompt appears, the cardholder presses OK.
Terminal prompts (Tip)
External 7800 PINpad prompts (Tip)
If the ENTER TIP AMOUNT OR PRESS OK
% OTHER prompt appears, refer to the
"Entering a Tip on Terminal: Default Percentage
Enabled"procedure.
If the TIP AMOUNT % OTHER prompt appears
on the PINpad, refer to the “Entering a Tip on the
PINpad: Default Percentage Enabled"procedure.
If the ENTER TIP AMOUNT OR PRESS OK
% $ prompt appears, refer to the "Selecting
Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on the
Terminal"procedure.
If the TIP AMOUNT % $ prompt appears on the
PINpad, refer to the "Selecting Percentage or
Dollar Amount Tip on the PINpad"procedure.
If the ENTER TIP PERCENTAGE entry screen
appears, refer to the "Entering a Percentage Tip
on the Terminal"procedure.
If the TIP AMOUNT entry screen appears on the
PINpad, refer to the "Entering a Percentage Tip on
PINpad"procedure.
If the ENTER TIP AMOUNT entry screen
appears, refer to the "Entering a Dollar Amount
Tip on the Terminal"procedure.
If the TIP AMOUNT $0.00 entry screen appears
on the PINpad, refer to the "Entering a Dollar
Amount Tip on PINpad"procedure.
If the SELECT ACCOUNT prompt appears, refer to the “Account Selection"procedure.
If the ENTER PIN & OK entry screen appears, refer to the PIN Entry procedure.
4. Depending on the card used, do one of the following:
If a credit card was used, continue the financial transaction procedure.
If a debit card was used, continue below at step 5.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
37
2
Features and Procedures
5. The cardholder returns the terminal or external PINpad to you when one of the following prompts appears:
Note: If the card is inserted (chip transaction), the cardholder removes their card from the chip reader. If the
cardholder requested a cashback (debit only), then CASH BACK $#.## also appears in the prompt.
Terminal prompts
PINpad prompts
APPROVED
THANK YOU
CASH BACK $#.##
RETURN TO CLERK
APPROVED
THANK YOU
CASH BACK $#.##
APPROVED
THANK YOU
RETURN TO CLERK
APPROVED
THANK YOU
APPROVED
THANK YOU
CASH BACK $#.##
REMOVE CARD
APPROVED
THANK YOU
CASH BACK $#.##
REMOVE CARD
APPROVED
THANK YOU
REMOVE CARD
APPROVED
THANK YOU
REMOVE CARD
6. Press OK on the terminal when one of the following prompts appears:
APPROVED ###### CASH BACK $#.## PRESS OK
APPROVED ###### CASH BACK $#.## GIVE CUST COPY
APPROVED ###### PRESS OK
APPROVED ###### GIVE CUST COPY
7. Process the receipts that print. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
2.3.24.1 Selecting the Display Language for Chip Cards
When the SELECT LANGUAGE prompt appears during a chip card transaction:
Terminal only
Terminal + PINpad
1. The cardholder presses F1 to view
their prompts in English or F3 to view
them in French.
1. The cardholder presses CHQ to
view their prompts in English or
ALPHA to view them in French.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.2 Changing the External PINpad Display Language
The text on the external PINpad display screen can appear in English or French. The display language can be
changed from one language to the other in three ways:
These two options change the language for the duration of the current transaction. The next transaction will
be displayed in the default display language set up during the initial configuration of the terminal.
•
38
Swipe a cardholder card (on the terminal or the PINpad) that has a different language code on its magnetic
stripe. The external PINpad will display the encoded language. The terminal display will remain in the
original language.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
•
Features and Procedures
At the CONTINUE ON PINPAD prompt on the terminal, press F3 on the terminal. The external PINpad
will display the selected language. The terminal display will remain in the original language.
This option changes the default display language on both the terminal and on the external PINpad. This
change is permanent until this function is used again. This option can only be used from the READY screen.
It cannot be used during a transaction.
•
Use the Language function on the Admin menu on the terminal.
2.3.24.3 Selecting the Chip Card Application
When the chip card has more than one application that the terminal also supports, the SELECT <Application name>
prompt appears. The application to be used to process the current transaction must be selected.
Note: On the display <Application name> is replaced with the name of the first application in the list of available
applications.
The cardholder selects the application during a Purchase or Pre-Authorization transaction. You, the Merchant,
select the application during a Refund, Purchase-Void, or Refund-Void:
Selecting Application for Purchase or Pre-Authorization transaction:
Terminal only
Terminal + PINpad
When the SELECT<Application name>
prompt appears:
When the SELECT <Application name>
prompt appears:
1. To select the displayed application, the
cardholder presses F1 (YES); otherwise,
they press F3 (NO) to view the next
available application on the card.
1. To select the displayed application, the
cardholder presses CHQ (YES); otherwise,
they press ALPHA (NO) to view the next
available application on the card.
If the <Application name>-OK? prompt
appears, the cardholder presses F1 (YES)
to confirm that they wish to use the
displayed application.
If the <Application name>-OK? prompt
appears, the cardholder presses CHQ (YES)
to confirm that they wish to use the
displayed application.
The <Application name> SELECTED
PLEASE WAIT message appears while the
chip verifies that the card is valid.
The <Application name> SELECTED
PLEASE WAIT message appears while the
chip verifies that the card is valid.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
39
2
Features and Procedures
Selecting Application for Refund or Void transaction:
IMPORTANT: Do NOT allow the cardholder to select the application. You must select the application used
to perform the original transaction (indicated on the original transaction receipt).
Terminal only
When the SELECT <Application name>
prompt appears:
1. To select the displayed application, press
F1 (YES); otherwise, press F3 (NO) to view
the next available application.
Terminal + PINpad
1. The SELECT <Application name> prompt
does not appear on the PINpad for these
transactions.
Refer to the "Terminal only"column in this
table.
If the <Application name>-OK? prompt
appears, press F1 (YES) to confirm that
the displayed application should be used.
The <Application name> SELECTED
PLEASE WAIT message appears while the
chip verifies that the card is valid.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.4 Entering Cashback Amount on Debit Purchase
When the CASH BACK? prompt appears:
1. The cardholder presses the F1 key (YES) on the terminal (or CHQ on the PINpad if connected).
The SELECT CASH BACK prompt appears on the terminal (or the PINpad if connected).
Note: The Cashback amount will be withdrawn from the same account used for the Purchase transaction (e.g., if the
cardholder selects CHQ when prompted, both the Purchase amount and the Cashback amount with be withdrawn
from their Chequing account).
2. The cardholder selects either a Preset amount or, if the option is available, they can enter another amount as
indicated below:
For Preset amount:
Terminal Only
a. The cardholder presses F1 (for preset
Amount One), F2 (for preset Amount
Two), or F3 (for preset Amount Three).
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? appears. (This
includes the Cashback amount.)
b. The cardholder presses OK to accept
the displayed amount.
c. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
40
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
Terminal + PINpad
(prompts display on PINpad)
a. The cardholder presses CHQ (for
preset Amount One), SAV/EP (for preset
Amount Two), or ALPHA (for preset
Amount Three).
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? appears. (This
includes the Cashback amount.)
b. The cardholder presses OK to accept
the displayed amount.
c. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2
Features and Procedures
For Other amount:
Terminal Only
Terminal + PINpad
(prompts display on PINpad)
a. The cardholder presses F3 (OTHER).
ENTER CASH BACK appears.
a. The cardholder presses ALPHA
(OTHER).
b. The cardholder keys in the amount they
wish to withdraw and then presses OK.
ENTER CASH BACK appears.
Note: The dollar value entered must be in
increments of 10 (e.g., $10.00 or $20.00 or
$30.00, etc.).
b. The cardholder keys in the amount
they wish to withdraw and then presses
OK.
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? appears. (This
includes the Cashback amount.)
Note: The dollar value entered must be
in increments of 10 (e.g., $10.00 or
$20.00 or $30.00, etc.).
c. The cardholder presses OK.
d. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? appears. (This
includes the Cashback amount.)
c. The cardholder presses OK.
d. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.5 Entering a Tip on Terminal: Default Percentage Enabled
1. The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
To enter a default Tip
Percentage:
To enter a different
percentage or dollar amount
Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder presses OK
(AA%).
a. The cardholder presses the
F3 key (OTHER).
a. The cardholder presses OK
without making a selection.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears (amount
includes the Tip).
The ENTER TIP AMOUNT
OR PRESS OK % $ prompt
appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
b. Continue in the "Selecting
Percentage or Dollar Amount
Tip on Terminal"procedure.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
41
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.24.6 Selecting Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on the Terminal
1. The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To select the Tip-aspercentage option:
To select the Tip-as-dollaramount option:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder presses the
F1 key (%).
a. The cardholder presses the
F3 key ($).
a. The cardholder presses OK
without making a selection.
The ENTER TIP
PERCENTAGE entry screen
appears.
The ENTER TIP AMOUNT
entry screen appears.
b. Continue in the "Entering a
Percentage Tip on the
Terminal"procedure.
b. Continue in the "Entering a
Dollar Amount Tip on the
Terminal"procedure.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.7 Entering a Percentage Tip on Terminal
1. The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To enter a desired percentage Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder keys in a percentage value
(replaces displayed value, AA) and presses
OK.
a. The cardholder presses OK without entering
a value.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears
(amount includes the Tip).
b. The cardholder presses OK.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
42
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.24.8 Entering a Dollar Amount Tip on Terminal
1. The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To enter a desired dollar amount
Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder keys in a dollar
amount and presses OK.
a. The cardholder presses OK without
entering an amount.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt
appears (amount includes the Tip).
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt
appears.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.9 Entering a Tip on PINpad: Default Percentage Enabled
1. The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
To enter a default Tip
Percentage:
To enter a different
percentage or dollar amount
Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder presses the
CHQ key (AA%).
a. The cardholder presses the
ALPHA key (OTHER).
a. The cardholder presses OK
without making a selection.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears (amount
includes the Tip).
The TIP AMOUNT % $
prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
b. Continue in the "Tip
Prompt on PINpad: Selecting
Percentage or
Dollars"procedure.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
43
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.24.10 Selecting a Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on PINpad
1. The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To select the Tip-aspercentage option:
To select the Tip-as-dollaramount option:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder presses the
CHQ key (%).
a. The cardholder presses the
ALPHA key ($).
a. The cardholder presses OK
without making a selection.
The TIP AMOUNT entry
screen appears.
The TIP AMOUNT $0.00
entry screen appears.
b. Continue in the "Tip
Prompt on PINpad: Entering a
Percentage"procedure.
b. Continue in the "Tip
Prompt on PINpad: Entering a
Dollar Amount"procedure.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses
OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.11 Entering a Percentage Tip on PINpad
1. The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To enter a percentage Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder keys in a percentage value
and presses OK.
a. The cardholder presses OK without entering
a value.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears
(amount includes the Tip).
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
c. Continue to the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
44
b. The cardholder presses OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
2
Features and Procedures
2.3.24.12 Entering a Dollar Amount Tip on PINpad
1. The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
Note: If the previous prompt was also a Tip prompt, the cardholder may return to it by pressing the CORR key. (If
the CORR key is pressed, refer back to the previous Tip procedure.)
To enter a dollar amount Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
a. The cardholder keys in a dollar
amount and presses OK.
a. The cardholder presses OK without
entering an amount.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt
appears (amount includes the Tip).
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt
appears.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
b. The cardholder presses OK.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
c. Continue the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.13 Selecting an Account
When the SELECT ACCOUNT prompt appears:
1. The cardholder presses the F1 key (Chequing) or the F3 key (Savings).
2. Continue following the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
Terminal only
Terminal + PINpad
prompts appear on PINpad:
1. The cardholder presses F1
(Chequing) or F3 (Savings).
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
1. At the SELECT ACCOUNT
prompt, the cardholder presses CHQ
(Chequing) or SAV/EP (Savings).
2. Continue following the "Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
2.3.24.14 PIN Entry
When the ENTER PIN & OK prompt appears:
1. The cardholder keys in their Personal Identification number (PIN) and presses OK.
Note: Please respect the cardholder’s privacy, and encourage them to protect their PIN.
2. Continue following the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
45
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Terminal and Base
The 6200 consists of a hand-held terminal with an integrated PINpad, an integrated printer, a chip card reader, and a
magnetic stripe card reader, connected a communications and power base. An external PINpad and/or a contactless
reader may be connected if required.
3.1
Setting Up the Terminal Hardware
You must perform three steps to set up the terminal hardware:
1. Power up the terminal.
Note: If you use an external PINpad with your terminal, you must set up the PINpad now.
Note: If you use a contactless reader, you must set up the reader now.
2. Connect the communications cable. If you use
- Dial communications (including Dial backup for Ethernet), refer to "Dial Communications Cable."
- Ethernet communications, refer to "Ethernet Communications Cable."
3. Check the printer for paper:
Press the Paper Feed key twice to see if paper appears.
Note: If no paper appears, load a paper roll in the printer.
3.2
The Terminal
The terminal consists of the following components:
•
Integrated printer
•
Display (READY Screen)
•
Keypad
•
Magnetic stripe reader
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
47
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
•
Chip card reader
•
Terminal-to-base cable
3.3
The Integrated Printer
A thermal printer is integrated into the Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal. It prints black text on white, one-part
thermal paper.
Note: The maximum paper roll diameter is 2 inches.
3.3.1.1
To load a new paper roll into the terminal:
1. Open the paper well at the back of the terminal.
Press the printer latch towards the back of the printer then lift the printer lid up and back.
2. Remove the paper roll that is in the paper well.
3. Place the new paper roll into the paper well with the loose end unrolling from the bottom of the roll towards the
front of the terminal.
4. Pull the loose end of the paper towards the front of the terminal at least one inch (2.2 cm) past the metal teeth at
the front of the paper well.
5. Close the printer lid and press firmly on it to ensure that it is securely latched.
6. Tear off the loose end of the paper by pulling it towards the keypad.
The printer is ready to print again.
Note: If the printer ran out of paper in the middle of a receipt or report, you can reprint the receipt or report.
3.4
The Display
The display screen on the terminal displays the merchant and cardholder prompts as well as status and error
messages.
The Idle screen is displayed when the terminal is not performing any transactions or functions. All transactions and
functions begin at the Idle screen. There are two types of Idle screens on the terminal:
•
The READY screen
•
The TRAINING screen
There two idle screens on the external PINpad:
•
48
The WELCOME/BONJOUR screen
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
•
3.4.1
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The PINpad TRAINING screen
The READY Screen
The READY screen displays "READY"over the default transaction. This screen appears when the terminal is
operating normally.
The Purchase
READY screen
READY
PURCHASE
ENTER AMOUNT
$0.00
F1
F2
F3
If the default transaction is Pre-Auth, refer to "The Pre-Auth READY screen".
If the terminal is credit-only, refer to "The Credit-Only READY screen".
If the READY screen isn't displayed, press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to access it.
3.4.2
The TRAINING Screen
The TRAINING Ready screen displays "TRAINING"(instead of "READY") over the default transaction (Purchase
or Pre-Auth). This screen appears when the terminal is in Training mode.
The Purchase TRAINING
screen
TRAINING
PURCHASE
ENTER AMOUNT
$0.00
F1
F2
F3
To return to the READY screen, you must exit Training mode.
3.4.3
The Contactless Reader WELCOME/BONJOUR Screen
The contactless reader idle screen displays WELCOME/BONJOUR. This screen appears when the contactless
reader is not required to communicate with the terminal.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
If this screen is not displayed on the contactless reader, a transaction is in progress.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
49
3
3.4.4
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The External PINpad WELCOME/BONJOUR Screen
The external PINpad idle screen displays WELCOME/BONJOUR. This screen appears when the PINpad is not
required to communicate with the terminal.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
If this screen is not displayed on the PINpad, a transaction is in progress. To return to the PINpad idle screen, cancel
the transaction.
3.4.5
The External PINpad TRAINING Screen
The external PINpad Training Screen displays "TRAINING"in addition to "WELCOME/BONJOUR". This screen
appears when the PINpad is not required to communicate with the terminal.
WELCOME/BONJOUR
TRAINING
To return to the PINpad WELCOME screen, you must exit Training mode.
3.4.6
The Credit-Only READY Screen
If the terminal is enabled for credit-only transactions:
The READY screen displays "READY"over "PURCHASE". This screen appears when the terminal is operating
normally.
Note: Some debit chip cards may be used at a credit-only terminal.
The Purchase
READY screen
READY
PURCHASE
ENTER AMOUNT
$0.00
F1
F2
F3
If the READY screen isn't displayed, press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to access it.
3.4.7
The Pre-Auth READY Screen
If the default transaction on the terminal is Pre-Auth:
The READY screen displays "READY"over "PRE-AUTH". This screen appears when the terminal is operating
normally.
50
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The Pre-Auth
READY screen
READY
PRE-AUTH
ENTER AMOUNT
$0.00
F1
F2
F3
If the READY screen isn't displayed, press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to access it.
To perform a Pre-Auth from the Pre-Auth READY screen, refer to the "Pre-Authorization as Default"procedure.
3.5
The Terminal Keypad
The terminal keypad contains alpha-numeric keys and function keys.
3.5.1.1
Alpha-numeric Keys
These keys allow you to enter amounts for transactions, text for receipt messages and selection criteria for reports.
3.5.1.2
NAME
F1
The Function Keys
IMAGE
ALLOWS YOU TO...
select the option above the key (e.g. CREDIT)
scroll down through options
F2
F3
select an option
select the option above the key (e.g. DEBIT)
scroll up through options
scroll left and right through text if the text is wider than the display
Can/Ann
cancel a transaction
return to the READY screen after completing a transaction
return to the previous menu when performing ADMIN functions
CORR
clear the last character or number entered (by the cardholder or the merchant)
return to the previous cardholder prompt if no value is currently displayed for the
cardholder prompt
clear the value displayed when a prompt is first displayed
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
51
3
OK
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
confirm the data input is complete
confirm the data displayed is correct
select the highlighted item on a menu
Paper
Feed
Admin
advance the paper in the printer
access the MAIN MENU
access the Admin Shortcut Code input screen
enter alphabetic characters for personalized receipt text, Clerk IDs, etc.
3.6
The Magnetic Stripe Reader on the Terminal
The magnetic stripe reader (MSR) is located in a slot on the right-hand side of the terminal. When a payment card is
swiped, the MSR reads the information encoded on the card's magnetic stripe.
To swipe a card, the magnetic stripe must be down and facing towards the terminal.
Cards can be swiped from the back of the terminal forwards or from the front of the terminal backwards.
52
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
3.7
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The Chip Card Reader on the Terminal
Note: If an external PINpad is attached to the terminal, the chip card must be inserted into the chip card reader on
the PINpad. Refer to section "The Chip Card Reader on the PINpad".
The chip card reader is located in a slot in the front of the terminal. When a chip card is inserted, the chip card
reader reads the information on the card's chip (e.g., whether to prompt for PIN or print a signature line on the
receipt).
To correctly insert the chip card in to the chip card reader:
Ensure that:
the card is facing up
AND
the chip is closest to chip card reader slot on the terminal.
Then slide the card into the chip card reader slot until the card stops sliding in.
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip card in the reader for the entire transaction.
When the REMOVE CARD prompt appears, you or the cardholder must pull the card gently out of the chip card
reader.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
53
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
3.8
The External PINpad
3.8.1
The Moneris PINpad
In some store locations, it may be more convenient to have an external PINpad attached to terminal. The Moneris
7800 PINpad can be attached to the terminal for cardholder input.
The Moneris 7800 PINpad
The 7800 PINpad consists of the following components:
•
display
•
magnetic stripe card reader
•
keypad
•
chip card reader
•
terminal-to-PINpad cable
3.8.1.1
Configuring the Terminal
To use the external 7800 PINpad:
1. Set up the hardware.
2. Enable use of the external PINpad.
3.8.1.2
Processing Transactions with an External PINpad
The 7800 PINpad is used by the cardholder in the following transactions:
Credit Transactions
•
Purchase with Tip
•
Purchase with Chip (with or without Tip)
- Debit Transactions:
54
•
Purchase with Swipe or Chip (with or without Cashback or Tip)
•
Refund with Swipe or Chip
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
3.8.2
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
•
Void-Purchase with Swipe or Chip (Purchase Correction)
•
Void-Refund with Swipe or Chip (Refund Correction)
Setting Up the PINpad
1. Connect the Moneris PINpad to the Moneris HiSpeed 6200:
a. Insert the "Terminal Connector"of the PINpad cable into the port labeled "RS232-1"with a GREEN bar on
the terminal base.
b. Insert the "PINpad Connector"of the PINpad cable into the RS232 port on the back of the PINpad.
c. Attach the PINpad Cable Protector to the back of the PINpad.
2. Enable the PINpad on the terminal.
Return to Setting up the Terminal Hardware.
Note: If the terminal has been set up without the PINpad before and you have just added the PINpad, you will need
to re-initialize before you can perform transactions again.
3.8.3
The Back of the External PINpad
The RS232 port in the connector well
on the back of the PINpad.
3.8.4
The PINpad Cable
The PINpad-to-Terminal Cable
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
55
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The "PINpad Connector"of the PINpad-to-6200 Cable connects to back of the PINpad.
The "Terminal Connector"on the cable connects to the RS232-1 port (with a GREEN bar) on the base of the
HiSpeed 6200 terminal.
3.8.5
The PINpad Cable Connection Protector
The PINpad Cable Connection Protector
and the back of the PINpad.
To attach the cable connection protector to the back of the PINpad:
56
1.
Place the protector over the cable on the back of the PINpad with the straight bottom edge of the protector
against the straight edge across the bottom of the connector well.
2.
Press the protector into the connector well until the two straight edges are flush.
3.
Lock the protector in place:
Hold the protector in place and push each ”r;wing"towards the outside edge of the PINpad (the wings make
a clicking noise as they lock).
4.
Tug the top of the protector to ensure it is locked in place.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
3.8.6
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
The PINpad Keypad
The PINpad keypad contains alpha-numeric keys and function keys.
Alpha-numeric Keys
These keys allow you to enter a Tip amount and key in a PIN for debit transactions.
The Function Keys
NAME
CHQ
SAV/ EP
ALPHA
Can/Ann
CORR
IMAGE
ALLOWS YOU TO...
select the Chequing account for a debit transaction.
select the Savings account for a debit transaction
select preset Cashback Amount Three
cancel a transaction
clear the last character or number entered
may return to the previous prompt if no value is currently displayed for the prompt
clear the value displayed when a prompt is first displayed
OK
confirm the data input is complete
confirm the data displayed is correct
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
57
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
3.8.7
The Magnetic Stripe Card Reader on the PINpad
The magnetic stripe reader (MSR) is located in a slot on the right side of the PINpad. When a debit or credit card is
swiped on the PINpad, the MSR reads the information encoded on the card's magnetic stripe.
To swipe a card, the magnetic stripe must be down and facing towards the PINpad.
Cards can be swiped from top to bottom or bottom to top.
3.8.8
The Chip Card Reader on the External PINpad
The chip card reader is located in a slot on the front of the PINpad. When a chip card is inserted, the chip card reader
reads the information on the card's chip, e.g. whether to prompt for PIN or print a signature line on the receipt.
To correctly insert the chip card in to the chip card reader:
Ensure that:
the card is facing up
AND
58
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
the chip is closest to the chip card reader slot on the PINpad.
Then slide the card into the chip card reader slot until the card stops sliding in.
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip card in the reader for the entire transaction.
When the REMOVE CARD prompt appears, pull the card gently out of the chip card reader.
3.9
The Communications Base
The communications base connects to the Moneris Host via Ethernet and dial. The base is also used to charge the
terminal.
The Ports on the Communications Base
It has a green LED on the front, right corner and 5 connection ports on its back:
with a RED bar (for Dial Communications)
RS232-2
with a BLUE bar (for a contactless reader)*
(power connection)
RS232-1
PLUG>IT
with a GREEN bar (for an external PINpad)
with a YELLOW bar (for Ethernet Communications)
* Use RS232-1 if there is no PINpad.
3.10 The LED on the Base
The green LED on the communications base indicates the power status of the base.
Green LED on the Communications Base
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
59
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
3.11 The Cables
3.11.1
The Power Cable
The power cable supplies power to the terminal when it is connected to a power outlet and the power port on the
base.
IMPORTANT: You must use the exact power adaptor and cable provided with the terminal by Moneris
Solutions. Failure to do so may affect the operability of, or cause damage to the terminal and Moneris
Solutions shall have no liability whatsoever for a failure to follow these instructions.
Refer to "Powering Up the Terminal"forimage s of the power cable s and instructions on installing them.
3.11.2
Installing the 2-part Power Cable
To turn on the terminal, simply plug the terminal base into a power outlet as outlined below:
IMPORTANT: You must use the exact power adaptor and cable provided with the terminal by Moneris
Solutions. Failure to do so may affect the operability of, or cause damage to the terminal and Moneris
Solutions shall have no liability whatsoever for a failure to follow these instructions.
1. Insert the end (1) of the cable on the Adaptor Unit into the power port labelled with a
on the terminal base.
2. Insert the small end of the Cable (2) into the Adaptor Unit.
3. Insert the other end of the Cable (3) into a power outlet.
The terminal beeps, performs a self-test then displays:
a. "Authenticate..."while it checks the applications on the terminal (this may take a moment or two) then
b. the Moneris Application and software version numbers then
c. PLEASE WAIT.
Note: If an external PINpad is attached, the PINpad displays:
a. "Authenticate..."while it checks the applications on the PINpad (this may take a moment or two) then
b. the CPX software version number and device ID numbers.
4. If this is the first time you have turned on the 6200:
• the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt will appear. Go to Configuring Your Terminal.
If you have already configured your terminal and are NOT logged on:
• the PLEASE LOGON prompt will appear. Go to Logon.
If you have already configured your terminal and are logged on:
60
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
• the READY screen will appear. The terminal is ready to perform transactions. Go to the MAIN MENU.
3.11.3
Installing the 3-part Power Cable
To turn on the terminal, simply plug the terminal base into a power outlet as outlined below:
IMPORTANT: You must use the exact power adaptor and cable provided with the terminal by Moneris
Solutions. Failure to do so may affect the operability of, or cause damage to the terminal and Moneris
Solutions shall have no liability whatsoever for a failure to follow these instructions.
1. Insert the end (1) of the power cable to the terminal into the power port labelled with a
on the terminal base.
2. Insert the other end (2) of the power cable to the terminal into the round port on the adaptor unit.
3. Insert the flat end (3) of the power cable to the wall outlet into the other port on the adaptor unit.
4. Insert the other end (4) of the power cable to the wall outlet into a power outlet.
The terminal beeps, performs a self-test then displays:
a. "Authenticate..."while it checks the applications on the terminal (this may take a moment or two)then
b. the Moneris application and software version numbers then
c. PLEASE WAIT.
Note: If an external PINpad is attached, the PINpad displays:
a. "Authenticate..."while it checks the applications on the PINpad (this may take a moment or two) then
b. the CPX software version number and device ID numbers.
5. If this is the first time you have turned on the 6200:
• the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt will appear. Go to Configuring Your Terminal.
If you have already configured your terminal and are NOT logged on:
• the PLEASE LOGON prompt will appear. Go to Logon.
If you have already configured your terminal and are logged on:
• the READY screen will appear. The terminal is ready to perform transactions. Go to the MAIN MENU.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
61
3
3.11.4
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
Dial Communications Cable
When connected to a telephone wall jack and the LINE port on the terminal base, this cable allows the terminal to
use dial communications.
To connect the dial communications cable:
1. Insert one end of the cable into the
port on the base.
2. Insert the other end into a telephone wall jack.
You must configure the dial communications before attempting to communicate with the Moneris Host.
3.11.5
Ethernet Communications Cable
The cable pictured below allows the terminal to communicate over the Internet.
Ethernet cable
To connect the Ethernet communications cable:
1. Insert one end of the Ethernet cable into the yellow port (furthest to the right) on the terminal base.
2. Insert the other end of the Ethernet cable into an Ethernet wall jack or a router.
You must configure the Ethernet Communications before attempting to communicate with the Moneris Host.
62
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
3.12 The VIVOPay 5000 Contactless Reader
If a VIVOPay 5000 contactless reader is connected to a Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal, your customers can simply
tap or wave a contactless card in front of the reader to pay for a purchase.
Before you can perform contactless transactions with the reader, you must set up the hardware, and configure some
terminal parameters. (For instructions, refer to the "Contactless Reader Hardware Setup"procedure.)
Note: Your Merchant account may be configured so that your customers are not required to sign a receipt for
qualifying credit Purchase amounts. (See "Signatureless Transactions: Credit Cards"for more information.)
3.12.1
Contactless Transactions
Contactless cards may be tapped on a contactless reader for these transactions only:
•
Purchases
•
Refunds
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
63
3
3.12.2
64
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
Contactless Transaction: Visual Steps
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
3
3.12.3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
Contactless Reader: Stand-Base Setup
To secure your contactless reader to its stand-base:
1. Thread the Y-cable through the groove at the bottom of the stand-base so that the base sits flatly on a surface.
2. Slip the reader into the stand-base until the reader is secured in place.
3. Connect the reader to a terminal, and configure it (Refer to the "Contactless Reader: Hardware:
Setup"procedure.)
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
65
3
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Hardware
3.12.4
Contactless Reader: Hardware Setup
IMPORTANT: Only one contactless reader at a time can be connected to a 6200 terminal. Use only the
power adaptor cable that came with the contactless reader.
1. Re-initialize the terminal.
2. Secure the reader into its stand-base (Refer to the "Contactless Reader: Stand-Base Setup"procedure.)
3. Connect the contactless reader to a powered HiSpeed 6200 terminal:
a. Insert the Y-cable connector into the terminal’s base port RS232-1.
(If a PINpad is connected, use port RS232-2.)
b. Connect the power adaptor cable to the Y-cable.
c. Plug the power adaptor cable into a power outlet.
The reader beeps twice as it powers up.
4. Confirm the status of the reader: It should display either the "Firmware Version"number or the "Please Present
Card"prompt.
5. Enable the Contactless Reader parameter on the 6200 terminal (Refer to the "Configuring General
Parameters"procedure.)
6. If desired, enable/disable the generic Contactless logo, which if enabled appears on contactless transaction
receipts.
* If a PINpad is also connected, ensure that the contactless reader is connected to port RS232-2 and is enabled
for COM2.
66
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Your HiSpeed 6200 terminal can be set up to accept and process a variety of cards including debit cards, credit cards
with a magnetic stripe, credit cards with a chip, private label cards, corporate (a.k.a. purchasing) cards, Moneris gift
cards and loyalty programs. The terminal can also be set up to process cheque authorizations.
Before you begin using your terminal to process transactions, you must configure it, inputting any special values and
parameters needed for the options you wish to use.
Ensure you have the following available:
•
your Merchant ID,
•
the Moneris Host Initialization phone number,
•
your POS Admin card (if required).
1. Configure the communications parameters.
2. Select the optional features you intend to use on the terminal.
3. Configure the features and general parameters.
4. Print a Configuration Parameters Report.
4.1
Configuring Communications
The terminal can communicate with the Moneris Host over Ethernet and Dial Communications.
•
•
Ethernet Communications:
•
Public Internet - Dynamic
•
Public Internet - Static
•
Private Internet - Dynamic
•
Private Internet - Static
Dial Communications
To determine whether the communications are functioning correctly, check the communications status icons and
messages.
Go back to Getting Started.
Go back to Configuring Your Terminal.
4.1.1
Configuring Dial Communications
If your terminal will communicate with the Moneris Host over a standard analog telephone line, you will need to set
up these parameters.
WARNING: Due to data security issues, terminals using dial communications must use a true analog phone
line connecting to a public switched telephone network. Analog telephone adaptors (ATAs) and digital phone
service over IP communications must NOT be used as an alternative to dial communications.
Moneris recommends installing a dedicated telephone line for the terminal to ensure transactions are processed
quickly and reliably. Sharing the line with another device (e.g. a fax machine) can cause communication problems.
Line splitters and filters are not recommended.
If you access a prompt and decide to keep the displayed value, simply press OK to keep that value and return to the
previous menu.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
67
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Note: If the terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications and dial backup is available then, when Ethernet
communication is not available, the terminal will attempt to use dial communications. After performing a transaction
using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet communications for the next transaction.
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
Note: The dial communications cable must be connected before attempting to communicate with the Moneris Host.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down and select CONFIGURATION.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Confirm the COMMS TYPE is set to DIAL:
a. Scroll to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
b. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
The COMMUNICATIONS TYPE menu appears.
c. Scroll to DIAL, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu re-appears.
d. Press the Can/Ann key.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu re-appears.
4. Scroll down to DIAL CONFIG, and press OK.
The DIAL CONFIG menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
5. To enter or change the PBX prefix for the seven-digit local telephone number and the ten-digit long distance
telephone number to the Moneris Host:
Note: This field is optional.
a. Press OK to select PREFIX.
The PREFIX entry screen appears.
b. Key in the local PBX prefix (min. 1 digit, max. 20 digits), and press OK.
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
Note: If Call Waiting or Call Answer is activated on the phone line that the terminal will use, the Prefix must be
configured as: *70,, (star, seven, zero, comma, comma). Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".
6. To change the modem speed for the primary and backup lines:
a. Scroll down to PRI LINE SPEED, and press OK.
The PRIMARY LINE SPEED menu appears.
b. Scroll to the list item with the appropriate Baud rate, and press OK.
(The default is 1200 Baud.)
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
c. Scroll down to BCK LINE SPEED, and press OK.
The BACKUP LINE SPEED menu appears.
d. Scroll to the list item with the appropriate Baud rate, and press OK.
(The default is 1200 Baud.)
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
7. To set the terminal to check that the phone line is available before attempting to dial out:
68
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
a. Scroll down to LINE AVAIL CHK, and press OK.
The LINE AVAILABLE CHECK? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to force the terminal to check that the line is available before dialing out
(default).
Press the F3 key (NO) to set the terminal to begin dialing without checking.
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
8. To change the number of tones dialed per second (if you are using tone dialing rather than pulse dialing):
a. Scroll down to TONE DIAL SPD, and press OK.
The TONE DIAL SPEED menu appears.
b. Scroll to the item with the appropriate Dial Speed, and press OK. (The default speed is FAST (10), which
is 10 tones per second.)
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
9. To change the number of seconds the dial tone must be present before the connection is determined to be
successful:
a. Scroll down to STABILIZATION, and press OK.
The STABILIZATION TIMER entry screen appears.
b. Key in a value (min. 0.06, max. 5.00 seconds), and press OK. (The default is 0.06 seconds.)
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
10. To determine whether the terminal monitors the modem-to-host connection process:
a. Scroll down to CALL PROGS CHK, and press OK.
The CALL PROGRESS CHECK? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to monitor the modem-to-host connection process.
Press the F3 key (NO) to if the phone environment is noisy.
The DIAL CONFIG menu reappears.
11. Press the Can/Ann key three times to return to the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED
prompt.
The terminal is ready to communicate with the Moneris Host over a dial line.
4.1.2
Dial Backup Communications for Ethernet
When Ethernet communication is not available, the terminal will attempt to use dial communications as backup.
After performing a transaction using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet communications for
the next transaction.
The terminal must be configured for dial communications and the dial communications cable must be connected.
When the terminal uses dial backup, the message ETHERNET COMMS ERROR-DIAL USED PRESS OK appears.
Press OK to acknowledge the message and return to the READY screen. The terminal will revert to Ethernet
communications for the next transaction.
4.1.3
Configuring Ethernet Communications
4.1.3.1
Configuring Dynamic Public IP Communications
If your terminal will communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet using Public IP with Dynamic
addressing, you will need to set up these parameters.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
69
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Note: If the terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications and dial backup is available, when Ethernet
communication is not available the terminal will attempt to use dial communications. After performing a transaction
using Dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet Communications for the next transaction.
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
Note: The Ethernet communications cable must be connected before attempting to communicate with the Moneris
Host.
1. Select the Communications Type
a. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
b. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
c. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
d. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
The COMMUNICATION TYPE menu appears.
e. Scroll to ETHERNET, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu appears.
Note: You may need to press the Can/Ann key once then scroll down to and select ETHERNET CFG to access the
ETHERNET SETUP menu.
2. Set up the Terminal Type as Dynamic
a. Press OK to select TERMINAL SETUP.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu appears.
b. Press OK to select TERMINAL TYPE.
The TERMINAL TYPE menu appears.
c. Scroll to DYNAMIC, and press OK.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
d. Press the Can/Ann key once.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
3. Set up the Host Parameters as Public
Note: If you change any of the Host parameters after the terminal has been initialized, the terminal will prompt you
to perform a re-initialization after the TCP HOST CONNECTION OK message appears.
a. Scroll down to HOST SETUP, and press OK.
If the HOST SETUP menu appears...
If the ETHERNET SETUP menu
appears...
b. Scroll down to PUBLIC, and press OK.
b. Scroll down to SET TYPE, and press
OK.
c. Scroll down to PRODUCTION, and
press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu
reappears.
70
c. Scroll down to PUBLIC, and press OK.
d. Press the Can/Ann key.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Note: If your terminal uses customized DNS addresses, you will need to enter the DNS addresses.
4. Test the Ethernet Connection
a. Press the Can/Ann key to test the connection.
The TCP HOST CONNECTION OK PRESS OK prompt appears if the connection is up.
b. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Note: If the RE-INITIALIZATION REQUIRED message appears, you must perform a re-initialization to complete
the configuration process.
The terminal is ready to communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet.
4.1.3.2
Configuring Dynamic Private IP Communications
If your terminal will communicate with the Moneris Host over the Moneris Private IP Network with Dynamic
addressing, you will need to set up these parameters.
Note: If the terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications and dial backup is available, when Ethernet
communication is not available the terminal will attempt to use dial communications. After performing a transaction
using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet communications for the next transaction.
Before you begin you will need to know:
•
the Moneris Region the terminal is located in
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
Note: The Ethernet Communications cable must be connected before attempting to communicate with the Moneris
Host.
1. Select the Communications Type
a. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
b. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
c. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
d. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
The COMMUNICATION TYPE menu appears.
e. Scroll down to ETHERNET, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu appears.
Note: You may need to press the Can/Ann key once then scroll down to and select ETHERNET CFG to access the
ETHERNET SETUP menu.
2. Set up the Terminal Type as Dynamic
a. Press OK to select TERMINAL SETUP.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu appears.
b. Press OK to select TERMINAL TYPE.
The TERMINAL TYPE menu appears.
c. Scroll to DYNAMIC, and press OK.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
d. Press the Can/Ann key once.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
71
4
Configuring Your Terminal
3. Set up the Host Parameters as Private
Note: If you change any of the Host parameters after the terminal has been initialized, the terminal will prompt you
to perform a re-initialization after the TCP HOST CONNECTION OK message appears.
a. Scroll down to HOST SETUP, and press OK.
If the HOST SETUP menu appears...
If the ETHERNET SETUP menu appears...
b. Scroll to PRIVATE, and press OK.
b. Scroll to SET TYPE, and press OK.
c. Scroll to PROD'N PRIVATE, and press
OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu
reappears.
c. Scroll to PRIVATE IP, and press OK.
d. Scroll to SET REGION, and press OK.
e. Scroll to the region your terminal is located in,
and press OK.
f. Press the Can/Ann key.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
4. Test the Ethernet Connection
a. Press the Can/Ann key to test the connection.
The TCP HOST CONNECTION OK PRESS OK prompt appears if the connection is up.
b. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Note: If the RE-INITIALIZATION REQUIRED message appears, you must perform a re-initialization to complete
the configuration process.
The terminal is ready to communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet.
4.1.3.3
Configuring Customized DNS Addresses for Dynamic Public IP Communications
If your terminal uses customized DNS addresses, you must manually enter the DNS addresses.
From the ETHERNET SETUP menu:
a. Scroll down to DNS SETUP, and press OK.
b. Press OK to select AUTOMATIC DNS.
c. Press the F3 key (NO) to disable Automatic DNS.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears with additional DNS options.
d. Scroll down to PRIM ADDRESS, and press OK.
The ENTER PRIMARY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
e. Key in the Primary DNS Address, and press OK.
f. Scroll down to SEC ADDRESS, and press OK.
The ENTER SECONDARY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
g. Key in the Secondary DNS Address, and press OK.
h. Press the Can/Ann key.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
Return to Step 4. Test the Ethernet connection and continue configuring Dynamic Public IP Communications.
72
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
4.1.3.4
Configuring Static Public IP Communications
If your terminal will communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet using Public IP with Static addressing,
you will need to set up these parameters.
Note: If the terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications and dial backup is available, when Ethernet
communication is not available the terminal will attempt to use Dial Communications. After performing a
transaction using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet Communications for the next transaction.
Before you begin you will need:
•
the terminal's IP Address
•
the terminal's Mask ID
•
the Gateway Address
•
the Primary DNS Address
•
the Secondary DNS Address
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
Note: The Ethernet Communications cables must be connected before attempting to communicate with the Moneris
Host.
1. Select the Communications Type
a. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
b. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
c. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
d. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
The COMMUNICATION TYPE menu appears.
e. Scroll to ETHERNET, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu appears.
Note: You may need to press the Can/Ann key once then scroll down to and select ETHERNET CFG to access the
ETHERNET SETUP menu.
2. Set up the Terminal Type as Static
a. Press OK to select TERMINAL SETUP.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu appears.
b. Press OK to select TERMINAL TYPE.
The TERMINAL TYPE menu appears.
c. Scroll to STATIC, and press OK.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
d. Scroll down to TERMINAL ADDR, and press OK.
The ENTER TERMINAL ADDRESS entry screen appears.
e. Key in the terminal's IP Address, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
73
4
Configuring Your Terminal
f. Scroll down to MASK ID, and press OK.
The ENTER MASK ID entry screen appears.
g. Key in the terminal's Mask ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
h. Scroll down to GATEWAY, and press OK.
The ENTER GATEWAY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
i. Key in the Gateway Address, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
j. Press the Can/Ann key once.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
3. Set up the Host Parameters as Public
Note: If you change any of the Host parameters after the terminal has been initialized, the terminal will prompt you
to perform a re-initialization.
a. Select HOST SETUP.
If the HOST SETUP menu appears...
If the ETHERNET SETUP menu appears...
b. Scroll to PUBLIC, and press OK.
b. Scroll to SET TYPE, and press OK.
c. Scroll down to PRODUCTION, and
press OK.
c. Scroll down PUBLIC, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
4. Set up the DNS Addresses
a. Scroll down to DNS SETUP, and press OK.
Note: If the AUTOMATIC DNS item appears instead of the PRIM ADDRESS and SEC ADDRESS items, select
AUTOMATIC DNS then press the F3 key.
b. Scroll down to PRIM ADDRESS, and press OK.
The ENTER PRIMARY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
c. Key in the Primary DNS Address, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
d. Scroll down to SEC ADDRESS, and press OK.
The ENTER SECONDARY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
e. Key in the Secondary DNS Address, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
5. Test the Ethernet Connection
a. Press the Can/Ann key to test the connection.
The TCP HOST CONNECTION OK PRESS OK prompt appears if the connection is up.
b. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
must perform a re-initialization to complete the configuration process.
The terminal is ready to communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet.
4.1.3.5
Configuring Static Private IP Communications
If your terminal will communicate with the Moneris Host over the Moneris Private IP Network with Static
addressing, you will need to set up these parameters.
Note: If the terminal is configured to use Ethernet communications and dial backup is available, when Ethernet
communication is not available the terminal will attempt to use dial communications. After performing a transaction
using dial as backup, the terminal will attempt to use Ethernet communications for the next transaction.
74
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Before you begin you will need:
•
the terminal's IP Address
•
the terminal's Mask ID
•
the Gateway Address
•
the Moneris region the terminal is located in
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
Note: The Ethernet communications cable must be connected before attempting to communicate with the Moneris
Host.
1. Select the Communications Type
a. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
b. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
c. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
d. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
The COMMUNICATION TYPE menu appears.
e. Scroll to ETHERNET, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu appears.
Note: You may need to press the Can/Ann key once then scroll down to and select ETHERNET CFG to access the
ETHERNET SETUP menu.
2. Set up the Terminal Type as Static
a. Press OK to select TERMINAL SETUP.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu appears.
b. Press OK to select TERMINAL TYPE.
The TERMINAL TYPE menu appears.
c. Scroll to STATIC, and press OK.
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
d. Scroll to TERMINAL ADDR, and press OK.
The ENTER TERMINAL ADDRESS entry screen appears.
e. Key in the terminal's IP address and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
f. Scroll down to MASK ID, and press OK.
The ENTER MASK ID entry screen appears.
g. Key in the terminal's Mask ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
h. Scroll down to GATEWAY, and press OK.
The ENTER GATEWAY ADDRESS entry screen appears.
i. Key in the Gateway Address, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
The TERMINAL SETUP menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
75
4
Configuring Your Terminal
j. Press the Can/Ann key once.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
3. Set up the Host Parameters as Private
Note: If you change any of the Host parameters after the terminal has been initialized, the terminal will prompt you
to perform a re-initialization.
a. Scroll down to HOST SETUP, and press OK.
If the HOST SETUP menu appears...
If the ETHERNET SETUP menu appears...
b. Scroll to PRIVATE, and press OK.
b. Scroll to SET TYPE, and press OK.
c. Scroll down and select the region your
terminal is located in, and press OK.
c. Scroll to PRIVATE IP, and press OK.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu
reappears.
d. Scroll to SET REGION, and press OK.
e. Scroll to the region your terminal is located in,
and press OK.
f. Press the Can/Ann key.
The ETHERNET SETUP menu reappears.
4. Test the Ethernet Connection
a. Press the Can/Ann key to test the connection.
The TCP HOST CONNECTION OK PRESS OK prompt appears if the connection is up.
b. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Note: If the RE-INITIALIZATION REQUIRED message appears, you must perform a re-initialization to complete
the configuration process.
The terminal is ready to communicate with the Moneris Host over the Internet.
As the terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, it displays PROCESSING to indicate that the transaction is
proceeding correctly. Depending on the type of communication, additional status information is provided
4.2
Configuring the Receipt Format
This function allows you to configure the terminal to print a Pre-Authorization tip line and a signature line on credit
card transaction receipts, set the number of receipt copies printed, and select which trailer messages to print on
receipts.
Note: "Declined"or "Not Approved"messages always appear in reverse font.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PRINTER CONFIG, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The PRINTER CFG menu appears.
Note: The default values for the following printer parameters are highlighted in reverse text (e.g., YES).
To start printing the receipt before all the transaction information is entered on the terminal:
DO NOT enable this feature:
76
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
a. Scroll down to PRE-PRINT, and press OK.
The PREPRINTING? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To select the number of receipts printed for a transaction:
a. Scroll down to NO OF COPIES, and press OK.
The NUMBER OF COPIES menu appears.
b. Scroll down to the number of copies the terminal should print for each transaction, and press OK at your
selection. There are five options.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To force the printer to pause between copies for a specified number of seconds:
a. Scroll down to PRINT DELAY, and press OK.
The PRINT DELAY entry screen appears.
b. Key in the number of seconds the printer will wait between printing receipt copies, and press OK. The default is
99 seconds.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
Note: If, during the transaction, the operator does not want to wait for the receipt copies to print automatically, they
can press OK to force the next receipt to begin printing immediately.
To print a tip line on Pre-Authorization receipts for the customer to indicate a Tip amount:
a. Scroll down to P-A TIP LINE, and press OK.
The PRINT PRE-AUTH TIP LINE? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key tos elect YES.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To print a signature line on Credit Card Transaction receipts (including private label and corporate cards):
Note: If a chip card requires a signature, a signature line will be printed even if this parameter is set to NO. If a chip
card does NOT require a signature, a signature line will NOT be printed even if this parameter is set to YES.
a. Scroll down to SIGNATURE LINE, and press OK.
The PRINT CREDIT SIGNATURE LINE? appears.
b. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To print receipts for Advice transactions:
a. Scroll down to PRINT P-A ADV, and press OK.
The PRINT PRE-AUTH ADVICE? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To print receipts for Pre-Authorization transactions:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
77
4
Configuring Your Terminal
a. Scroll down to PRINT PRE-AUTH, and press OK.
The PRINT PRE-AUTH? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To enable masking of the Card number on the Merchant copy of the receipt:
IMPORTANT: Masking is enabled by default (i.e., set to YES). DO NOT change this setting.
a. Scroll down to CARD MASKING-M, and press OK.
The MERCHANT RECEIPT CARD MASKING? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES).
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To suppress the printing of a Merchant copy of the receipt for any credit Purchase that qualifies as a
signatureless transaction:
Note: Merchant copy printing is enabled by default (i.e., set to YES). Moneris recommends that you do not change
this setting.
a. Scroll down to RCPT LIMIT-M, and press OK.
The MERCHANT RECEIPT BELOW FLOOR LMT? prompt appears.
b. Press the F3 key (NO).
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To suppress the printing of a Cardholder copy of the receipt for any credit Purchase that qualifies as a
signatureless transaction:
a. Scroll down to RCPT LIMIT-C, and press OK.
The CUSTOMER RECEIPT BELOW FLOOR LMT? prompt appears.
b. Press the F3 key (NO).
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
To print one or more personalized messages at the bottom of cardholder receipts:
a. Scroll down to TRAILER MSG, and press OK.
The ACTIVE TRAILER MSG menu appears.
b. Select and edit the trailer message for cardholder receipts.
The PRINTER CFG menu re-appears.
Press the Can/Ann key three times to return to the READY screen.
78
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
4.2.1
Configuring Your Terminal
Select number of receipts printed for a transaction
There are five options:
Note: In order to produce cardholder receipt copies with masked Card numbers, the terminal must print at least 2
COPIES.
OPTION
DESCRIPTION
1 COPY
prints only one copy
2 COPIES
prints one Cardholder and
one Merchant copy
2 COPIES OPTN
prints the first copy
To print the second copy, press OK.
To cancel the second copy, press the Can/Ann key.
3 COPIES
prints one Cardholder and
two Merchant copies
3 COPIES OPTN
prints two copies (one Cardholder and one Merchant copy)
To print the third copy (another Merchant copy), press OK.
To cancel the third copy, press the Can/Ann key.
4.2.2
Select and edit the trailer message for cardholder receipts
There are 10 Trailer Message options available in each language.
Select one of the default messages (1 through 5) and edit it to suit your requirements or select a blank message (6
through 10) to create your own promotional message.
If you have customized a trailer message, you can reset the message to the original text.
IMPORTANT: If you edit or change an English trailer message, ensure that you also edit the corresponding
French message. The trailer message that prints on the cardholder receipt is determined by the language on
the card's magnetic stripe.
For example: If you select Option 1 and replace ' xxxxxx' with your company name in the English message,
make sure to replace the ' xxxxxx' in the French Option 1 message as well.
Note: You can select more than one trailer message to print on your receipts.
There are four lines per trailer message; each line can be from zero to 24 characters (if no double width is used) or
from zero to 12 characters (if double width is used). All characters are allowed.
A. Select a trailer message option:
1. Scroll down to the option on the terminal, and press OK.
2. Select ENABLED (i.e. press OK).
3. Press the F1 key to confirm that you wish to enable the trailer message.
B. Edit the trailer message option:
1. Scroll down to the line number and language you wish to edit
(e.g. LINE 3 ENGLISH).
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
79
4
Configuring Your Terminal
2. Press the CORR key. (This deletes the entire line.)
Note: A single message line can be from zero to 24 characters (if no double width is used) or from zero to 12
characters (if double width is used). All characters are allowed.
3. Key in the new text. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation").
Note: Once you have keyed in new text, you can use the CORR key to delete characters one at a time.
4. Press OK to save the new line of text.
C. Format the font of the entire trailer message:
1. Scroll down to the format you wish to apply to all lines of the message (BOLD, DOUBLE HEIGHT or DOUBLE
WIDTH) and press OK.
2. Press the F1 key to apply the format.
D. Press the Can/Ann key four times to return to the READY screen.
4.2.3
Reset the trailer message to the original text
If you have edited a trailer message, you can reset the message to the original text.
IMPORTANT: If you edit or change an English trailer message, ensure that you also edit the corresponding
French message. The trailer message that prints on the cardholder receipt is determined by the language on
the card's magnetic stripe.
For example: If you reset Option 1 to the original English text, make sure to reset the French Option 1
message as well.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PRINTER CONFIG, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The PRINTER CFG menu appears.
4. Scroll down to TRAILER MSG, and press OK.
The ACTIVE TRAILER MSG menu appears.
5. Select the trailer message option you wish to reset to the original text:
a. Scroll down to the trailer message option, and press OK.
b. Scroll down and select INITIAL TEXT (i.e., press OK).
The RESET MSG TO ITS INITIAL TEXT? prompt appears.
c. Press the F1 key (YES) to confirm that you wish to reset the trailer message to the original text.
The ACTIVE TRAILER MSG menu re-appears.
6. Press the Can/Ann key four times to return to the READY screen.
80
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
4.2.4
Configuring Your Terminal
Trailer Message Options
If the Language on the cardholder's card is ENGLISH OR the cardholder selected ENGLISH during the cardholder
prompts, the ENGLISH MESSAGE selected will appear.
If the Language on the cardholder's card is FRENCH OR the cardholder selected FRANCAIS during the cardholder
prompts, the FRENCH MESSAGE selected will appear.
4.2.4.1
English Trailer Messages
OPTION
ENGLISH MESSAGES
1 HAPPY HOLID
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
THANK YOU FOR SHOPPING
AT xxxxxx
2 SPECIAL OFF
SPECIAL OFFER ON YOUR
NEXT VISIT PRESENT THIS
RECEIPT AND RECEIVE A
10 PERCENT DISCOUNT
3 XXXXXX
xxxxxx
KEEP THIS RECEIPT FOR A
REFUND WITHIN 14 DAYS
4 MOTHERS DAY
MOTHERS DAY IS COMING
RESERVE YOUR SPACE
CALL xxx xxx xxxx
TO AVOID DISAPPOINTMENT
5 BACK TO SCH
BACK TO SCHOOL SPECIAL
PRESENT THIS RECEIPT TO
CLAIM A FREE BACKPACK
WITH YOUR NEXT PURCHASE
6
7
8
9
[These messages are blank and can
be used to create personalized
messages for your cardholder
receipts.]
10
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
81
4
Configuring Your Terminal
4.2.4.2
French Trailer Messages
OPTION
FRENCH MESSAGES
1 HAPPY HOLID
JOYEUSES FETES
MERCI DE MAGASINER CHEZ
xxxxxx
2 SPECIAL OFF
OFFRE SPECIALE
RABAIS DE 10 POURCENT
A LA PROCHAINE VISITE,
PRESENTEZ CE RELEVE
3 XXXXXX
xxxxxx
POUR UN REMBOURSEMENT
DELAI DE 14 JOURS,
CONSERVEZ CE RELEVE.
4 MOTHERS DAY
LA FETE DES MERES
APPROCHE. RESERVEZ
TOUT DE SUITE.
APPELEZ AU xxx xxx xxxx
5 BACK TO SCH
OFFER POUR LA RENTREE
SAC A DOS GRATUIT
AU PROCHAIN ACHAT,
PRESENTEZ CE RELEVE.
6
[These messages are blank and can
be used to create personalized
messages for your cardholder
receipts.]
7
8
9
10
4.3
Disabling the Backlight
The Backlight can be disabled.
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll to BACKLIGHT, and press OK.
The BACKLIGHT menu appears.
4. Scroll to DISABLE, and press OK to turn the backlight off permanently.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears (and the backlight turns off).
Note: The backlight will no longer come on when the terminal keys are pressed.
5. Press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt.
82
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
4.4
Configuring Your Terminal
Configuring Corporate (Purchasing) Cards
Use this function to indicate the type of sales tax applied in your geographic location and enter your GST and
provincial tax numbers as applicable. This will determine which tax type prompt appears during corporate card
transactions and the tax number that appears on the monthly statements your corporate card customers receive.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PURCHASE CARD, and press OK.
The PURCHASING CRD menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press OK to select PURCHASE CARD.
The ENABLE PURCHASING CARD? prompt appears.
5. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The PURCHASING CRD menu appears with additional items.
6. Scroll down to SALES TAX TYPE, and press OK.
The SALES TAX TYPE menu appears.
7. Scroll to the combination of taxes that you are required to charge, and press OK.
The PURCHASING CRD menu appears.
8. Scroll down to MERCHNT GST NO, and press OK.
The MERCHANT GST NUMBER entry screen appears.
9. Key in your GST number, and press OK.
The PURCHASING CRD menu appears.
If necessary:
a. Scroll down to MERCHNT PST NO or MERCHNT QST NO, and press OK.
b. Key in your Provincial Tax number, and press OK.
The PURCHASING CRD menu appears.
10. Press the Can/Ann key three times to return to the READY screen.
The terminal is now ready to process financial transactions using corporate (purchasing) Cards.
4.5
Configuring Private Label
The terminal does not require additional configuration in order to process private label credit cards. However, before
using private label cards you must:
•
contact Moneris to obtain a list of private label card issuers.
•
contact the private label card issuer and arrange for service from them.
•
notify Moneris that you will be using this service to ensure that your terminal's initialization parameters are
updated on the Moneris Host.
•
re-initialize your terminal
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
83
4
Configuring Your Terminal
4.6
Configuring General Parameters
The General Parameters menu allows you to enable and configure the optional features on your terminal.
If you access a prompt and decide to keep the displayed value, simply press OK to keep that value and return to the
previous menu.
Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to return to the READY screen at any time.
From the READY screen OR the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
To select the communications type:
a. Press OK to select COMMS TYPE.
b. Select the appropriate communication type.
Note: You may have to do some additional configuration depending on your communications requirements. Refer
to Communications Configuration for an overview on configuring the communications parameters on the terminal.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable the Declined Beep alert:
a. Scroll down to DECLINED BEEP, and press OK.
The DECLINED AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key(YES) to enable Declined Beep.
The terminal beeps and then the GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable Tip Reporting
(Enables option to record a Tip amount during Pre-Auth Completions (Advices) and prints a Tip amount line
on Pre-Auth Completion receipts; enables Tip Totals report; enables option for completion or deletion of
multiple Pre-Auths from list):
a. Scroll down to TIP REPORTING, and press OK.
The ENABLE TIP REPORTING? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key(YES).
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable Tip Entry:
a. Refer to the "Configuring Tip Entry - Debit/Credit"procedure.
To define a default debit/credit Tip Percentage:
Note: For this feature to work, debit/credit Tip Entry must be also enabled.
a. Scroll down to TIP PERCENTAGE, and press OK.
The ENTER TIP PERCENTAGE entry screen appears.
Note: If debit/credit Tip Entry is enabled, and the Tip Percentage value is set to "0,"the cardholder will still be
prompted to enter a Tip in percentage and/or dollars. (The cardholder may choose to enter nothing at all when
prompted to enter Tip.)
84
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
b. Key in a percentage value, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To allow the terminal to process Pre-Authorization transactions using chip cards (credit and some debit cards) as well as magnetic stripe
cards:
a. Scroll down to CHIP PRE-AUTH, and press OK.
The CHIP CARD PRE-AUTH ALLOWED prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to use chip cards for Pre-Auth transactions.
Press the F3 key (NO) to use only magnetic stripe cards for Pre-Auth transactions.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable the CASH BACK? prompt during Debit Purchase transactions:
a. Scroll down to CASHBACK, and press OK.
The ENABLE CASH BACK? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the CASH BACK? prompt appear.
Press the F3 key (NO) to disable the CASH BACK? prompt.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To set Cashback Preset Amount 1:
Note: The amount displayed is in dollars (cent values cannot be entered: e.g., 10 = $10.00).
a. Scroll down to C BACK AMT 1, and press OK.
The CASH BACK PRESET AMOUNT 1 entry screen appears.
Note: The Default amount is 10; the amount can range from 10 to 90.
b. Key in the dollar value for Cash Back Preset Amount 1, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To set Cashback Preset Amount 2:
Note: The amount displayed is in dollars (cent values cannot be entered: e.g., 20 = $20.00.)
a. Scroll down to C BACK AMT 2, and press OK.
The CASH BACK PRESET AMOUNT 2 entry screen appears.
Note: The Default amount is 20; the amount can be from 20 to 990.
b. Key in the dollar value for Cash Back Preset Amount 2, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
Note: The amount that you key in must be less than and not equal to Preset Amount 3, but it must be greater than
and not equal to Preset Amount 1.
Set Cashback Preset Amount 3:
(This can be used to set a third amount or allow a customer to enter a different amount)
a. To allow your customer to key in any other amount that is less than or equal to your Cashback Limit:
1. Scroll down to C BACK AMT 3, and press OK.
The CASH BACK PRESET AMOUNT 3 entry screen appears.
2. Select OTHER (press the F1 key).
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
85
4
Configuring Your Terminal
Note: The amount that the customer keys in at the ENTER CASH BACK entry screen cannot be greater than your
set Cashback Limit.
b. To set a specific amount for Preset Amount 3:
Note: The Cashback Limit that you set does not apply to Amount 3. (For example, even if your Cashback Limit is
set to $40, you could still set Amount 3 to be any value from $150 to $990).
1. Scroll down to C BACK AMT 3, and press OK.
The CASH BACK PRESET AMOUNT 3 entry screen appears.
Note: The Default amount is 30; the amount can be from 30 to 990.
Note: The amount displayed is in dollars (cent values cannot be entered: e.g., 300 = $300.00.)
2. Select VALUE (press the F3 key).
Note: The amount that you key in for VALUE must be greater than and not equal to Preset Amount 2 and greater
than and not equal to Preset Amount 1.
3. Key in the amount, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To set the maximum Cashback amount that can be entered during debit Purchase transactions:
a. Scroll down to CASHBACK LIMIT, and press OK.
The CASH BACK LIMIT prompt appears.
Note: The default is 40.
b. Key in the maximum dollar amount that can be entered at the ENTER CASH BACK prompt, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
Note: The amount displayed is in dollars (cent values cannot be entered: e.g., 40 = $40.00).
Note: The Cashback Limit amount only applies to Preset Amount 3 if the cardholder keys in an amount that is
higher than the set Cashback Limit. However, if you set Preset Amount 3 to an amount that is higher than the
Cashback Limit, that restriction will not apply.
To enable the ARE TOTALS BALANCED? prompt during the Close Batch transaction:
a. Scroll down to BALANCE PROMPT, and press OK.
The TOTALS BALANCED PROMPT? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the Balanced prompt appear.
Press the F3 key (NO) to skip the Balanced prompt.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable the ENTER INVOICE NO prompt during all financial transactions:
a. Scroll down to INVOICE NUMBER, and press OK.
The ENABLE INVOICE NUMBER? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the Invoice Number prompt appear.
Press the F3 key (NO) to skip the Invoice Number prompt.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF CARD AND PRESS OK prompt during financial transactions (e.g., credit) in which the
Card number is manually entered:
86
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
a. Scroll down to TAKE IMPRINT, and press OK.
The TAKE IMPRINT MESSAGE? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the Take Imprint prompt appear.
Press the F3 key (NO) to skip the Take Imprint prompt.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To set the default Province Code value for Cheque Authorization transactions using a driver's licence:
a. Scroll down to PROVINCE CODE, and press OK.
The DEFAULT PROVINCE CODE prompt appears.
b. Key in the two-character alphanumeric Province code that will most likely be used during Cheque Authorization
transactions using a driver's licence, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
Note: The province codes are provided by the cheque authorization service.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To be able to identify a transaction (e.g., credit) as a Mail Order or Telephone Order during the transaction:
a. Scroll down to MAIL/TEL ORDER, and press OK.
The MAIL/TEL ORDER TRANSACTIONS? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the Mail/Tel item appear.
Press the F3 key (NO) to leave the Mail/Tel item off.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To set the amount of terminal idle time before the green back light turns off automatically:
a. Scroll down to BACKLIGHT TIME, and press OK.
The BACKLIGHT OFF TIME IN SECONDS entry screen appears.
b. Key in the number of seconds before the backlight turns off, and press OK.
(minimum is 15, maximum is 998, default is 60.)
To stop the backlight from turning off, key in the value 999, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To adjust the level of contrast on the terminal display screen:
a. Scroll down to CONTRAST, and press OK.
The CONTRAST menu appears.
b. Scroll down and highlight the desired level of contrast, and press OK.
The lowest level of contrast is 5, the highest level of contrast is 10. The default is 10.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
To enable the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt on all transactions on the REPORTS, ADMIN and CONFIGURATION menus:
a. Scroll down to ADMIN PROTECT, and press OK.
The PROTECT ALL ADMIN OPTIONS? prompt appears.
b. Press the F1 key (YES) to have the Admin card prompt appear for all reporting, admin and configuration
transactions.
Press the F3 key (NO) to have the Admin card prompt appear only for those transactions that are required by
Moneris.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
87
4
Configuring Your Terminal
To enable an External PINpad:
Note: The screen on the external 7800 PINpad is blank when the General Parameters menu is displayed on the 6200.
a. Scroll down to EXT PINPAD, and press OK.
The ENABLE EXTERNAL PINPAD? prompt appears.
b. Press F1 (YES) to enable the external PINpad for financial transactions. All cardholder prompts will appear on
the external PINpad.
Press F3 (NO) to disable the external PINpad. All prompts for the merchant and the cardholder will appear on the
HiSpeed 6200.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears on the 6200.
The message, WELCOME/BONJOUR, appears on the external PINpad.
Note: If this prompt is switched from YES to NO or from NO to YES, you must re-initialize the terminal.
To enable a contactless reader (VIVOPay 5000):
a. Scroll down to CTLS READER, and press OK.
The CONTACTLESS READER menu appears.
b. Scroll to ENABLE, and press OK.
To disable, scroll to DISABLE, and press OK.
c. Scroll to COM1, and press OK. (If a PINpad is connected, select COM2.)
PLEASE WAIT appears on the terminal's display for several seconds and then the terminal returns to the
GENERAL PARAMETERS menu.
d. Confirm that the contactless reader's status:
If the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen appears on the reader, it has been configured correctly and is ready for
use.
If "Please Present Card"appears on the reader, it has not been set up and configured correctly. Redo the
contactless reader setup and configuration procedures. (Refer to the "Contactless Reader: Hardware
Setup"procedure.)
If the "Firmware Version"number appears on the reader, it has not been set up and configured correctly.
Redo the contactless reader setup and configuration procedures. (Refer to the "Contactless Reader: Hardware
Setup"procedure.)
To enable printing of the generic contactless logo on contactless transaction receipts:
a. Scroll down to CTLS LOGO, and press OK.
b. Scroll to ENABLE, and press OK.
To disable this feature, scroll to DISABLE, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
88
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
4.7
Configuring Your Terminal
Configuring Tip Entry - Debit/Credit
From the READY screen OR the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to GENERAL PARAMS, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Scroll down to TIP ENTRY, and press OK.
The TIP ENTRY menu appears.
5. Depending on your requirements, do one of the following:
To disable the Tip Entry prompt:
a. Scroll down to NO TIP, and press OK.
b. Continue at step 6.
To enable the Tip Entry prompt:
a. Scroll down to the card type (DEBIT only or DEBIT & CREDIT), and select the one for which the
Tip Entry prompt should appear, and press OK.
The TIP ENTRY menu appears listing three Tip prompt formats.
b. Scroll to a Tip Entry format (TIP BY AMOUNT or TIP BY PERCENT or TIP BY $ AND %), and
press OK.
Note:
To see how Tip Entry formats affect debit/credit Tip prompting on the terminal, refer to the "Tip
Prompt Formats: Terminal"table.
To see how Tip Entry formats affect debit/credit Tip prompting on an external 7800 PINpad, refer
to the "Tip Prompt Formats: PINpad"table.
The TIP ENTRY menu appears.
c. Continue at step 6.
6. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to return to the READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
89
4
Configuring Your Terminal
4.7.1
Tip Prompt Formats: Terminal
Tip Prompt Format
What Happens During a debit/credit
Purchase
TIP BY AMOUNT
The cardholder will be prompted to enter the
Tip as a dollar amount only. (The cardholder
may press OK to bypass entering a Tip
during this prompt.)
TIP BY PERCENT
The cardholder will be prompted to enter a
Tip as a percentage value only. (The
cardholder may press OK to bypass entering
a Tip during this prompt.)
Note:
If the Tip Percentage parameter is set as a
value greater than zero, the value will appear
beside the percent sign (e.g., 15%) during
Tip prompting.
If the Tip percentage parameter is set to zero,
then a "0"value will appear beside the
percent sign (i.e., 0%) during Tip prompting.
TIP BY $ AND %
The cardholder will be prompted to enter the
Tip as a percentage value or as a dollar
amount. (The cardholder may press OK to
bypass entering a Tip during one of the
following prompts.)
Note: If the Tip Percentage parameter is set
to a value greater than zero, the cardholder
will be prompted to enter the default value
(AA%), or they may select OTHER and then
enter their own percentage value or dollar
amount.
Note: If the Tip percentage parameter is set
to zero, the cardholder will automatically be
prompted to choose to whether to enter their
own Tip as a percentage value or dollar
amount.
90
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
Actual Tip Prompt/Screen
on Terminal
4
4.7.2
Configuring Your Terminal
Tip Prompt Formats: PINpad
Tip Prompt Format
What Happens During a Debit/Credit Purchase
TIP BY AMOUNT
The cardholder will be prompted to enter the Tip as
a dollar amount only. (The cardholder may press
OK to bypass entering a Tip during this prompt.)
TIP BY PERCENT
The cardholder will be prompted to enter a Tip as a
percentage value only. (The cardholder may press
OK to bypass entering a Tip during this prompt.)
Actual Tip
Prompt/Screen
on 7800 PINpad
Note: The Tip Percentage parameter has no effect
on this prompt format. TIP AMOUNT will appear
as the prompt regardless of how you define the
default Tip Percentage.
TIP BY $ AND %
The cardholder will be prompted to enter the Tip as
a percentage value or as a dollar amount. (The
cardholder may press OK to bypass entering a Tip
during one of the following prompts.)
Note: If the Tip Percentage parameter is set to a
value greater than zero, the cardholder will be
prompted to enter the default value (AA%), or they
may select OTHER and then enter their own
percentage value or dollar amount.
Note: If the Tip percentage parameter is set to zero,
the cardholder will automatically be prompted to
choose to whether to enter their Tip as a percentage
value or dollar amount.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
91
4
Configuring Your Terminal
4.8
Configuring Clerk Subtotals
To configure the terminal to perform Clerk Subtotalling:
Note: If you have more than one terminal, you must configure Clerk Subtotalling on each terminal individually.
1. Enable Clerk Subtotalling.
2. Configure the ENTER CLERK ID prompt.
3. Identify the Clerk Entry Method.
4. Allow Clerks to Zero Totals.
IMPORTANT: Clerk Subtotals must be cleared manually (by performing a Clerk Subtotals Report) on a
regular basis (weekly is recommended). If not, the Moneris Host will automatically clear the totals when the
number of transactions for a card type within a Clerk ID reaches 10,000.
5. Add Clerk IDs.
6. If you are using a Default Clerk ID, enable the Default Clerk ID.
You can now perform Clerk Subtotalling on your terminal.
4.8.1
Allow Clerks to Zero Totals
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK TOTALS, and press OK.
The MERCHANT ID entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe your POS Admin card.
4. Key in your Merchant ID, and press OK.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu appears.
5. Scroll down to CLERK ZERO TTL, and press OK.
The CAN CLERK ZERO TOTALS? prompt appears.
6. Press the F1 key (YES) to display the Zero Clerk Totals? prompt during the Clerk Subtotals Inquiry. This allows
terminal operators to reset the totals for their Clerk ID to zero.
OR
Press the F3 key (NO) to skip the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt during the Clerk Subtotals Inquiry.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu reappears.
7. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly until the READY screen reappears.
4.8.2
Identify Clerk ID Entry Method
You must identify the method that will be used to enter the Clerk ID during transactions.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
92
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
3. Scroll down to CLERK TOTALS, and press OK.
The MERCHANT ID entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe your POS Admin card.
4. Key in your Merchant ID, and press OK.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu appears.
5. Scroll down to CLERK ENTRY, and press OK.
6. Select the method for entering the Clerk ID at the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen.
- Select SWIPE/MANUAL to allow the use of Clerk ID cards and manually keyed in Clerk IDs
OR
- Scroll down and select MANUAL if only manually entered Clerk IDs will be used
OR
- Scroll down and select SWIPE if only Clerk ID cards will be used. You must now identify the location of the Clerk
ID on the card stripe.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu reappears.
7. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly until the READY screen reappears.
4.8.3
Adding Clerk IDs (including the Default Clerk ID)
Use this function to add the Clerk IDs to be associated with your Merchant ID. The terminal must communicate with
the Moneris Host in order to complete this function.
The Clerk IDs you enter here can be entered at the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen during transactions and will be
used in Clerk Subtotals Reporting.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK MAINT, and press OK.
The CLRK MAINTCE(## PEND) menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
Note: (## PEND) indicates the number of Clerk IDs waiting to be processed.
4. Press OK to select ADD.
The ENTER CLERK ID TO BE ADDED entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Clerk ID, and press OK. (Min. 1, max. 6 characters. Any combination of numbers and letters. Refer to
"Entering alphabetic character and punctuation ".)
.
The CLRK MAINTCE(## PEND) menu reappears.
To continue to add Clerk IDs, repeat steps 4 and 5.
You can add a maximum of 20 Clerk IDs at one time.
Once 20 Clerk IDs have been added, the terminal communicates with the Moneris Host to add the Clerk IDs
to the Host.
When all the Clerk IDs have been added:
6. Scroll down to FINISHED, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host to add the Clerk IDs to the Host then returns to the READY
screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
93
4
4.8.4
Configuring Your Terminal
Removing Clerk IDs
Use this function to remove Clerk IDs associated with your Merchant ID. The terminal must communicate with the
Moneris Host in order to complete this function.
The Clerk IDs you remove here can no longer be entered at the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen during transactions
and cannot be used in Clerk Subtotals Reporting.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK MAINT, and press OK.
The CLRK MAINTCE(## PEND) menu appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
Note: (## PEND) indicates the number of Clerk IDs waiting to be processed.
4. Scroll down to REMOVE, and press OK.
The ENTER CLERK ID TO BE REMOVED entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Clerk ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation")
Min. 1, max. 6 characters. Any combination of numbers and letters.
The CLRK MAINTCE(## PEND) menu reappears.
To continue removing Clerk IDs, repeat steps 4 and 5.
You can remove a maximum of 20 Clerk IDs at one time.
Once 20 Clerk IDs have been removed, the terminal communicates with the Moneris Host to remove the
Clerk IDs from the Host.
When all the Clerk IDs have been removed:
6. Scroll down to FINISHED, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host to remove the Clerk IDs from the Host then returns to the
READY screen.
4.8.5
Enabling Clerk Subtotalling
From the READY screen:
1. Pressthe Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK TOTALS, and press OK.
The MERCHANT ID entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Key in your Merchant ID, and press OK.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu appears.
5. Select CLERK SUBTTL.
The ENABLE CLERK SUBTOTALLING prompt appears.
6. Press the F1 key (YES) to enable Clerk Subtotalling.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu reappears.
7. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly until the READY screen reappears.
94
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
4.8.6
Configuring Your Terminal
Enabling the Clerk ID Prompt
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK TOTALS, and press OK.
The MERCHANT ID entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe your POS Admin card.
4. Key in your Merchant ID, and press OK.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu appears.
5. Scroll down to PROMPT CLERK, and press OK.
The PROMPT FOR CLERK ID? prompt appears.
6. Press the F1 key (Yes) to enable the Clerk ID prompt for all transactions.
Note: If you are using a Default Clerk ID, you must press the F3 key (NO) to disable this prompt.
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu reappears.
7. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly until the READY screen reappears.
4.8.7
Enabling the Default Clerk ID
The Clerk ID prompt must be disabled.
You must add the Default Clerk ID to the terminal before enabling it.
The ENTER CLERK ID entry screen will not appear during transactions when the Default Clerk ID is enabled.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to DEFAULT CLERK, and press OK.
The ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Key in the Clerk ID to be used as the default, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and
punctuation ".)
The READY screen reappears.
4.8.8
Identifying the Clerk ID Location
From the CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu:
a. Select DATA LOCATION.
b. Select the location:
Note: This information is provided by the card manufacturer.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
95
4
Configuring Your Terminal
TRACK 1
TRACK 2 (This is the default selection.)
NAME
The CLERK SUBTTL CFG menu reappears.
4.9
Configuring Multi-terminal Reporting
You must perform this configuration on every terminal you wish to include in the Multi-Terminal Report. This
configuration enables Multi-Terminal Reporting and assigns a terminal name to the terminal.
4.9.1
Enabling Multi-Terminal Reporting
From the READY screen:
Note: The terminal must be logged on before performing this configuration.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM CFG, and press OK.
The MULTIPLE TERM TRANSACTION? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The MERCHANT TERMINAL NAME entry screen appears.
5. Key in the terminal name (max. 6 characters) and press OK. (Refer to Entering Alphabetic Characters)
The ALLOW CLOSE BY ADMIN 99? prompt appears.
6. If you wish to:
- use the Multi-Terminal Report function to remotely close the batch for this terminal, press the F1 key to select
YES.
- use only the Close Batch transaction to close the batch on this terminal, press the F3 key to select NO.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then returns to the READY screen.
4.9.2
Disabling Multi-terminal Reporting
Follow steps 1 through 5 above. At step 6, press the F3 key to select NO. The terminal communicates with the
Moneris Host then returns to the READY screen.
The terminal can no longer be closed from another terminal and cannot close other terminals.
4.9.3
Changing the Terminal Name
Use this function to assign a different terminal name to a terminal that has Multi-Terminal Report enabled on it.
From the READY screen:
Note: The terminal must be logged on before performing this configuration.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
96
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM CFG, and press OK.
The MULTIPLE TERM TRANSACTION? entry screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The MERCHANT TERMINAL NAME entry screen appears with the existing terminal name displayed in the
bottom right corner of the screen.
5. Press the CORR key to clear the existing terminal name.
6. Key in the new terminal name (max. 6 characters) and press OK. (Refer to "Entering Alphabetic Character and
Punctuation ".)
The ALLOW CLOSE BY ADMIN 99? prompt appears.
7. If you wish to:
- use the Multi-Terminal Report function to remotely close the batch for this terminal, press the F1 key to select
YES.
- use only the Close Batch function to close the batch on this terminal, press the F3 key to select NO.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then returns to the READY screen.
4.9.4
Deleting the Terminal Name
To delete a terminal name, simply disable the Multi-terminal Report function on the terminal.
Note: Once the terminal name is deleted, the terminal can no longer be closed using the Multi-Terminal Report
function.
From the READY screen:
Note: The terminal must be logged on before performing this configuration.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM CFG, and press OK.
The MULTIPLE TERM TRANSACTION? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F3 key to select NO.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then returns to the READY screen.
The terminal name has now been removed from the Moneris Host and the terminal can no longer be closed using the
Multi-terminal Report function.
4.10 Configuring Cheque Authorization
The terminal does not require additional configuration in order to process Cheque Authorizations. However, before
performing Cheque Authorizations you must:
•
contact Moneris to obtain a list of Cheque Authorization service providers.
•
contact a Cheque Authorization service and arrange for service from them.
•
notify Moneris that you will be using this service to ensure that your terminal's initialization parameters are
updated on the Moneris Host.
•
re-initialize your terminal
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
97
4
Configuring Your Terminal
If the Cheque Authorization service requires the entry of a province code for Cheque Authorizations using a drivers'
licence, you may wish to configure a default province code to avoid having to enter it each time.
4.11 Initialization
This function sends information about the terminal to the Moneris Host and receives additional parameters and
information from the Host. If you are setting up your terminal for the first time, follow the First Initialization
instructions below.
From time to time, the Moneris Merchant Service Centre may ask you to re-initialize your terminal if changes have
been made to your terminal or your merchant account. Follow the Re-initialization instructions below.
4.11.1
First Initialization
This function MUST be performed once, after completing configuration, in order to use your terminal to process
transactions.
Note: Before attempting this transaction, ensure that the Communications parameters have been configured.
From the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Press OK to select INITIALIZATION.
The MERCHANT ID entry screen appears.
4. Key in your Moneris Merchant ID, and press OK.
The PHONE NUMBER entry screen appears.
5. If you are using dial communications: Key in the Initialization Phone Number, and press OK.
If you are using Ethernet communications: simply press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host. This may take a few minutes.
The external PINpad displays WELCOME/BONJOUR during the Initialization.
6. The PLEASE LOGON prompt appears.
4.11.2
Re-initialization
The Moneris Merchant Service Centre may ask you to re-initialize your terminal from time to time.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to CONFIGURATION, and press OK.
The CONFIG FUNCS menu appears.
3. Press OK to select INITIALIZATION.
The RETAIN CURRENT MERCH SETTINGS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears instead, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F1 key to select YES.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT select NO unless instructed to do so by a Moneris Service Centre representative.
98
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
4
Configuring Your Terminal
5. Please wait while the terminal communicates with the Moneris Host. This may take a few minutes.
The external PINpad displays WELCOME/BONJOUR during the Re-initialization.
The CLEAR TERMINAL STORAGE? prompt appears.
6. Press the F3 key to select NO.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT select YES unless instructed to do so by a Moneris Service Centre representative.
Selecting YES will erase all the transaction information from the terminal memory.
The PLEASE LOGON prompt appears.
4.12 Restore Factory Defaults
IMPORTANT: Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
This function returns the terminal’s parameters to the original factory settings.
4.13 Remote Code Download
IMPORTANT: Do NOT use this function unless directed to do so by the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
99
5
Financial Transactions
A financial transaction involves the transfer of funds between a cardholder's account and your own business
account. For example, a credit Purchase transaction moves funds from the credit cardholder's account to your
business account. A debit Refund transaction moves funds from your business account to the debit cardholder's
chequing or savings account.
The Moneris HiSpeed 6200 point-of-sale terminal can process a variety of financial transactions on cards including
debit cards, magnetic stripe credit cards, chip cards, private label credit cards and purchasing/corporate cards.
IMPORTANT: It is the merchant’s responsibility to ensure that proper card processing procedures are
followed at all times. Please refer to your Merchant manuals and the Terms & Conditions of your Merchant
Agreement for details.
5.1
Card Functionality
Depending on the card issuer, a payment card may incorporate Chip and/or Stripe and/or Contactless functionality.
The card entry method at the POS (see below) determines which functionality is used and how the card interfaces
with the POS device.
5.1.1
Card Entry at the POS
To use Chip functionality:
When the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt displays (terminal or PINpad), you or the customer insert the card
into the terminal chip reader. (For more information about using chip cards, refer to "Using a Chip Cards on the
Moneris HiSpeed 6200.")
To use Stripe functionality:
When the SWIPE CARD prompt or the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt displays (terminal or PINpad), swipe
the card on the terminal’s magnetic stripe reader. (For more information about using stripe cards, refer to "The
Magnetic Stripe Reader on the Handheld Terminal.")
To use Contactless functionality:
When the $#.## TAP CARD prompt displays on the contactless reader, the customer taps or waves their card on the
reader. (For more information about contactless cards, refer to "Contactless Cards")
Manual Entry: If all available Card Entry methods fail, you may manually enter the Card number for credit cards
and some debit chip cards: When SWIPE CARD or SWIPE OR INSERT CARD displays, simply key in the Card
number on the terminal, and press OK.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
101
5
Financial Transactions
5.2
Payment Types
5.2.1
Credit Transactions
The terminal processes the following credit card transactions:
•
Purchase
•
Purchase-Void
•
Refund
•
Refund-Void
•
Pre-Authorization
•
Pre-Auth Advice
•
Force Post (Advice-Voice Authorization)
•
Private Label Payment
•
Private Label Payment-Void
Note: If an external PINpad is attached, the cardholder will be required to use it to enter data as
prompted.
Note: If a contactless reader is attached, Purchases and Refunds may be processed as contactless
transactions.
Note: All transactions may also be processed as Mail Order/Telephone Order transactions.
The terminal can process the following types of credit cards:
5.2.2
•
Standard credit cards (e.g., MasterCard, Visa, AMEX and others depending on the services for which
you are registered).
•
Corporate (purchasing) cards if you are already processing the same standard card. For example, if you
can process VISA cards, you can also process VISA Corporate cards. Refer to "Corporate Card
Purchase"for detailed instructions.
•
Private label cards. These require additional agreements with Moneris and a private label provider
depending on the card(s) you wish to process.
Debit Transactions
The terminal processes the following transactions for debit:
Note: Some debit chip cards may be used to process these transactions as Mail Order/Telephone Order transactions.
•
Purchase
•
Purchase-Void (Purchase Correction)
•
Refund
•
Refund-Void (Refund Correction)
•
Some debit chip cards may also be used to process:
- Pre-Authorization
- Pre-Auth Advice
- Force Post (Advice-Voice Authorization)
- Private Label Payment
102
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
- Private Label Payment-Void
5.2.2.1
•
To process a Debit Transaction:
the cardholder swipes their card through the magnetic stripe reader or inserts their card into the chip reader
on the terminal or, if an external PINpad is attached, on the PINpad.
Note: If an external PINpad is attached, the cardholder will be required to use it to enter data as
prompted.
Note: If a contactless reader is attached, Purchases and Refunds may be processed as contactless
transactions (some debit chip cards only).
•
the debit cardholder MUST key in their own PIN (Personal Identification number) on the terminal or, if an
external PINpad is attached, on the PINpad.
IMPORTANT: For security reasons, please respect the cardholder's privacy while they enter their PIN and
encourage them to protect their PIN.
5.3
Transaction Flows in v6.xx and above
To reduce the number of times the terminal or external PINpad is handed to the cardholder for their input (e.g. Tip
amount entry, PIN entry, etc.), the terminal begins at the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen. To begin a credit, debit or
chip Purchase transaction simply key in the dollar amount, and then swipe the credit or debit card, or insert the chip
card, or tap the contactless card on the contactless reader. The terminal can determine the card type (i.e., debit,
credit, or chip) from the information on the card's magnetic stripe or chip.
5.4
Transaction Guidelines
To process financial transactions, you will follow these general guidelines:
1. Determine the transaction to be processed (e.g., Purchase or Refund).
2. Establish the means of payment, i.e., credit or debit.
3. Enter the card data on the POS device (refer to “Card Entry at the POS.”)
4. Follow the terminal prompts. (Refer to individual financial transaction procedures).*
5. Process receipts.
* These variables affect which transaction prompts you and the cardholder will see:
- Terminal and merchant setup.
- Transaction type (e.g., Purchase or Refund).
- Card functionality (i.e., stripe, contactless, or chip).
- Card Entry method at the POS (e.g., swipe, insert, tap, or manually enter).
- Payment type (i.e., credit or debit)1
Some debit cards may initiate Cashback and/or Tip, and/or Account & PIN prompting after the terminal
has been returned to you, which means you will have to hand the terminal back to the cardholder.
1
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
103
5
Financial Transactions
5.5
Credit and Debit Transactions
5.5.1
Purchase
Note:
- The cardholder may be prompted for input under the following circumstances: 1) If a chip card is used; 2) If a
debit card is swiped or inserted; or 3) If Tip Entry or Cashback is enabled.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
From the READY screen:
1. Key in the amount of the Purchase, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
If a contactless reader is attached and contactless functionality is enabled, the $#.## TAP CARD prompt
appears on this device.
2. Enter the card on the terminal (or attached external device):
swipe
insert
tap
a. Swipe the card on the
terminal (or the external
PINpad if attached).
a. You or the cardholder
must insert the card into
the terminal chip reader
(or the PINpad chip
reader if a PINpad is
attached).
a. The cardholder taps
(or waves) their card in
front of the contactless
reader.
If the ENTER LAST
4 DIGITS entry
screen appears on the
terminal, key in the
last 4 digits of the
Card number, and
press OK.
If ###########
PRESS [OK] appears
on the terminal,
confirm that the
displayed Card
number is the same
number on the card.
Press OK.
IMPORTANT: Leave
the chip card in the
reader for the entire
transaction.
a. Key in the Card number, and
press OK.
The reader beeps.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE
entry screen appears on the
terminal.
b. Continue below at
step 3.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and
press OK.
b. Continue below at
step 3.
b. Continue below at
step 3.
104
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
If MAIL/TEL options appear
on the terminal, refer to the
"Transaction with MOTO
Enabled"procedure.
If the TAKE MANUAL
IMPRINT OF CARD AND
PRESS OK prompt appears on
the terminal, refer to the
"Taking a Manual Imprint of a
Card"procedure.
c. Continue below at step 3.
5
Financial Transactions
3. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction:
If the CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE prompt appears, refer to the “Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
If the CONTINUE ON PINPAD prompt appears, refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
If the ENTER PROMO CODE entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If the ENTER XXX AMOUNT entry screen appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering
Reporting Data for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
If an APPROVED message appears, go to step 4.
Note: For some debit cards, the CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE prompt or the CONTINUE ON
PINPAD prompt may appear again. If this happens, simply hand the terminal or PINpad back the cardholder,
who may then be prompted to select a Cashback amount, key in a Tip, select a debit account, or key in their
PIN.
4. When an APPROVED message appears on the terminal or PINpad (see list below), process any receipts that are
printed. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
Note: If REMOVE CARD appears in any message, you or the cardholder must remove the card from the chip
reader.
APPROVED ###### OBTAIN SIGNATURE
APPROVED ###### REMOVE CARD
APPROVED ###### GIVE CUST COPY
APPROVED ######
5.5.2
Purchase-Void
This transaction (also known as a Purchase Correction) is used only when a Purchase transaction was entered
incorrectly and needs to be cancelled.
IMPORTANT: This transaction must be processed for the full amount of the original Purchase, and it must
be processed in the same batch as the original Purchase.
Note:
- If a debit card is used, the cardholder may be prompted to select an Account and enter a PIN.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to VOID-PURCHASE, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the Purchase to be voided, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: This transaction must be processed for the full amount of the original Purchase.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
105
5
Financial Transactions
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless Voids are not permitted.
6. Enter the card on the terminal (or external PINpad if attached):
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or
the external PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS
entry screen appears on the
terminal, key in the last 4 digits of
the Card number, and press OK.
If ########### PRESS [OK]
appears on the terminal, confirm
that the displayed Card number is
the same number on the card. Press
OK.
insert
a. You or the cardholder must
insert the card into the terminal
chip reader (or the PINpad chip
reader if a PINpad is attached).
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip
card in the reader for the
entire transaction.
If the SELECT <Application
name> prompt appears, refer to
the "Selecting the Chip Card
Application"procedure.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry screen
appears on the terminal.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Auth # found on the
Purchase receipt, and press OK.
b. Key in the Auth # found on
the Purchase receipt, and press
OK.
IMPORTANT: Enter an Original
Authorization number that exists in
the current Batch.
c. Continue below at step 7.
IMPORTANT: Enter an
Original Authorization number
that exists in the current Batch.
c. Continue below at step 7.
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Key in the Card number, and
press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press
OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear on
the terminal, refer to the
"Transaction with MOTO
Enabled"procedure.
If the TAKE MANUAL
IMPRINT OF CARD AND
PRESS OK prompt appears on
the terminal, refer to the "Taking
a Manual Imprint of a
Card"procedure.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry screen
appears on the terminal.
c. Key in the Auth # found on the
Purchase receipt, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: Enter an Original
Authorization number that exists
in the current Batch.
d. Continue below at step 8.
7. A prompt listed below may appear on the terminal:
If CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE appears, refer to the “Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
If CONTINUE ON PINPAD appears,refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
106
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
8. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction. Some of the prompts listed below may appear on the
terminal:
If ENTER PROMO CODE appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If ENTER INVOICE NO appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If ENTER XXX AMOUNT appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering Reporting Data
for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
9. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, and then one of the following APPROVED messages appears
on the terminal depending on the Card Entry method or Payment type:
If APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
If APPROVED ###### GIVE CUST COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
10. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.5.3
Refund
Credit: Use this transaction to credit a cardholder's account for all or a portion of a previous credit Purchase (e.g.,
when they return merchandise).
Debit: Use this transaction to return money to a cardholder's account for a portion of the previous debit Purchase
(e.g., when they return merchandise).
Note:
- If a debit card is swiped or inserted, the cardholder may be prompted to select an Account and enter a PIN.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REFUND, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the Purchase to be refunded, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
If a contactless reader is attached, the $#.## TAP CARD prompt appears on this device if the transaction
amount does not exceed the maximum Contactless Dollar Value set for the card.
6. Enter the card on the terminal (or external PINpad or contactless reader if attached):
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
107
5
Financial Transactions
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the
terminal (or the external
PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4
DIGITS entry screen
appears on the terminal,
key in the last 4 digits of
the Card number, and
press OK.
If ########### PRESS
[OK] appears on the
terminal, confirm that
the displayed Card
number is the same
number on the card.
Press OK.
If the ENTER
ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION #
entry screen appears on
the terminal, key in the
Auth # found on the
Purchase receipt, and
press OK.
b. Continue below at step
7.
insert
tap
a. You or the cardholder
must insert the card
into the terminal chip
reader (or the external
PINpad chip reader if
the PINpad is attached).
a. The cardholder taps
(or waves) their card
in front of the
contactless reader.
IMPORTANT: Leave
the chip card in the
reader for the entire
transaction.
If the SELECT
<Application name>
prompt appears on the
terminal, refer to the
"Selecting the Chip
Card
Application"procedur
e.
If the ENTER
ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION #
entry screen appears
on the terminal, key
in the Auth # found
on the Purchase
receipt, and press
OK.
The contactless reader
beeps.
The ENTER
ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION #
entry screen appears
on the terminal.
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Key in the Card number,
and press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE
entry screen appears on the
terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and
press OK.
If MAIL/TEL options
appear on the terminal,
refer to the "Transaction
with MOTO
Enabled"procedure.
b. Key in the Auth #
found on the Purchase
receipt, and press OK.
If the TAKE MANUAL
IMPRINT OF CARD AND
PRESS OK prompt appears
on the terminal, refer to the
"Taking a Manual Imprint
of a Card"procedure.
c. Continue below at
step 8.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry
screen appears on the
terminal.
c. Key in the Auth # found
on the Purchase receipt, and
press OK.
d. Continue below at step 8.
b. Continue below at
step 7.
7. A prompt listed below may appear on the terminal:
If CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE appears, refer to the “Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
If CONTINUE ON PINPAD appears,refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
8. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction. Some of the prompts listed below may appear on the
terminal:
If ENTER PROMO CODE appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If ENTER INVOICE NO appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If ENTER XXX AMOUNT appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering Reporting Data
for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
9. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, and then one of the following APPROVED messages appears
on the terminal depending on the Card Entry method or Payment type:
108
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
If APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
If APPROVED ###### GIVE CUST COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
10. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.5.4
Refund-Void
This transaction (also known as a Refund Correction) is used only when a Refund transaction was entered
incorrectly and needs to be cancelled.
IMPORTANT: This transaction must be processed for the full amount of the original Refund, and it must be
processed in the same batch as the original Refund.
Note:
- If a debit card is used, the cardholder may be prompted to select an Account and enter a PIN.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to VOID-REFUND, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the Refund to be voided, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: This transaction must be processed for the full amount of the original Refund.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless Voids are not permitted.
6. Enter the card on the terminal (or external PINpad if attached):
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
109
5
Financial Transactions
swipe
insert
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Swipe the card on the terminal
(or the external PINpad if
attached).
a. You or the cardholder must insert
the card into the terminal chip reader
(or the external PINpad chip reader if
the PINpad is attached).
a. Key in the Card number, and press
OK.
If the ENTER LAST 4
DIGITS entry screen appears
on the terminal, key in the last
4 digits of the Card number,
and press OK.
If ########### PRESS [OK]
appears on the terminal,
confirm that the displayed
Card number is the same
number on the card. Press OK.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Auth # found on the
Refund receipt, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: Enter an
Original Authorization
number that exists in the
current Batch.
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip
card in the reader for the entire
transaction.
If the SELECT <Application
name> prompt appears, refer to the
"Selecting the Chip Card
Application"procedure.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry screen
appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Auth # found on the
Refund receipt, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: Enter an Original
Authorization number that exists
in the current Batch.
c. Continue below at step 7.
c. Continue below at step 7.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press
OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear on
the terminal, refer to the
"Transaction with MOTO
Enabled"procedure.
If the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT
OF CARD AND PRESS OK
prompt appears on the terminal,
refer to the "Taking a Manual
Imprint of a Card"procedure.
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AUTHORIZATION # entry screen
appears on the terminal.
c. Key in the Auth # found on the
Refund receipt, and press OK.
IMPORTANT: Enter an Original
Authorization number that exists
in the current Batch.
d. Continue below at step 8.
7. A prompt listed below may appear on the terminal:
If CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE appears, refer to the “Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
If CONTINUE ON PINPAD appears,refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
8. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction. Some of the prompts listed below may appear on the
terminal:
If ENTER PROMO CODE appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If ENTER INVOICE NO appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If ENTER XXX AMOUNT appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering Reporting Data
for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
9. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, and then one of the following APPROVED messages appears
on the terminal depending on the Card Entry method or Payment type:
If APPROVED ###### OBTAIN SIGNATURE appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
If APPROVED ###### GIVE CUST COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
10. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
110
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
5.5.5
Financial Transactions
Pre-Authorization and Advice Transactions
A Pre-Authorization transaction starts the purchase process by confirming that the Pre-authorization amount is
available on the card and then placing a hold on that amount. This is useful if the final amount of the transaction is
not known. Once the final amount of the Purchase transaction is known, an Advice transaction MUST be performed
to complete the Purchase process and transfer those funds to your business account.
Note: If you processed a Pre-Authorization transaction and no longer need to complete it (e.g. the cardholder chose
another method of payment when the final amount was known) you can remove the Pre-Auth from the terminal
memory by deleting or cancelling it to ensure that it is not completed accidentally.
5.5.5.1
Pre-Authorizations
Pre-Authorization transactions are commonly used in hotel, restaurant and car rental environments where the final
amount of the sale is unknown when the card is first swiped. In these service-based environments, the PreAuthorization transaction is often set as the default transaction started from the READY screen.
Note: Pre-Authorizations can only be performed using chip functionality if the CHIP CARD PRE-AUTH parameter
is set to YES on the terminal.
You can process a Pre-Authorization from the (Purchase default) READY screen.
OR
You can process a Pre-Authorization from the (Pre-Auth default) READY screen.
5.5.5.2
Pre-Auth Completion (Advice)
If Tip Reporting is enabled, you can:
- Complete, or cancel, the Pre-Auth from an Advice List.
If Tip Reporting is disabled, you can:
- Complete or cancel the transaction by using the Pre-Auth's Original Sequence number.
- Delete the transaction by performing a Transaction Inquiry.
5.5.5.3
Pre-Authorization
Note:
- If a chip card is used, the cardholder may be prompted to enter a PIN.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
- Some debit chip cards may be used for this transaction.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PRE-AUTH., and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
4. Key in the amount of the Pre-Auth, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
111
5
Financial Transactions
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless Pre-Auths are not permitted.
5. Enter the card on the terminal (or external PINpad if attached):
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or
the external PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS
entry screen appears on the
terminal, key in the last 4 digits of
the Card number, and press OK.
If ########### PRESS [OK]
appears on the terminal, confirm
that the displayed Card number is
the same number on the card. Press
OK.
insert
a. You or the cardholder must
insert the card into the terminal
chip reader (or the PINpad chip
reader if a PINpad is attached).
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip
card in the reader for the
entire transaction.
b. Continue below at step 6.
b. Continue below at step 6.
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Key in the Card number, and
press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and
press OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear on
the terminal, refer to the
"Transaction with MOTO
Enabled"procedure.
If the TAKE MANUAL
IMPRINT OF CARD AND
PRESS OK prompt appears on
the terminal, refer to the "Taking
a Manual Imprint of a
Card"procedure.
c. Continue below at step 6.
6. The prompts listed below may appear on the terminal:
If the CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE prompt appears, refer to the “Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
If the CONTINUE ON PINPAD prompt appears, refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
7. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction. Some of the prompts listed below may appear on the
terminal:
If the ENTER PROMO CODE entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
8. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, and then one of the following APPROVED messages appears
on the terminal depending on the Card Entry method:
If APPROVED ###### OBTAIN SIGNATURE appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
If APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
9. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
Note: You must perform a Pre-Auth Advice transaction (using the sequence number or the Advice List) to
complete this transaction, or alternatively you may use the Advice List to delete or cancel the transaction. You may
also delete the Pre-Auth by performing a Transaction Inquiry.
Note: If the Pre-Auth is cancelled, the hold on the cardholder's funds is immediately released. If the Pre-Auth is
deleted, the hold is NOT immediately released.
112
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
5.5.5.4
Pre-Authorization as Default
Note:
- If a chip card is used, the cardholder may be prompted to enter a PIN.
- If a Private label credit card is used, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
- Some debit chip cards may be used for this transaction.
From the (PRE-AUTH) READY screen:
1. Key in the amount of the Pre-Auth, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal and the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt appears on the external PINpad.
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless Pre-Auths are not permitted.
2. Enter the card on the terminal (or external PINpad if attached):
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the
terminal (or the external
PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4
DIGITS entry screen
appears on the terminal,
key in the last 4 digits of
the Card number, and
press OK.
insert
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. You or the cardholder must insert
the card into the terminal chip reader
(or the PINpad chip reader if a
PINpad is attached).
IMPORTANT: Leave the chip
card in the reader for the entire
transaction.
b. Continue below at step 3.
If ########### PRESS
[OK] appears on the
terminal, confirm that the
displayed Card number is
the same number on the
card. Press OK.
a. Key in the Card number, and press
OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear on the
terminal, refer to the "Transaction with
MOTO Enabled"procedure.
If the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF
CARD AND PRESS OK prompt
appears on the terminal, refer to the
"Taking a Manual Imprint of a
Card"procedure.
c. Continue below at step 3.
b. Continue below at step 3.
3. The prompts listed below may appear on the terminal:
If the CUSTOMER PRESS OK TO CONTINUE prompt appears, refer to the “Cardholder
Prompts"procedure.
If the CONTINUE ON PINPAD prompt appears, refer to the "Cardholder Prompts"procedure.
4. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction.
If the ENTER PROMO CODE entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
113
5
Financial Transactions
5. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host, and then one of the following APPROVED messages appears
on the terminal depending on the Card Entry method:
If APPROVED ###### OBTAIN SIGNATURE appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
If APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK. A receipt prints.
6. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
Note: You must perform a Pre-Auth Advice transaction (using the sequence number or the Advice List) to complete
this transaction, or alternatively you may use the Advice List to delete or cancel the transaction. You may also
delete the Pre-Auth by performing a Transaction Inquiry.
Note: If the Pre-Auth is cancelled, the hold on the cardholder's funds is immediately released. If the Pre-Auth is
deleted, the hold is NOT immediately released.
5.5.5.5
Advice - with Pre-Authorization Sequence Number
Note:
- This transaction may be used to cancel a Pre-Auth and immediately release the hold on the cardholder's funds.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card was used for the original Pre-Auth, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card was used for the original Pre-Auth, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to P-A ADVICE, and press OK.
The FIND ORIGINAL TRANSACTION? prompt appears.
Note: If you do not have the Pre-Authorization receipt available, you must use the Card number to find the PreAuthorization transaction.
4. Press the F3 key (YES).
The ENTER ORIGINAL SEQUENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
5. Key in the 6-digit Original Sequence number (refer to "Finding the Sequence Number") found on the PreAuthorization receipt, and press OK.
The last 16 digits of the Card number are displayed.
6. Compare to the Card number on the Pre-Authorization receipt.
If they match, press OK.
Note: If they do NOT match, press the Can/Ann key and retry the transaction.
7. One of the prompts listed below may appear:
If the ENTER ORIGINAL AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering Original Amount and
Tip"procedure.
If the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears, do one of the following:
If the amount displayed is the final amount of the transaction, simply press OK.
OR
If the amount has changed (e.g., because a Tip has been added), key in the final amount of the
transaction, and press OK.
OR
To cancel the Pre-Auth and release the hold on the cardholder's funds, press the CORR key (inputs a
$0.00 dollar value), and press OK.
8. The following prompts may appear on the terminal:
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
114
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If MAIL/TEL options appear, refer to the "Transaction with MOTO Enabled"procedure.
If the ENTER PROMO CODE entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If the ENTER XXX AMOUNT entry screen appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering
Reporting Data for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
9. When APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK.
10. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.5.5.6
Advice - Using Pre-Authorization Advice List
This menu shows a list of all Pre-Auth transactions that have not yet been completed. From this menu, you may
select and then complete, delete, or cancel Pre-Auth transactions.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to P-A ADVICE LST, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, key in a Clerk ID to use as a selection criterion. (Refer to the
"Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.) OR Simply press OK.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in a specific amount for which to search, and press OK. OR Simply press OK.
The DATE entry screen appears.
6. Key in either a specific 4-digit date (MM/DD) or a 6-digit date (YY/MM/DD) for which to search, and press OK.
OR Simply press OK.
The BATCH NUMBER entry screen appears.
7. Key in a Batch number (1 to 3 digits long) for which to search, and press OK. OR Simply press OK.
THE P-A ADVICE LIST menu appears listing all uncompleted Pre-Auth transactions.
P-A ADVICE LIST
PA0000
PA0000
PA0000
$999.99
$999.99
$999.99
0000 = last four digits of the Card number
8. Press the F1 key to scroll down the list of uncompleted Pre-Authorization transactions (press the F3 key to scroll
up), and then press OK at your selection.
9. When the prompt to complete (COMPL) or delete (DELETE) the transaction appears, do one of the following:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
115
5
Financial Transactions
To complete the transaction:
a. Press the F1 key
(COMPL).
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AMOUNT screen appears.
b. Enter the transaction
amount. (Refer to the
"Entering Original Amount
and Tip"procedure.)
c. Wait while the terminal
communicates with the
Moneris Host.
d. Continue at step 10.
To cancel the transaction:
Note: Cancelling the transaction
immediately releases the hold
placed on the cardholder's funds.
a. Press the F1 key (COMPL).
The ENTER ORIGINAL
AMOUNT screen appears.
b. Press the CORR key
(automatically enters a $0.00)
amount, and press OK.
To delete the transaction:
Note: Deleting the Pre-Auth
DOES NOT immediately release
the hold placed on the cardholder's
funds.
a. Press the F3 key (DELETE).
b. Continue in the "Deleting a
Pre-Auth from the PreAuthorization Advice
List"procedure.
c. Wait while the terminal
communicates with the Moneris
Host.
d. Continue at step 10.
10. When APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK.
11. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
If the TRANSACTION NOT FOUND message appears, press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY
screen.
If the P-A ADVICE LIST menu appears but you wish to return to the READY screen, press the Can/Ann key
twice.
If the P-A Advice LIST menu appears and you wish to complete another Pre-Auth, refer back to step 8.
5.5.5.7
Advice - with Voice Authorization Number
Use this transaction to complete a Purchase transaction performed using an imprinter and a Paper Sales Draft when
the terminal was down.
Note: This transaction is also known as a Force Post transaction.
- If a Corporate (purchasing) credit card was used for the original Pre-Auth, you may be prompted to enter Tax data.
- If a Private label credit card was used for the original Pre-Auth, you may be prompted to enter a Promo code.
- Some debit chip cards may be used for this transaction.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to P-A ADVICE, and press OK.
The FIND ORIGINAL TRANSACTION? prompt appears.
4. Press the F3 key to select NO.
If the ENTER ORIGINAL AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering Original Amount and
Tip"procedure.
If the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears, key in the total amount found on the Paper Sales Draft, and
press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
116
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
5. When the ENTER ORIGINAL AUTHORIZATION # entry screen appears, key in the Voice-authorized number
(max 8 digits) written on the Paper Sales Draft, and press OK.
The ENTER CARD NUMBER entry screen appears.
6. Key in the Card number, and press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry screen appears.
7. Key in the Expiry date, and press OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear, refer to the "Transaction with MOTO Enabled"procedure.
If the ENTER PROMO CODE entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Promo Code"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
If the ENTER XXX AMOUNT entry screen appears (XXX is the tax type, e.g. GST), refer to the "Entering
Reporting Data for Transaction with Purchasing Card"procedure.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
8. When APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK.
9. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.5.6
Manually Processing Transactions
In order to process credit (and some debit chip) Purchase and Refund transactions manually you must have a Paper
Sales Draft for the card type (e.g. a VISA Sales Draft for a Purchase on a VISA card) and an imprinter. Contact the
Moneris Merchant Service Centre to obtain these supplies if you do not have them.
Use one of the following procedures to complete a Purchase or Refund transaction when the terminal is down:
Note: Floor limits are established by Moneris. Contact your Moneris account manager for more information.
5.5.7
Manually Processing Transactions UNDER Floor Limit
If the terminal is down, report the problem to Moneris then follow these instructions to process the transaction
manually.
Note: In order to process credit (and some debit chip) Purchases and Refunds manually you must have a Paper
Sales Draft for the card type (e.g. a VISA Sales Draft for a Purchase on a VISA card) and an imprinter. Contact the
Moneris Merchant Service Centre to obtain these supplies if you do not have them.
While the terminal is down:
1. Take an imprint of the customer's card.
When the terminal is functioning properly again:
2. Process a Purchase or Refund transaction on the terminal for the amount on the Paper Sales Draft. You will need
to key in the Card number and Expiry date.
3. Attach the Merchant copy of the terminal's receipt to the Merchant copy of the Paper Sales Draft, and retain the
two copies for your records.
5.5.8
Manually Processing Transactions OVER Floor Limit
If the terminal is down, report the problem to Moneris then follow these instructions to process the transaction
manually.
Note: In order to process credit (and some debit chip) Purchases manually you must have a paper Sales Draft for
the card type (e.g. a VISA Sales Draft for a Purchase on a VISA card) and an imprinter. Contact the Moneris
Merchant Service Centre to obtain these supplies if you do not have them.
While the terminal is down:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
117
5
Financial Transactions
1. Take an imprint of the customer's card.
a. Call the Moneris Voice Authorization number to obtain a Voice Authorization number for the transaction
and record the Voice Authorization number on the Paper Sales Draft.
When the terminal is functioning properly again:
2. Process a Pre-Auth Advice transaction on the terminal for the amount on the Sales Draft. You will need to key in
the Card number, Expiry date and Voice Authorization number.
3. Attach the Merchant copy of the terminal's receipt to the Merchant copy of the Sales Draft and retain the two
copies for your records.
5.5.9
Private Label Transactions
All standard financial transactions can be processed using a private label card. For example, a private label card
Purchase transaction follows the same steps as a regular credit Purchase with one possible additional step: a prompt
to enter a Promo code may appear.
You may also do an instant application for a private label card.
There are two transactions that can only be performed using a Private label card:
Payment
Payment Void
5.5.9.1
Private Label Payment
This transaction allows a cardholder to make a payment towards the balance on their private label credit card.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PAYMENT, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
4. Key in the amount the cardholder wishes to pay towards the balance owing
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt also appears on this device.
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless PL Payments are not permitted.
5. Enter the card on the terminal:
118
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or the external
PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS entry screen
appears on the terminal, key in the last 4 digits
of the Card number, and press OK.
If ########### PRESS [OK] appears on the
terminal, confirm that the displayed Card
number is the same number on the card. Press
OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris
Host.
Financial Transactions
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Key in the Card number, and press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry screen appears
on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press OK.
If the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF CARD
AND PRESS OK prompt appears on the
terminal, refer to the "Taking a Manual Imprint
of a Card"procedure.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
c. Continue below at step 6.
b. Continue below at step 6.
6. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction. The prompts listed below in this step may appear on the
terminal:
If APPROVED ###### OBTAIN SIGNATURE appears, press OK. A receipt prints. Continue at step 7.
If APPROVED ###### appears, press OK. Continue at step 7.
7. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.5.9.2
Private Label Payment-Void
This transaction reverses a Private Label Payment transaction made in error. It may also be referred to as a Payment
Correction transaction.
IMPORTANT: This transaction must be processed for the full amount of the original Payment transaction
and it must be processed in the same batch as the original Payment transaction.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to VOID-PAYMENT, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
4. Key in the amount of the original Payment, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER INVOICE NO entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Invoice Number"procedure.
The ENTER ORIGINAL AUTHORIZATION # entry screen appears.
5. Key in the 6-digit AUTH # found on the Payment receipt, and press OK.
The SWIPE CARD prompt appears.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt also appears on this device.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
119
5
Financial Transactions
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless PL Payment-Voids are not permitted.
6. Enter the card on the terminal:
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or the external
PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS entry screen
appears on the terminal, key in the last 4 digits of
the Card number, and press OK.
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Key in the Card number, and press OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry screen appears on the
terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press OK.
If MAIL/TEL options appear on the terminal, refer to
the "Transaction with MOTO Enabled"procedure.
If ########### PRESS [OK] appears on the
terminal, confirm that the displayed Card number
is the same number on the card. Press OK.
If the TAKE MANUAL IMPRINT OF CARD AND
PRESS OK prompt appears on the terminal, refer to the
"Taking a Manual Imprint of a Card"procedure.
b. Continue below at step 7.
c. Continue below at step 7.
7. Please wait while the terminal processes the transaction.
8. When APPROVED ###### MERCHANT COPY appears, press OK.
A receipt prints.
9. Process receipts. (Refer to the "Receipt Processing"procedure.)
5.6
Cheque Authorization Transactions
5.6.1
Cheque Authorization
This feature allows you to give your customers the option of paying with a cheque while reducing your risk of
accepting an NSF cheque. Use the terminal to connect to a cheque authorization service and obtain approval based
on the identification your customer provides. The customer's driver’s licence or credit card can be used as
identification for this transaction.
5.6.2
Cheque Authorization with a Credit Card
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CHEQUE AUTH, and press OK.
The CHEQUE AUTHORIZATION menu appears.
4. Scroll down to CREDIT CARD, and press OK.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the cheque, and press OK.
The SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt also appears on this device.
120
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
5
Financial Transactions
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless Cheque Auths are not permitted.
6. Choose a Card Entry method as indicated in the table below, and follow the appropriate instructions:
swipe
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or external
PINpad if attached).
If the ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS entry screen
appears, key in the last 4 digits of the Card
number, and press OK.
If ########### PRESS [OK] appears,
confirm that the displayed Card number is the
same number on the card. Press OK.
manually enter
a. Key in the Card number, and press
OK.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press
OK.
c. Continue below.
b. Continue below.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
7. Record the APPROVED number on the back of the cheque.
Note: A receipt is NOT printed for Cheque Authorizations.
8. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
5.6.3
Cheque Authorization with a Driver's Licence
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Press OK to select TRANSACTIONS.
The TRANSACTIONS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CHEQUE AUTH, and press OK.
The CHEQUE AUTHORIZATION menu appears.
4. Scroll to DRIVERS LICNCE, and press OK.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the cheque, and press OK.
The ENTER DRIVERS LICENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
6. Key in the Driver's Licence number, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
The ENTER PROVINCE OR STATE CODE entry screen appears.
7. Key in the 2-character code for the province or state in which the licence was issued, and press OK.
Note: If you have configured a default Province code and the code is correct for this transaction, simply press OK.
The ENTER BIRTH DATE (YYMMDD) entry screen appears.
8. Key in the Birth date found on the driver's licence, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
9. Record the APPROVED number on the back of the cheque.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
121
5
Financial Transactions
Note: A receipt is NOT printed for Cheque Authorizations.
10. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
5.6.4
Province or State Code
This code is used to identify the province or state that issued the driver's licence.
A list of codes is provided by the cheque authorization service provider.
A default Province or State code can be configured to speed up the Cheque Authorization transaction.
5.7
Receipt Processing
If Merchant and/or Cardholder receipts print after a transaction has been submitted, follow these recommended
procedures to process the receipts:
1. Receipts may not print in the order presented below:
Note: Receipts always print for contactless debit transactions; however, neither a Signature line nor a statement (i.e.,
NO SIGNATURE REQUIRED or VERIFIED BY PIN) will be printed.
If the Merchant copy prints:
a. Tear it off, and press OK.
If a TIP line prints on this copy, you or the cardholder write in the Tip amount if any.
If a TOTAL line prints on this copy, you or the cardholder write in the final amount to be charged to the card
(include the Tip amount if any).
If a Signature line prints on this copy, have the cardholder sign it.
If NO SIGNATURE REQUIRED prints on this copy, do not obtain the cardholder's signature.
If VERIFIED BY PIN prints on this copy, do not obtain the cardholder's signature.
b. Retain this copy for your records.
If the Cardholder copy prints:
a. Tear it off, and press OK.
If a TIP line prints on this copy, follow the same instructions as for the Merchant copy.
If a TOTAL line prints on this copy, follow the same instructions as for the Merchant copy.
If a Signature line prints on this copy, sign it.
b. Give this copy to the cardholder.
If no receipts print, continue at step 2.
2. The prompts listed below may appear on the terminal; otherwise, the terminal returns to the READY screen.
If UPDATE POINTS TO ANOTHER CARD? appears on the terminal, refer to the "Starting a Loyalty Card
Transaction"procedure.
If USE LOYALTY INFO FROM PRE-AUTH? appears on the terminal, refer to the "Starting a Loyalty Card
Transaction from a Pre-Auth Completion Transaction"procedure.
If the FIND ORIGINAL TRANSACTION? prompt appears on the terminal, complete or cancel another PreAuth, or press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the READY screen.
If the P-A ADVICE LIST menu re-appears on the terminal, complete or cancel another Pre-Auth, or press the
Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
If TRANSACTION NOT FOUND appears on the terminal, press OK to return to the READY screen.
122
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.1
Loyalty/Gift Programs
The Moneris Loyalty/Gift program allows you to offer your customers two electronic card-based programs that are
activated and processed through the HiSpeed 6200 terminal:
•
Gift Cards: allows you to offer your customers stored-value gift cards for pre-defined dollar values as well
as variable-value cards and rechargeable cards.
•
Loyalty Points: allows you to reward customer loyalty by awarding points based on the dollar value of
Purchases a cardholder makes.
To enable a Gift/Loyalty program on your terminal:
1. Contact Moneris Solutions.
2. Initialize the terminal to the Moneris Host.
3. Enable Ernex on the terminal.
4. Enter the Ernex Routing code.
5. Initialize the terminal to the Moneris/Ernex Host.
IMPORTANT: If you process more than one card plan with Moneris/Ernex, maintain a list of the card names
along with the 14-character card description that will be displayed on the terminal screen during step 6 of the
Transaction Inquiry report. This will allow the terminal operator to easily identify which card plan
description to select.
6. If you wish to enable Tip Prompting (gift Purchases only):
a. Enable the loyalty/gift Tip Entry parameter.
b. If you wish to define a default the Tip Percentage, configure the loyalty/gift Tip Percentage parameter.
6.2
The Moneris Gift Card Program
The Moneris Gift Card program allows you to offer your customers stored-value gift cards for pre-defined dollar
values as well as variable-value cards and reloadable cards.
6.2.1.1
Gift Card Transactions
•
Purchase
•
Refund
•
Activate/Reload
•
Deactivate
•
Card Inquiry
•
Void
•
Reprint
6.2.1.2
Gift Reports
•
Clerk Inquiry on Transactions
•
Close Batch
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
123
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
•
Help List
•
Configuration Parameters List
•
Stored Transactions
•
Transaction Inquiry
•
Open Batch Totals
•
Tip Totals
6.3
6.3.1
Configuring Gift Tip Prompting
Configuring Tip Entry for Gift
Enabling Tip Entry gives your customers the option to enter a Tip on the terminal or external PINpad (if attached)
during a gift Purchase transaction. (Tip entry is generally used in service-based industries.)
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll up to SETUP, and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
4. Scroll up to TIP ENTRY, and press OK.
The ENABLE TIP? prompt appears.
5. Press the F1 key (YES) to enable Tip prompting. OR Press the F3 key (NO) to disable Tip prompting.
The SETUP menu appears.
6. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to return to the READY screen.
Optional: To preset a default Tip Percentage, refer to the "Configuring the Tip Percentage for Gift"procedure.
6.3.2
Configuring the Tip Percentage for Gift
Defining a default Tip Percentage gives your customers the option to select your default Tip percentage to calculate
the Tip amount during gift Purchases.
Note: For this feature to work, Tip Entry for Gift must be enabled.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll up to SETUP, and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
4. Scroll up to TIP PERCENTAGE, and press OK.
The ENTER TIP PERCENTAGE entry screen appears.
Note:
- To see how defining the gift Tip Percentage affects Tip prompting on the terminal, refer to the "Gift Tip Prompt
Formats: Terminal"table.
124
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
-To see how defining the gift Tip Percentage affects Tip prompting on an external 7800 PINpad, refer to the "Gift
Tip Prompt Formats: PINpad"table.
5. Key in the desired default percentage value, and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
6. Press the Can/Ann key repeatedly to return to the READY screen.
6.3.2.1
Gift Tip Prompt Formats: Terminal
Tip Percentage value
greater than zero
zero
6.3.2.2
What Happens During a Gift Purchase
Actual Tip Prompt/Screen
on Terminal
The cardholder will be prompted to enter
the default value (AA%), or they may
select OTHER and then enter their own
percentage value or dollar amount.
The cardholder will automatically be
prompted to enter their own Tip as a
percentage value or as a dollar amount.
Gift Tip Prompt Formats: PINpad
Tip Percentage value
What Happens During a Gift
Purchase
greater than zero
The cardholder will be prompted to
enter the default value (AA%), or
they may select OTHER and then
enter their own percentage value or
dollar amount.
zero
The cardholder will automatically be
prompted to enter their own Tip as a
percentage value or as a dollar
amount.
Actual Tip Prompt/Screen
on 7800 PINpad
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
125
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.4
Gift Card Transactions
6.4.1
Activate a Gift Card
This transaction activates a Moneris gift and allows the card to be used as payment for Purchases.
IMPORTANT: To control usage of new gift cards, activate them ONLY at the time they are purchased (e.g.,
do not activate a batch of cards ahead of time.) Gift cards are essentially cash once they are activated.
This transaction can also add an additional dollar value to gift cards that can be reloaded after they are activated.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to ACTIVATE/LOAD, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the gift card on the terminal.
The ENTER CVC entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a scratch-off panel.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Activation Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The PROCESSING message appears, and then the APPROVED ACTIVATE NEXT? prompt appears.
6. To activate/load another card, press the F1 key (YES). OR To continue without activating another card, press the
F3 key (NO).
7. Do one of the following:
If you pressed the F1 key (YES):
a. The Cardholder copy prints, which you give to the customer.
b. Press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
c. Go back to step 4.
If you pressed the F3 key (NO), and the BALANCE DUE $#.## PRESS OK prompt appears, refer to the
"Selecting the Balance Due Payment Method"procedure.
If you pressed the F3 key (NO), and "Approved"appears:
a. Press OK.
The Merchant copy prints, which you retain.
b. Press OK.
The Cardholder copy prints, which you retain.
c. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
126
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.4.2
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Deactivate a Gift Card
Deactivating a gift card renders the card unusable. This should be done when a card is lost, stolen or demagnetized
in order to stop unauthorized use. The terminal will print a receipt with the last available balance on the card.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to DEACTIVATE, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Key in the gift card number, and press OK. (The gift card number can be found on the receipt from a gift
transaction performed using the gift card.)
OR If the gift card is available, it can be swiped.
The ENTER CVC entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a scratch-off panel.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED PRESS OK message appears.
6. Press OK.
If the TRANSFER BALANCE TO NEW CARD? prompt appears, refer to the "Transferring the Balance to a
New Gift Card"procedure.
The receipts are printed, and then the terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.4.3
Gift Card Purchase
Use this transaction when a Moneris gift card is presented as payment. If the Purchase amount is greater than the
value on the card, the terminal may prompt for payment of the outstanding amount.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Press OK to select PURCHASE.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the gift card on the terminal, or key in the card number, press OK, and swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER CVC entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a scratch-off panel.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
127
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The ENTER TOTAL AMOUNT entry screen appears.
6. Key in the amount of the Purchase including taxes, and press OK.
If the TIP? AA% OTHER prompt appears on the terminal, refer to the "Entering a Tip on Terminal: Preset
Percentage Enabled - Gift"procedure.
If the ENTER TIP % $ prompt appears on the terminal, refer to the "Selecting Percentage or Dollar Amount
Tip on Terminal - Gift"procedure.
If the CONTINUE ON PINPAD prompt appears on the terminal, pass the external PINpad to the cardholder,
who must respond to the prompts on the PINpad:
If the TIP AMOUNT AA% OTHER prompt appears on the PINpad, refer to the "Tip Prompt on PINpad:
Preset Percentage Enabled - Gift"procedure.
If the TIP AMOUNT % $ prompt appears on the PINpad, refer to the "Tip Prompt on PINpad: Selecting
Percentage or Dollar Amount on PINpad - Gift"procedure.
If the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears on the terminal (amount includes any Tip), the cardholder must
press OK on the terminal and then hand it back to you to continue the transaction. (If an external PINpad was
used, you must hand the terminal itself to the cardholder, who presses OK on the terminal and then hands it
back to you.)
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears on the terminal (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be
customized to display "Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED message appears.
If the BALANCE DUE $#.## PRESS OK prompt appears, refer to the "Selecting the Balance Due Payment
Method"procedure.
7. Press OK.
The receipts are printed and the terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
8. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.4.4
Gift Card Refund
Note: Not all Moneris Gift programs process gift Refunds.
If a Purchase using a Moneris gift card as payment was processed incorrectly, use this transaction to return the value
of the Purchase back on to the card.
Note: You must have the original gift Purchase receipt available in order to perform this transaction.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REFUND, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the gift card on the terminal. (Cards cannot be manually entered.)
The ENTER CVC entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a scratch-off panel.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
128
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The ENTER TOTAL AMOUNT entry screen appears.
6. Key in the total amount of the Purchase including taxes, and press OK.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK" prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The ERNEX REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
7. Key in the REF # that appears on the Gift Card Purchase receipt, and press OK.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED message appears.
8. Press OK.
The receipts are printed and the terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
9. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.5
The Moneris Loyalty Program
The Moneris Loyalty Card program allows you to award loyalty points that can be used for rewards. The program
for which you are enrolled determines which prompts will appear during transactions. For example, you may have
the option to award bonus points during a loyalty Purchase for one program but not another. One program may
support auto-Redemption/coupons while another program supports both auto-Redemption/coupons and manual
Redemption transactions.
6.5.1
Loyalty Card Transactions
•
Purchase (awards points)
•
Refund (removes points)
•
Redemption (uses points)
•
Activate Card
•
Deactivate Card
•
Card Inquiry
•
Void
•
Reprint receipt
6.5.2
Combo Card Transactions
Combo Cards act as both a credit card and a Moneris loyalty card. When a Combo Card is used to perform one of
the credit transactions listed below, the terminal asks if you wish to award the points to the combo card or another
loyalty card and automatically begins the loyalty transaction once the credit transaction is complete.
•
Purchase
•
Refund
•
Pre-Authorization
•
Pre-Auth Advice
•
Pre-Auth Advice with Voice Authorization
•
Purchase Void
•
Refund Void
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
129
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.5.3
Loyalty Reports
•
Clerk Inquiry on Transactions
•
Close Loyalty Batch
•
Help List
•
Configuration Parameters List
•
Stored Transactions
•
Transaction Inquiry
6.6
Loyalty Transactions
6.6.1
Activate a Loyalty Card
Activating a loyalty card allows it to be used.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to ACTIVATE/LOAD, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the loyalty card on the terminal.
OR Key in the Loyalty Card number, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Activation Amount"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The PROCESSING message appears, and then the APPROVED ACTIVATE NEXT? prompt appears.
5. To activate/load another card, press the F1 key (YES). OR To continue without activating another card, press the
F3 key (NO).
6. Do one of the following:
If you pressed the F1 key (YES):
a. The Cardholder copy prints, which you give to the customer.
b. Press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
c. Go back to step 4.
If you pressed the F3 key (NO), and the BALANCE DUE $#.## PRESS OK prompt appears, refer to the
"Selecting the Balance Due Payment Method"procedure.
If you pressed the F3 key (NO), and "Approved"appears:
130
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
a. Press OK.
The Merchant copy prints, which you retain.
b. Press OK.
The Cardholder copy prints, which you retain.
c. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.6.2
Deactivate a Loyalty Card
Deactivating a loyalty renders the card unusable. The card can no longer be used to accumulate points.
This should be done when a Loyalty card is lost, stolen or demagnetized in order to stop unauthorized use. The
terminal will print a receipt with the last available points balance on the card.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to DEACTIVATE, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Key in the loyalty card number, and press OK. The loyalty card number can be found on the receipt from a
loyalty transaction performed using the loyalty card.
OR Swipe the Loyalty Card on the terminal.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED PRESS OK message appears.
5. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
6.6.3
Redemption
This transaction allows a loyalty cardholder to purchase items using the points on their loyalty card.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REDEMPTION, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the loyalty card on the terminal
OR Key in the loyalty card number, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
One of the following "Redemption-as-dollars"prompts may appear:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
131
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
If the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Redemption
Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Dollars to be Redeemed PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt Redemption Amount
Example"procedure.
One of the following "Redemption-as-points"prompts may appear:
If the ENTER NUMBER OF POINTS entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Number of
Points"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Redemption Points PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for Redemption Points
Example"procedure.
The PROCESSING message appears.
If the BALANCE DUE $#.## PRESS OK prompt appears, refer to the "Selecting the Balance Due Payment
Method"procedure.
The APPROVED message appears, and then the first receipt prints.
5. Press OK to print the next receipt.
6. Press OK to return to the ERNEX menu.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.6.4
Loyalty Card Purchase
This transaction adds points to a loyalty card based on the Purchase amount.
Most loyalty card transactions are started automatically at the end of a debit or credit transaction; however, they can
also be started through the Ernex menus.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Press OK to select PURCHASE.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the Loyalty Card on the terminal
OR Key in the Loyalty Card number, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The ENTER TOTAL AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the amount of the Purchase including taxes (or leave the amount at $0.00 to process a coupon), and press
OK.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
One of the following Benefit prompts/entry screens may appear depending on your loyalty program's
configuration:
If the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Pre-Tax
Amount"procedure.
132
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
If the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Food Amount PRESS OK"or "Amount PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for
Benefit Amount Example"procedure.
The PROCESSING message appears, and then APPROVED appears while the first receipt prints.
6. Press OK to print the next receipt.
7. Press OK to return to the ERNEX menu.
8. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.6.5
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Pre-Authorization
Transaction
a. Swipe the loyalty card or key in the card number:
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
One of the following Benefit prompts/entry screens may appear depending on your loyalty program's
configuration:
If the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Pre-Tax
Amount"procedure.
If the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Food Amount PRESS OK"or "Amount PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for
Benefit Amount Example"procedure.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED message appears while the first receipt prints.
b. Press OK to print the next receipt.
c. Press OK to return to the ERNEX menu.
d. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.6.6
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Pre-Auth Completion
Transaction
When the USE LOYALTY INFO FROM PRE-AUTH? prompt appears:
a. To complete the loyalty transaction using the data keyed in during the Pre-Auth transaction, press the F1 key to
select YES.
OR
To key in different data for the loyalty transaction, press the F3 key to select NO.
If the APPLY TO ########## PRESS OK prompt appears, press OK to apply points to the Card number
(########) displayed.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
133
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
One of the following Benefit prompts/entry screens may appear depending on your loyalty program's
configuration:
If the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Pre-Tax
Amount"procedure.
If the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Food Amount PRESS OK"or "Amount PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for
Benefit Amount Example"procedure.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED message appears while the first receipt prints.
b. Press OK to print the next receipt.
c. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
If the P-A ADVICE LIST menu re-appears, complete another Pre-Auth Advice, or press the Can/Ann key to return
to the READY Screen.
If the TRANSACTION NOT FOUND message displays, press OK to return to the READY Screen.
6.6.7
Loyalty Card Refund
If a loyalty Purchase was processed incorrectly, use this transaction to remove the incorrectly assigned points from
the loyalty card.
Most loyalty card transactions are started automatically at the end of a debit or credit transaction, however they can
also be started through the Ernex menus.
Note: You must have the original loyalty Purchase receipt available in order to perform this transaction.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REFUND, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the loyalty card on the terminal
OR Key in the loyalty card number, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The ENTER TOTAL AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the total amount of the Purchase including taxes, and press OK.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
One of the following Benefit prompts/entry screens may appear depending on your loyalty program's
configuration:
If the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Pre-Tax
Amount"procedure.
134
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Food Amount PRESS OK"or "Amount PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for
Benefit Amount Example"procedure.
If the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
The ERNEX REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
6. Key in the REF # that appears on the loyalty card Purchase receipt, and press OK.
The PROCESSING prompt appears then the APPROVED message appears while the first receipt prints.
7. Press OK to return to print the next receipt.
8. Press OK to return to the ERNEX menu.
9. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.7
6.7.1
Loyalty/Gift Procedures
Reprinting Loyalty/Gift Receipts
Use this function to print a duplicate cardholder or Merchant copy of the most recently printed Loyalty/Gift receipt.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPRINT, and press OK.
The REPRINT menu appears.
To print a duplicate of the:
- Merchant Copy of the loyalty/gift receipt, press the F1 key to select MRCHANT.
- Cardholder Copy of the loyalty/gift receipt, press the F3 key to select CUSTOMER.
The PRINTING message appears while a duplicate of the most recently printed receipt is printed.
4. The terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.7.2
Starting a Loyalty Card Transaction from a Financial Transaction
The Moneris loyalty application can be started automatically at the end of a financial transaction (debit/credit) as
well as through the Ernex menus.
When the UPDATE POINTS TO ANOTHER CARD? prompt appears:
a. To complete the financial transaction without starting a Loyalty card transaction,
press the F3 key to select NO.
IMPORTANT: If this prompt appears at the end of a Pre-Auth Advice for a Voice Authorized
transaction, you MUST select NO.
The terminal returns to the READY screen.
OR
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
135
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
To start a Loyalty transaction using a loyalty card,
press the F1 key to select YES.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
b. If the financial card was swiped, swipe the loyalty card.
If the financial card number was keyed in (e.g. for a MOTO transaction), key in the loyalty card number, and
press OK.
Go to the appropriate loyalty transaction and continue from the SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt.
If you completed a financial
(debit/credit):
this loyalty transaction will begin:
Purchase
loyalty Purchase (step 4)
Refund
loyalty Refund (step 4)
Purchase-Void
loyalty Void (step 4)
Refund-Void
loyalty Void (step 4)
Pre-Auth
loyalty Pre-Auth
Pre-Auth Advice
loyalty Pre-Auth Advice
6.7.3
Transferring the Balance to a New Gift Card
There was a balance remaining on the deactivated Gift Card.
Note: If you transfer the balance, the new gift card MUST be one that can be activated for a variable amount (i.e.,
NOT a fixed value card).
When the TRANSFER BALANCE TO NEW CARD? prompt appears:
To transfer the remaining balance to a new gift card:
a. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The terminal automatically begins an Activation transaction (start at step 4).
To simply deactivate the card and forfeit the remaining balance:
a. Press the F3 key to select NO.
The READY screen appears.
6.7.4
Selecting the Balance Due Payment Method
The BALANCE DUE prompt appears in four transactions:
•
A gift card activation for which the customer must pay for the card
•
A gift card Purchase for which the dollar value on the card is less than the Purchase amount.
•
A loyalty card activation for which the cardholder can pay to have points put on the card balance
•
A loyalty card redemption for which the amount to be redeemed is greater than the amount on the card.
When the BALANCE DUE $#.## PRESS OK prompt appears:
1. Press OK.
The BALANCE DUE PAY WITH prompt appears.
2. Select a payment method:
136
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
To enter a debit card or credit card, press the F1 key (CR/DB).
OR
To enter another gift card (already activated and loaded), press the F2 key (GIFT).
OR
To accept payment with cash, press the F3 key (CASH).
3. Depending on the number of Activation/Loads processed, do one of the following:
If a single Activation/Load or gift Purchase or
loyalty Redemption was processed, and:
If CR/DB was selected:
a. The Merchant copy prints, which you
retain.
b. Press OK.
c. The Cardholder copy prints, which you
give to the customer.
If multiple Activations/Loads were processed, and:
If CR/DB was selected:
a. The Activation Summary report prints (which
you retain), and the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD
prompt appears.
b. Continue the transaction in "Purchase"at step 2.
If GIFT was selected:
d. Press OK.
The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt
appears.
a. The Activation Summary report prints (which
you retain), and the SWIPE OR ENTER CARD
prompt appears.
e. Continue the transaction in "Purchase"at
step 2.
b. Continue the transaction in "Gift Card
Purchase"at step 4.
If GIFT was selected:
If CASH was selected:
a. The Merchant copy prints, which you
retain.
a. The Activation Summary report prints (which
you retain), and the ERNEX menu appears.
b. Press OK.
b. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY
screen.
c. The Cardholder copy prints, which you
give to the customer.
d. Press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt
appears.
e. Continue the transaction in "Gift Card
Purchase"at step 4.
If CASH was selected:
a. The Merchant copy prints, which you
retain.
b. Press OK.
c. The Cardholder copy prints, which you
give to the customer.
d Press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
e. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the
READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
137
6
6.7.5
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Entering the Optional Information
The default text of the optional information prompt is"Info Data PRESS OK"; however, the Moneris/Ernex Host
may send a customized prompt (e.g., "Tracking Code PRESS OK"). If this prompt has been customized, see the
Customized Prompt Example below.
When the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears:
1. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
2. Key in the required information, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
OR
If data is displayed and you want to accept that data, press OK. To change it, simply key in the new information
then press OK.
Continue the transaction.
6.7.5.1
Customized Prompt Example
If the Info prompt has been customized to display the "Tracking Code"prompt, then:
When the "Tracking Code PRESS OK"prompt appears:
1. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
2. Key in the tracking code, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
Continue the transaction.
6.7.6
Entering the Activation Amount
When the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears:
a. Key in the dollar amount (gift) or points (loyalty) to be made available on the card, and press OK.
Go back to the Activation transaction.
138
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.7.7
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Entering the Pre-Tax Amount
When the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears:
Note: The configuration of your loyalty program determines whether or not this prompt will appear during a
transaction.
1. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
2. Depending on the loyalty transaction being processed, do one of the following:
for loyalty Purchase:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular points
are to be awarded, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be awarded is the same as the total
dollar amount of the Purchase, press OK.
for Void (of loyalty Purchase):
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular points
are to be removed, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be removed is the same as the total
dollar amount of the Purchase, press OK.
for Void (of loyalty Refund):
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular points
are to be returned, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be returned is the same as the total
dollar amount of the Refund, press OK.
for loyalty Refund:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular points
are to be deducted, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be deducted is the same as the total
dollar amount of the Refund, just press OK.
for loyalty Pre-Authorization:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular points
are to be awarded, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be awarded is the same as the total
dollar amount of the Pre-Auth, press OK.
Note: Points are not actually awarded until the loyalty Pre-Auth is
completed.
for loyalty Pre-Auth Completion:
If the Pre-Auth amount has changed, key in the dollar amount excluding
tax and tip for which regular points are be awarded, and press OK.
OR
If the Pre-Auth amount has not changed, press OK to award points based
on the currently displayed dollar amount (which excludes tax and tip).
3. Continue the transaction procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
139
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.7.8
Entering the Bonus Code
When the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears:
Note: The configuration of your loyalty program determines whether or not this prompt will appear during a
transaction.
1. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
2. Depending on the loyalty transaction being processed, do one of the following:
for loyalty Activation:
Press OK.
for loyalty Deactivation:
Press OK.
for loyalty Purchase:
To award Bonus points, key in the appropriate Bonus code, and press OK.
OR
To bypass awarding Bonus points, simply press OK without entering a value.
for Void (of loyalty Purchase):
To remove Bonus points, key in the Bonus code that is printed on the original
loyalty Purchase receipt, and press OK.
OR
To leave the Bonus points on the card, simply press OK without entering a
value.
for Void (of loyalty Refund):
To return Bonus points, key in the Bonus code that is printed on the original
loyalty Refund receipt, and press OK.
OR
To do the transaction without returning the Bonus points to the card, simply
press OK without entering a value.
for loyalty Refund:
To remove Bonus points, key in the Bonus code that is printed on the original
loyalty Purchase receipt, and press OK.
OR
To leave the Bonus points on the card, simply press OK without entering a
value.
for loyalty Pre-Auth:
To award Bonus points, key in the appropriate Bonus code, and press OK.
OR
To bypass awarding Bonus points, simply press OK without entering a value.
Note: Bonus points are awarded when the Pre-Auth is completed.
for loyalty Pre-Auth Completion:
To award the Pre-Auth Bonus points, press OK without entering a value.
(This awards the Bonus points printed on the loyalty Pre-Auth receipt.)
OR
To award a different number of Bonus points, key in the appropriate Bonus
code, and press OK.
3. Continue the transaction procedure.
140
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.7.9
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Entering the Benefit Amount
The default text of this optional prompt is ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT; however, the Moneris/Ernex Host may
send a customized prompt.If this prompt has been customized, see the Customized Prompt Example below.
1. When the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears:
for loyalty Purchase:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular
points are to be awarded, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be awarded is the same as the
total dollar amount of the Purchase, press OK.
for Void (of loyalty Purchase):
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular
points are to be removed, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be removed is the same as the
total dollar amount of the Purchase, press OK.
for Void (of loyalty Refund):
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular
points are to be returned, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be returned is the same as the
total dollar amount of the Refund, press OK.
for loyalty Refund:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular
points are to be deducted, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be deducted is the same as the
total dollar amount of the Refund, press OK.
for loyalty Pre-Authorization:
Key in the dollar amount excluding tax and tip for which regular
points are to be awarded, and press OK.
OR
If the amount for which points are to be awarded is the same as the
total dollar amount of the Pre-Auth, press OK.
Note: Points are not actually awarded until the loyalty Pre-Auth is
completed.
for loyalty Pre-Auth Completion:
If the Pre-Auth amount has changed, key in the dollar amount
excluding tax and tip for which regular points are be awarded, and
press OK.
OR
If the Pre-Auth amount has not changed, press OK to award points
based on the currently displayed dollar amount (which excludes tax
and tip).
2. Continue the transaction.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
141
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.7.9.1
Customized Prompt for Benefit Amount Example
Note: The following is an example of a customized Benefit prompt. Your program may support a different
prompt/require the input of different information.
If the Benefit prompt has been configured to display a customized prompt (e.g., "Food Amount PRESS OK"), then
when the "Food Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears:
1. Press OK.
The ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT entry screen appears.
2. Key in the dollar amount of the food purchased excluding tax and tip, and press OK. This amount will be used to
calculate the number of points (i.e., the benefit).
Note: For examples of what to enter per transaction type, refer to the table in the preceding "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
3. Continue the transaction.
6.7.10
Entering the Number of Points for a Redemption
The default text of this optional prompt is ENTER NUMBER OF POINTS, however the Moneris/Ernex Host may
send a customized prompt. If this prompt has been customized, see the Customized Prompt Example below.
When the ENTER NUMBER OF POINTS entry screen appears:
a. Key in the number of points to be deducted from the card to pay for the goods/services, and press OK.
Go back to the Redemption transaction.
6.7.10.1 Customized Prompt for Redemption Points Example
If this prompt has been customized, e.g. "Redemption Points PRESS OK"appears, an additional prompt appears:
Note: The following is an example of a customized Benefit prompt. Your program may support a different
prompt/require the input of different information.
When the "Redemption Points PRESS OK"prompt appears:
a. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
b. Key in the number of points to be deducted from the card to pay for the goods/services, and press OK.
Go back to the Redemption transaction.
6.7.11
Entering the Redemption Amount
The default text of this optional prompt is ENTER AMOUNT; however, the Moneris/Ernex Host may send a
customized prompt. If this prompt has been customized, see the Customized Prompt Example below.
When the ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears:
a. Key in the dollar amount (key in $0.00 to process coupons) that will be used to calculate the number of
points to be deducted from the card to pay for the goods/services, and press OK.
Go back to the Redemption transaction.
142
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.7.11.1 Customized Prompt for Redemption Amount Example
If this prompt has been customized, e.g. "Dollars Redeemed PRESS OK"appears, an additional prompt appears:
When the "Dollars Redeemed PRESS OK prompt appears:
a. Press OK.
The ENTER DATA entry screen appears.
b. Key in the dollar amount to be deducted (as points) from the card (or key in $0.00 to process coupons),
and press OK.
Go back to the Redemption transaction.
6.7.12
Entering a Tip on Terminal: Preset Percentage Enabled - Gift
The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
To enter the preset Tip
Percentage:
To enter a different percentage or
dollar amount Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder presses the
F1 key (AA%).
1. The cardholder presses the F3 key
(OTHER).
1. The cardholder presses the
Can/Ann key.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
prompt appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at
the PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
step).
The ENTER TIP % $ prompt
appears.
2. Continue in the "Selecting
Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on
Terminal - Gift"procedure.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt
appears.
Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
143
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.7.13
Selecting Percentage or Dollar Amount Tip on Terminal - Gift
The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
To select "enter-Tip-aspercentage"option:
To select "enter-Tip-as-dollaramount"option:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder presses the
F1 key (%).
The ENTER TIP
PERCENTAGE entry screen
appears.
1. The cardholder presses the F3 key
($).
1. The cardholder presses the
Can/Ann key.
2. Continue in the "Entering a
Percentage Tip on TerminalGift"procedure.
2. Continue in the "Entering a Dollar
Amount Tip on TerminalGift"procedure.
6.7.14
The ENTER TIP AMOUNT entry
screen appears.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK prompt
appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#-##-OK? step).
Entering a Percentage Tip on Terminal - Gift
The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
To enter a percentage Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder keys in a percentage value
(replaces displayed value, AA) and presses OK.
1. The cardholder presses the Can/Ann key.
The PURCHASE #.##-OK? prompt appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure
(begin at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
144
The PURCHASE #.##-OK? prompt appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure (begin
at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.7.15
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Entering a Dollar Amount Tip on Terminal - Gift
The cardholder follows the terminal prompt shown here:
To enter a dollar amount Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder keys in a dollar amount and
presses OK.
1. The cardholder presses the Can/Ann key.
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears
(amount includes the Tip).
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure
(begin at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
The PURCHASE $#.##-OK? prompt appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure (begin
at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
145
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.7.16
Tip Prompt on PINpad: Preset Percentage Enabled - Gift
The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
To enter a preset Tip
Percentage:
To enter a different percentage or
dollar amount Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder presses the
CHQ key (AA%).
1. The cardholder presses the
ALPHA key (OTHER).
1. The cardholder presses the
Can/Ann key.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at
the PURCHASE $#.##-OK?
step).
The TIP AMOUNT % $ prompt
appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
6.7.17
2. Continue in the "Tip Prompt on
PINpad: Selecting Percentage or
Dollars - Gift"procedure.
Tip Prompt on PINpad: Selecting Percentage or Dollars - Gift
The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
146
To select enter-Tip-aspercentage option:
To select enter-Tip-as-dollaramount option:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder presses the
CHQ key (%).
1. The cardholder presses the
ALPHA key ($).
1. The cardholder presses the
Can/Ann key.
The TIP AMOUNT entry screen
appears.
The TIP AMOUNT $0.00 entry
screen appears.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
2. Continue in the "Tip Prompt
on PINpad: Entering a
Percentage - Gift"procedure.
2. Continue in the "Tip Prompt on
PINpad: Entering a Dollar Amount Gift"procedure.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.7.18
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Tip Prompt on PINpad: Entering a Percentage - Gift
The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
To enter a percentage Tip:
To bypass entering a Tip:
1. The cardholder keys in a percentage value
and presses OK.
1. The cardholder presses the Can/Ann key.
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure
(begin at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
6.7.19
2. Continue the "Gift Card Purchase"procedure
(begin at the PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
Tip Prompt on PINpad: Entering a Dollar Amount - Gift
The cardholder follows the external 7800 PINpad prompt shown here:
To enter a dollar amount Tip:
To bypass a entering Tip:
1. The cardholder keys in a dollar
amount and presses OK.
1. The cardholder presses the Can/Ann
key.
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
2. Continue the "Gift Card
Purchase"procedure (begin at the
PURCHASE $#.##-OK? step).
6.8
6.8.1
The Menu Feature for Loyalty/Gift (Ernex)
The ERNEX Menu
The ERNEX Menu (see ERNEX below) gives you access to gift and loyalty transactions and sub-menus that allow
you to print loyalty/gift reports and set up your terminal to perform loyalty/gift transactions.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
147
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The transactions and sub-menus are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
ERNEX
PURCHASE
Starts a gift Purchase or loyalty Purchase
REFUND
Starts a gift Refund or loyalty Refund
REDEMPTION
Starts a loyalty card Redemption
ACTIVATE/LOAD
Starts a gift card Activation/Load or loyalty card Activation
DEACTIVATE
Starts a gift card Deactivation or loyalty Card Deactivation
CARD INQUIRY
Starts a loyalty/gift card Balance Inquiry
VOID
Starts a loyalty/gift Void
REPRINT
Starts the gift/loyalty Reprint function
REPORT FUNCS
Opens the gift/loyalty REPORT FUNCTIONS menu
SETUP
Opens the loyalty/gift SETUP menu
To access the ERNEX menu, from the READY screen:
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to ERNEX and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
6.8.2
The Loyalty/Gift SETUP Menu
The loyalty/gift Configuration menu (see SETUP below) contains a list of parameters that can be enabled and
configured on the HiSpeed 6200 terminal.
IMPORTANT: The Loyalty/Gift program requires an additional agreement between the merchant and
Moneris Solutions. Please ensure that the necessary agreements are in place before attempting to configure
those programs on the terminal.
148
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The parameters are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the terminal until
another feature is enabled.
SETUP
INITIALIZATION
Initializes the terminal to the Moneris/Ernex Host
GENERAL PARAMS
Sets the format of the date printed on loyalty/gift receipts.
Press OK to select DATE FORMAT.
The DATE FORMAT menu appears.
Select the date format, and press OK.
The GENERAL PARAMETERS menu reappears.
Press the Can/Ann key to return to the Ernex SETUP
menu.
Press the Can/Ann key to return to the ERNEX menu.
PRINTER CONFIG
Sets up the Ernex voucher messages printed on the
loyalty/gift receipts.
Press OK to select VOUCHER HEADER.
The VOUCHER HEADER menu appears.
ENABLE ERNEX
Allows the terminal to process loyalty/gift card transactions.
(Default = YES)
The ENABLE ERNEX? prompt appears.
To allow the terminal to process loyalty/gift card
transactions, press the F1 key.
The SETUP menu reappears.
DISABLE ERNEX
Stops the terminal from processing loyalty/gift transactions.
(Default = YES)
The DISABLE ERNEX? prompt appears.
To stop the terminal from processing loyalty/gift card
transactions, press the F1 key.
The SETUP menu reappears.
PAYMENT APPL
Allows the terminal to process debit and credit card
transactions.
The PAYMENT APPL ENABLED? prompt appears.
To allow the terminal to process debit and credit card
transactions, press the F1 key.
The SETUP menu reappears.
ROUTING CODE
Directs the loyalty/gift transactions within the Moneris/Ernex
Host.
The ENTER ERNEX ROUTING CODE entry screen
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
149
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
appears.
To accept the default code, press OK.
To change the default code, key in the 2-digit routing
code provided by Moneris, and press OK.
The SETUP menu reappears.
COMMUNICATION
Tests the communication link between the terminal and the
Moneris/Ernex Host
The terminal begins to communicate with the
Moneris/Ernex Host to test the connection.
If the test is successful, the COMMUNICATION
WITH ERNEX OK message appears.
Press OK to return to the ERNEX menu.
TIP ENTRY
Enables Tip prompting during gift Purchase transactions.
TIP PERCENTAGE
Configures default percentage value by which the Tip amount
may be calculated for gift Purchases. Tip Entry for gift cards
(see above) must be enabled.
To access the loyalty/gift SETUP menu, from the READY screen:
150
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to ERNEX and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3.
Scroll down to SETUP and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.8.3
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The Loyalty/Gift VOUCHER HEADER Menu
The terminal can be configured to print vouchers on loyalty/gift receipts. Use this menu to set up the loyalty and gift
voucher-related messages printed on the loyalty/gift receipts.
The text can be bold, double height and double width., i.e. more than one format can be applied to the voucher text.
VOUCHER HEADER
ENABLED
Turn vouchers off or on
Press the F1 key to select YES, press the F3 key to select
NO.
BOLD
print the voucher in bold text
Press the F1 key to select YES, press the F3 key to select
NO.
DOUBLE HEIGHT
print the voucher in text that is 2 lines high
Press the F1 key to select YES, press the F3 key to select
NO.
DOUBLE WIDTH
print the voucher in text that is 2 characters wide
Press the F1 key to select YES, press the F3 key to select
NO.
INITIAL TEXT
If you have changed a pre-programmed voucher header, use
this menu item to reset the voucher header to the original
pre-programmed text.
Press the F1 key to select YES, press the F3 key to select
NO.
HDR ENGLISH
To use the displayed text, press OK.
To change the text, begin keying in the new text (Refer to
"Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".) and
press OK.
HDR FRENCH?
To use the displayed text, press OK.
To change the text, begin keying in the new text (Refer to
"Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".) and
press OK.
Press the Can/Ann key to return to the loyalty/gift PRINTER CFG menu.
Press the Can/Ann key to return to the loyalty/gift SETUP menu.
To access the Ernex VOUCHER HEADER menu, from the READY screen:
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to ERNEX and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
151
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
3.
Scroll up to SETUP and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
4.
Scroll down to PRINTER CONFIG and press OK.
The PRINTER CFG menu appears.
5.
Press OK to select VOUCHER HEADER.
The VOUCHER HEADER menu appears.
6.8.4
The Loyalty/Gift REPORT FUNCTIONS Menu
This menu allows you to produce a variety of reports on loyalty/gift transactions and perform a close batch to the
Moneris/Ernex Host.
The reports are listed in the order they appear on the menu.
REPORT FUNCTIONS
Allows you to print:
CLOSE BATCH
close the current loyalty/gift batch on the Moneris/Ernex
Host and
print a Batch Totals report of all loyalty/gift transactions
OPEN BATCH TOT
retrieve the gift and loyalty card batch totals by gift and
loyalty IDs that were processed since the last Close Batch
request
TRANS LIST
a list of all loyalty/gift transactions stored in the terminal
by date or by batch
TRANS INQUIRY
a list of loyalty/gift transactions based on selected criteria
and
transaction details for individual loyalty/gift transactions
CLERK INQUIRY
a report listing totals for a specific clerk, a group of clerks
or all clerks
This item appears only if Clerk Subtotalling is enabled in
the Moneris (debit/credit) application.
CONFIG LIST
a report listing the current settings for each loyalty/gift
parameter
HELP LIST
a list of the loyalty/gift functions and transactions with
their Shortcut codes
TIP TOTALS
a report listing gift Tip totals
To access the loyalty/gift Reporting Functions menu, from the READY screen:
152
1.
Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2.
Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
3.
6.9
6.9.1
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCTIONS menu appears.
Loyalty/Gift Admin Transactions
Loyalty/Gift Card Inquiry
Use this transaction to check the value remaining on the card as well as the status (active or deactivated) and the
expiry date of a Moneris loyalty or gift card.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CARD INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. For a gift card: swipe the card on the terminal.
For a loyalty card: swipe the card on the terminal OR key in the card number and press OK.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a
scratch-off panel. If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that
the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host and the PROCESSING prompt appears then the
INQUIRY COMPLETE message appears.
5. Press OK.
The CARD BALANCE ##### PRESS OK prompt appears. The card balance is displayed for 20 seconds or until
OK is pressed.
6. Press OK.
The PRINT RECEIPT? prompt appears.
7. To print a customer copy of the Card Inquiry receipt, press the F1 key for YES.
Note: This transaction does NOT print a Merchant copy of the receipt.
To return to the ERNEX menu without printing a receipt, press the F3 key for NO.
The ERNEX menu appears.
8. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
153
6
6.9.2
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Voiding a Loyalty/Gift Transaction
Use this transaction to cancel a loyalty/gift transaction that was started from the ERNEX menu. The loyalty/gift
transaction that matches the Ernex Reference number entered during this Void transaction will be cancelled.
To cancel loyalty transactions that were started at the end of a financial transaction, you must start the void
transaction at the financial TRANSACTIONS menu.
Both loyalty and gift transactions can be cancelled using this transaction including:
Loyalty Transactions (including Loyalty transactions on a Combo Card)
Purchase
Refund
Redemption
Activation
Gift Transactions
Purchase
Refund
Activation/Load
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to VOID, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The SWIPE OR ENTER CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe the loyalty/gift card on the terminal
OR Key in the loyalty/gift card number, and press OK.
If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, key in the Card Validation Code (CVC), and press OK.
Note: The CVC is found on the back of the card after the card number. It may be located under a
scratch-off panel. If the ENTER CVC entry screen appears, this code must be keyed in to ensure that
the card is authentic.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to display
"Tracking Code PRESS OK"), refer to the "Entering Optional Information"procedure.
If the "Bonus Code PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Bonus Code"procedure.
Loyalty only: One of the following Benefit prompts may appear depending on your loyalty program's
configuration:
If the "Pre-Tax Amount PRESS OK"prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Pre-Tax
Amount"procedure.
If the ENTER BENEFIT AMOUNT prompt appears, refer to the "Entering the Benefit
Amount"procedure.
If the "Info Data PRESS OK"prompt appears (prompt text is variable, e.g., it could be customized to
display "Food Amount PRESS OK"or "Amount PRESS OK"), refer to the "Customized Prompt for
Benefit Amount Example"procedure.
The ERNEX REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears.
154
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
5. Key in the REF # that appears on the loyalty/gift card transaction receipt, and press OK.
The PROCESSING prompt appears, and then the APPROVED PRESS OK prompt appears.
6. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
6.9.3
Loyalty/Gift Close Batch
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Press OK to select CLOSE BATCH.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
Note: If this prompt appears, you must enter the Clerk ID even if the Default Clerk ID feature has been
enabled.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host, then prints the CURRENT BATCH TOTALS report, and
then returns to the ERNEX menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.9.4
Loyalty/Gift Initialization
This function sends information about the terminal to the Moneris/Ernex Host and receives additional parameters
and information from the Host.
This function MUST be performed after completing the set up of the Moneris Loyalty/Gift program in order for you
to use your terminal to process loyalty/gift transactions.
From time to time, the Moneris/Ernex Host may ask you to initialize your terminal again if changes have been made
to your terminal or your merchant account. Follow the Re-initialization instructions below.
Note: Before attempting this transaction, ensure that the communications parameters have been configured.
- the terminal has been initialized to the Moneris Host
6.9.4.1
First Initialization
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll up to SETUP, and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
4. Press OK to select INITIALIZATION.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER ERNEX TERMINAL ID entry screen appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
155
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
5. Key in the Ernex Terminal ID (min. 1, max. 8 digits), and press OK.
If the ENTER PHONE NUMBER prompt appears, key in the Ernex phone number and press OK. (Refer to
"Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
Note: Acceptable non-digit characters include: P (for pulse line), T (for tone line), *, # and, (comma which
causes a dialling pause).
The terminal begins communicating with the Moneris/Ernex Host.
6. When the initialization to the Ernex Host is complete, the ERNEX menu reappears.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.9.4.2
Reinitialization
From the READY screen:
Note: If ERNEX INITIALIZATION REQUIRED is displayed on the screen, press the Admin key and start at step 3
of these instructions.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll up to SETUP, and press OK.
The SETUP menu appears.
4. Press OK to select INITIALIZATION.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The ENTER ERNEX TERMINAL ID entry screen appears.
5. To keep the Ernex Terminal ID displayed on the screen, simply press OK.
To replace the displayed ID, key in a new Ernex Terminal ID (min. 1, max. 8 digits), and press OK.
If the ENTER PHONE NUMBER prompt appears, key in the Ernex phone number and press OK. (Refer to
"Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
Note: Acceptable non-digit characters include: P (for pulse line), T (for tone line), *, # and, (comma which
causes a dialling pause).
The terminal begins communicating with the Moneris/Ernex Host.
6. When the initialization to the Moneris/Ernex Host is complete, the ERNEX menu reappears.
The CLEAR TERMINAL STORAGE? prompt appears.
7. Press the F3 key (NO).
IMPORTANT: Do NOT select YES unless instructed to do so by a Service Centre representative.
Selecting YES will erase all the transaction information from the terminal memory.
8. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
156
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
6.10 Loyalty/Gift Reports
6.10.1
Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial Report
After the terminal finishes printing a report started from the financial REPORT FUNCS menu, it provides the option
of printing the same report for loyalty/gift transactions.
This financial report...
...prompts for the corresponding loyalty/gift
report.
Close Batch
Loyalty/Gift Close Batch
Stored Transactions List
Loyalty/Gift Stored Transactions List
Transaction Inquiry
Loyalty/Gift Transaction Inquiry
Clerk Subtotals Inquiry
Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Inquiry
Configuration Parameters Report
Loyalty/Gift Configuration Parameters List
Help List
Loyalty/Gift Help List
When the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? prompt appears:
To print the same report for loyalty/gift transactions:
Press the F1 key to select YES.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host, prints the report then returns to the
READY screen.
Note: You may be prompted to enter criteria for the loyalty/gift report.
To return to the READY screen without printing the report:
Press he F3 key to select NO.
To terminal returns to the READY screen.
Go back to the transaction.
6.10.2
Printing a Stored Transactions Report for Loyalty/Gift Transactions
This report contains information about the loyalty/gift transactions saved in the terminal's memory. It prints only the
terminal totals (i.e. the number of loyalty/gift transactions and total dollar and points amounts by card type), or a list
of all loyalty/gift transactions in the terminal's memory by date or by batch number followed by the terminal totals.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required if you wish to print unmasked Card numbers on this report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to TRANS LIST, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
157
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
5. To print complete Card numbers on the report, swipe the POS Admin card OR
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK.
The PRINT DATE OR BATCH? prompt appears.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
6. Select the sorting method for the report:
To print the transactions that occur on a specific date, press the F1 key (DATE).
To print the transactions that occur in a specific batch, press the F3 key (BATCH).
Note: If you are printing a Transactions List for the End-of-Day procedure, press the F3 key (BATCH).
7. If you selected the F1 key for Date, key in the date in YYMMDD format.
If you selected the F3 key for Batch, key in the batch number.
OR simply press OK to include all transactions in the terminal memory.
The PRINT TOTALS ONLY? prompt appears.
8. If you wish to print only the totals for each card type on the report, press the F1 key (YES).
If you wish to print information on each transaction individually as well as totals for the report, press the F3 key
(NO).
Note: If you are printing a Transactions List for the End-of-Day procedure, press the F1 key (YES).
The terminal prints the report then returns to the ERNEX menu.
9. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.3
Printing a Loyalty/Gift Open Batch Totals Report
The Open Batch Totals request retrieves the gift and loyalty card batch totals by gift and loyalty IDs that were
processed since the last Close Batch request.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required if you wish to print unmasked Card numbers on this report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to OPEN BATCH TOT, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The terminal prints the report then returns to the ERNEX menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
158
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.10.4
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Printing Gift Tip Totals
This report contains a tip summary of gift transactions stored in the data capture for the current or a previous Batch
that matches the selection criteria.
Note: If Clerk Sub-totalling is enabled, Tip amounts are summarized by Clerk ID.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to TIP TOTALS, and press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
Note: If a Clerk ID is not entered, the totals for all gift Tips will be retrieved.
The PRINT BY DATE OR BATCH? prompt appears.
5. Press the F1 key (for Tip totals by date) or the F3 key (for Tip totals by batch)
If you pressed the F1 key (Tip totals by date)...
The START DATE (YY)MMDD entry screen
appears.
a. Key in the Start date (the year is optional),
and press OK.
Note: The date format is year (YY), month
(MM), and day (DD) (e.g., to enter Dec. 31,
2012, you would key in 121231).
If you pressed the F3 key (Tip totals by batch)...
The BATCH NUMBER entry screen appears.
a. Key in the Batch number, or leave this field
blank (for the current batch), and press OK.
The terminal prints the report and then returns to
the ERNEX screen.
b. Continue at step 6.
The START TIME [HHMM] menu appears.
b. Key in the Start time, and press OK.
Note: The time format is hours (HH) and
minutes (MM) (e.g., to enter 1:00 AM, you
would key in 0100).
The END DATE (YY)MMDD entry screen
appears.
c. Key in the End date (year is optional), and
press OK.
Note: The date format is year (YY), month
(MM), and day (DD) (e.g., to enter Dec. 31,
2012, you would key in 121231).
The END TIME [HHMM] entry screen appears.
d. Key in the End time, and press OK.
Note: You must enter a valid End time value.
The time format is hours (HH) and minutes
(MM) (e.g., to enter 11:59 PM, you would key
in 2359).
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
159
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The terminal prints the report and then returns to
the ERNEX screen.
e. Continue at step 6.
6. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.5
Loyalty/Gift Transaction Inquiry Report
This report lists all transactions that match the criteria you select. If you do not select any criteria (i.e. you simply
press OK as each criteria appears), all transactions in the terminal memory are listed.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required if you wish to print unmasked Card numbers on this report.
Criteria are:
•
Clerk ID
•
Card type
•
Card number
•
Amount
•
Type of transaction
•
Date of transaction
The results can be printed or displayed on the terminal screen.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to TRANS INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
5. To print complete Card numbers on the report, swipe the POS Admin card OR
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The criteria appear in order:
6. The CARD TO SEARCH menu appears with a list of card plans, beginning with ALL CARDS.
To select all card plans, ensure ALL CARDS is highlighted, and press OK.
OR
To select a specific card plan, scroll down the list until the card plan description you wish to select is
highlighted, and then press OK.
Note: To determine the correct card plan description, refer to the list of the card names and their
corresponding 14-character card plan description.
7. The CARD NUMBER entry screen appears.
160
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
To select all Card numbers, simply press OK.
OR
To select a specific card, key in the card number, and press OK.
8. The AMOUNT entry screen appears.
To select all transactions regardless of amount, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions of a specific amount, key in the amount, and press OK.
If the TRANS TO SEARCH menu appears.
To select all transaction types including all loyalty/gift, debit and credit types, ensure ALL TRANS is
highlighted, and then press OK.
OR
To select a specific debit or credit transaction type (e.g. Void-Refund), select FINANCL+ERNEX,
and press OK.
OR
To select a specific loyalty/gift transaction type (e.g. Redemption), select ERNEX.
The TRANS TO SEARCH menu appears.
Scroll through the list until the transaction type you wish to select is highlighted, and then press OK.
9. The DATE (YY) MMDD entry screen appears.
To select all transactions regardless of the date they were processed, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions processed on a specific date, key in the date in the format indicated on the screen (the
2-digit year is optional), and press OK.
10. The PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears.
To print the list of matching transactions, press the F1 key to select PRINT. The terminal searches its
memory for matching transactions then displays PRINTING while the report is printed.
To print a duplicate of the Merchant Copy of a receipt, refer to "Transaction Inquiry - Reprint the Merchant
Copy".
11. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.6
Clerk Subtotalling on Loyalty/Gift Transactions
This feature allows you to produce Clerk Subtotals reports tracking loyalty/gift totals and the number of loyalty/gift
transactions performed using the Clerk Inquiry function.
The Clerk Inquiry function can be performed for one clerk, a group of clerks or all clerks on one or more terminals.
Totals are calculated according to the Clerk ID entered during a transaction or the default Clerk ID.
6.10.7
Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for All Clerks
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for one clerk or a group of clerks.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
161
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
4. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
5. Press the F3 key (MULTIPLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (YES) to reset the totals for all Clerk IDs to zero.
The MULT CLERKS(00 PEND) prompt appears.
6. Scroll down to ALL CLERKS, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host then prints:
a. The CLERK SUBTOTALS report for each Clerk ID
b. The OVERALL TOTALS report for all Clerk IDs.
When the reports are finished printing, the terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.8
Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for a Group of Clerks
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for all clerks or one clerk.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
5. Press the F3 key (MULTIPLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (YES) to reset the totals for all selected Clerk IDs to zero.
The MULT CLERKS(00 PEND) prompt appears.
6. Scroll down to GROUP, and press OK.
The ENTER GROUP ID TO BE PROCESSED entry screen appears.
7. Key in the Group Identifier, and press OK.
The MULT CLERKS(01 PEND) prompt appears.
To continue selecting Clerk ID Groups, repeat steps 6 and 7.
When all the Clerk IDs have been added:
8. Scroll down to PROCESS LIST, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host and then prints:
a. The CLERK SUBTOTALS report for each Clerk ID that belongs to the Clerk ID Group
b. The OVERALL TOTALS report for the Clerk ID Group.
When the reports are finished printing, the terminal returns to the ERNEX menu.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
162
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
6
6.10.9
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
Loyalty/Gift Clerk Subtotals Report for One Clerk
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for all clerks or a group of clerks.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll up to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
5. Press the F1 key (SINGLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (YES) to reset the totals for the Clerk ID to zero.
The ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears.
6. Key in the Clerk ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
Note: You must enter the Clerk ID even if the Default Clerk ID feature has been enabled.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris/Ernex Host then prints the CLERK SUBTOTALS report and returns
to the ERNEX menu.
7. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.10 Printing the Loyalty/Gift Configuration Parameters List
When you have finished configuring Loyalty/Gift on your terminal, perform this function in order to have a printed
record of the terminal’s loyalty/gift parameters. Included on the print-out are:
•
Ernex software version number (Ernex Core Version)
•
terminal identification information (Ernex Term ID)
•
Moneris Merchant ID (Merch ID)
•
configuration details for each card type downloaded from the Moneris/Ernex Host (e.g., card description,
whether Refunds are allowed for this card, etc.)
From the READY screen prompt:
Note: This will use quite a bit of paper, especially if there are a number of different loyalty/gift cards configured.
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll down to CONFIG LIST, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
163
6
The Loyalty/Gift Programs
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report. When the report is finished printing, the terminal returns
to the ERNEX menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
6.10.11 Printing a Loyalty/Gift Help List
This report lists all the loyalty/gift functions and transactions that are enabled on the terminal and the corresponding
Admin Shortcut Code.
From the READY screen prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ERNEX, and press OK.
The ERNEX menu appears.
3. Scroll down to REPORT FUNCS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
4. Scroll up to HELP LIST, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report. When the reports are finished printing, the terminal
returns to the ERNEX menu.
5. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
164
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
7.1
The Air Miles Rewards Program
The Air Miles rewards program allows you to offer your customers the opportunity to collect miles on a loyalty card
based on the dollar value of Purchases they make. Some programs also provide miles based on the purchase of
specific items or incentive calculations that can be implemented for a specific time period.
7.1.1
Configuring Air Miles
To enable an Air Miles rewards program on your terminal:
1. Contact Moneris Solutions.
2. Plan how the program will calculate miles.
3. Configure Air Miles on your terminal.
4. Initialize your terminal.
7.1.2
Air Miles Rewards Transactions
•
Reward Purchase
•
Reward Refund
7.1.3
Air Miles Rewards Administration
•
Reprint the last Air Miles Reward receipt
•
Rewards Totals Report
•
Rewards Transactions Report
•
Rewards SAF Transactions Report
•
Deleting Rewards SAF Transactions
•
Completing Rewards Transactions
•
Printing the Rewards Configuration Report
•
Printing the Help List of Rewards Transactions and Admin codes
•
Configuring the Air Miles Rewards Program
7.2
Configuring the Air Miles Rewards Program
Air Miles rewards are awarded based on the formula you configure on the terminal as a Reward Program. After you
have planned how the program will award miles, the terminal must be configured to match the formula. This
function allows you to configure the terminal to process Air Miles rewards transactions and produce reports on those
transactions.
There are six main steps to be completed when configuring the terminal to process Air Miles Rewards transaction.
1. Enable the Rewards Program.
2. Select the Program Type.
3. Configure the Program:
i. Configure the Calculator and Factors.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
165
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
ii. Configure the Incentive.
iii. Set the maximum number of rewards per transaction.
iv. Set the Rewards Totals Reset time of day.
v. Enable the Enter Reference Number prompt.
4. Configure the Bonus Offers if you intend to offer them.
5. Configure the Tax setup.
6. Set the SAF Upload Time Period.
Note: The default is 5 minutes. If you wish to use this value you do not need to perform this step.
Note: If you wish to use both the Retail and the Wholesale Rewards programs, repeat steps 2 through 6 for each
program.
The terminal is ready to process Air Miles Rewards transactions.
Moneris recommends printing an Air Miles Configuration List to have a record of the program configuration and an
Air Miles Help List to have a list of transactions available and their Admin Codes.
7.2.1
The Air Miles REWARDS SETUP Menu
IMPORTANT: Do NOT attempt to configure your terminal without assistance from the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre.
The Air Miles Rewards configuration menu (see REWARD PROGRAM below) contains a list of parameters that
can be enabled and configured on the HiSpeed 6200 terminal.
IMPORTANT: The Air Miles Rewards program requires an additional agreement between the merchant
and Moneris Solutions. Please ensure that the necessary agreements are in place before attempting to
configure those programs on the terminal.
The parameters are listed in the order they appear on the menu. Some items may not appear on the terminal until
another feature is enabled.
REWARD PROGRAM
ENABLE REWARD
Allows the terminal to process Air Miles Reward card
transactions. (Default = NO)
PROGRAM TYPE
Identifies the Reward program type to be configured and
used to calculate the number of Air Miles Reward miles to
be assigned.
SAF UPD PERIOD
Sets the time period that must pass between the last SAF
Upload attempt (automatic or manually prompted) and the
next automatic SAF Upload attempt
RETAIL CONFIG
Identifies the parameters of the Retail Rewards program.
WHOLESALE CFG
Identifies the parameters of the Wholesale Rewards
program.
BONUS OFR CGF
Identifies the parameters of the Bonus Offers.
166
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
TAX SETUP
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Identifies the type of tax to be considered in the miles
calculation.
To access the Air Miles REWARD PROGRAM Set-up menu, from the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PROGRAM SETUP, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The REWARD PROGRAM Set-up menu appears.
7.2.2
Planning the Rewards Program Configuration
Air Miles rewards are awarded based on the formula you configure on the terminal as a Reward Program.
7.2.2.1
Rewards Program Calculation Overview
The Air Miles Rewards program applies the Calculator and Factor values to the Purchase amount to determine the
number of Reward miles to be awarded.
If an Incentive value, Start date and End date have been configured and the Purchase occurs within the Start and End
dates, the number of Rewards miles will be multiplied by the incentive value to determine the number of Incentive
Rewards to be awarded.
If Bonus Offers have been configured, and the cardholder has purchased a qualifying item, the program will
multiply the Bonus Offer value by the number of items purchased to determine the number of Bonus Offer miles
awarded.
The program then totals all miles awarded and compares it to the Maximum Rewards value to ensure it is not over
the maximum before applying the miles to the cardholder's Rewards account.
7.2.2.2
Rewards Program Components
There are three components that may be used in calculating the reward miles:
Purchase Amount
The terminal calculates the number of rewards miles based on the dollar value of the cardholder's purchase to which
configurable variables are applied.
Incentives
The terminal automatically applies a multiplication factor to any Air Miles Rewards miles that have been awarded
within a configurable time period.
Bonus Offers
If the cardholder's Purchases include items identified as Bonus Offer items, the terminal awards a configurable
number of miles per item.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
167
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
7.2.2.3
Rewards Program Parameters
Before configuring an Air Miles Rewards program on your terminal, you will need to decide which parameters to
use in creating your formula and what values those parameters will have. The parameters are:
•
Calculator and Factor values
•
Incentive parameters
•
Maximum Rewards value
•
Bonus Offer parameters
•
Tax Setup
7.2.3
Rewards Program Planning Worksheet
Print this sheet and fill in the values you wish to use for each parameter in the Rewards Program. If the program has
more than one Bonus Offer, print a copy of this worksheet for each Bonus Offer.
You will need to refer to these values when configuring the program.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
Step 1. Enable the Rewards Program:
Enable Reward Program?: YES
Step 2. Select the Program Type
Program Type (circle one): RETAIL or WHOLESALE
Step 3.i. Configure the Calculator and Factors
Calculator 1 ___________
Factor 1 ___________
Calculator 2 ___________
Factor 2 _________
Step 3.ii. Configure the Incentive:
Description ____________________________
Automatically applied? (circle one): YES or NO
Value ____
Incentive Start Date (YYYYMMDD): ______________________
Incentive End Date (YYYYMMDD): ______________________
Step 3.iii Set the maximum number of rewards per transaction:
Maximum Rewards per Transaction: _____________
Step 3.iv Set the Rewards Totals Reset time of day:
Rewards Totals Reset Time (HHMM): ______________
Step 3.v: Enable the Enter Reference Number prompt:
Enable Enter Reference Number prompt (circle one): YES or NO
Step 4. Configure the Bonus Offers:
Number: ________
Description: _________________________
168
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Reward Type (circle one): MULTIPLIER or POINTS
If MULTIPLIER selected:
Value: _____________
Multiplier Type (circle one): BASE POINTS or BONUS OFFERS
Program Type (circle one): RETAIL or WHOLESALE or BOTH
If POINTS selected:
Number of miles: ______________
Program (circle one): RETAIL or WHOLESALE or BOTH
MLT Bonus Offer applicable: _____________
Start Date (YYYYMMDD): ______________________
End Date (YYYYMMDD): _______________________
Step 5. Configure the Tax Setup:
Tax Type: NO TAX or HST or GST/PST
Tax Percentage: Type: _______ = ______% and Type: ________ = ______%
Tax Mode: TAX ON TAX or TAX AND TAX
Step 6. Set the SAF Upload Time Period:
SAF Upload Time Period: (MM) ______________
7.2.4
Reward Program Components - Calculator and Factor Values
The Calculator and Factor values are the basic values for calculating Rewards miles based on a dollar amount. The
Calculator amounts indicate the dollar value for which one reward unit is awarded. The Factor values indicate the
number of times that the Calculator amount is applied (maximum is 99). If the Factor value is set to 99, that
Calculator will be applied infinitely.
Some examples are provided below.
Example 1: only one component value assigned (CALC 1) applied to a small amount ($10.00)
Example 2: only one component value assigned (CALC 1) applied to a large amount ($300.00)
Example 3: three component values assigned (CALC 1, FACTOR 1, and CALC 2) applied to a large amount
($300.00)
Example 4: four component values assigned (CALC 1, FACTOR 1, CALC 2 and FACTOR 2) applied to a large
amount ($300.00)
Example 1
Values:
CALC 1 = $2.00 FACTOR 1 = 99
CALC 2 = 0
FACTOR 2 = 0
PURCHASE = $10.00
Calculation:
PURCHASE ÷ CALC 1 = REWARDS
$10.00 ÷ $2.00 = 5
Description:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
169
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Calculator 1 is applied to all sales of $2.00 or more, so the cardholder will receive 5 rewards miles for their
$10.00 purchase.
Example 2
Values:
CALC 1 = $2.00 FACTOR 1 = 99
CALC 2 = 0
FACTOR 2 = 0
PURCHASE = $300.00
Calculation:
PURCHASE ÷ CALC 1 = REWARDS
$300.00 ÷ $2.00 = 150
Description:
Calculator 1 is applied to all sales of $2.00 or more, so the cardholder will receive 150 rewards miles for
their $300.00 purchase.
Example 3
Values:
CALC 1 = $2.00 FACTOR 1 = 50
CALC 2 = $1.00 FACTOR 2 = 99
PURCHASE = $300.00
Calculation:
PURCHASE ÷ CALC 1 = REWARDS 1
$300.00 ÷ $2.00 = 150
If (REWARDS 1 > FACTOR 1) then (CALC 1 x FACTOR 1) = MAX PURCHASE 1
(150 > 50) so ($2.00 x 50) = $100.00
If (REWARDS 1 > FACTOR 1) then (MAX PURCHASE 1 ÷ CALC 1) = MAX REWARDS 1
(150 > 50) so $100.00 ÷ $2.00 = 50
PURCHASE - MAX PURCHASE 1 = PURCHASE 2
$300.00 - 100.00 = $200.00
PURCHASE 2 ÷ CALC 2 = REWARDS 2
$200.00 ÷ $1.00 = 200
If FACTOR 2 = 99 then MAX REWARDS 1 + REWARDS 2 = TOTAL C/ F REWARDS
FACTOR 2 = 99 so 50 + 200 = 250
Description:
Calculator 1 is applied to sales of more than $1.99 and less than $100.01, so the cardholder will receive 50
miles PLUS Calculator 2 will be applied to any remaining purchase value, so the cardholder will receive an
additional 200 reward miles for a total of 250 miles
Example 4
Values:
CALC 1 = $2.00 FACTOR 1 = 52
CALC 2 = $1.00 FACTOR 2 = 98
PURCHASE = $300.00
REWARDS 1 = 150
MAX PURCHASE 1 = $104.00
170
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
MAX REWARDS 1 = 52
PURCHASE 2 = $196.00
REWARDS 2 = 196
Calculation:
PURCHASE ÷ CALC 1 = REWARDS 1
$300.00 ÷ $2.00 = 150
If (REWARDS 1 > FACTOR 1) then
(150 > 52)
(CALC 1 x FACTOR 1) = MAX PURCHASE 1
($2.00 x 52) = $104.00
(MAX PURCHASE 1 ÷ CALC 1) = MAX REWARDS 1
$104.00 ÷ $2.00 = 52
PURCHASE - MAX PURCHASE 1 = PURCHASE 2
$300.00 - $104.00 = $196.00
PURCHASE 2 ÷ CALC 2 = REWARDS 2
$196.00 ÷ $1.00 = 196
If FACTOR 2 < 99 then compare REWARDS 2 vs. FACTOR 2
(98 < 99) so (196 > 98)
If (REWARDS 2 > FACTOR 2) then
(196 > 98)
(CALC 2 x FACTOR 2) = MAX PURCHASE 2
($1.00 x 98) = $98.00
(MAX PURCHASE 2 ÷ CALC 2) = MAX REWARDS 2
($98.00 ÷ $1.00) = 98
MAX REWARDS 1 + MAX REWARDS 2 = TOTAL REWARDS
(52 + 98) = 150
Description:
Calculator 1 is applied to sales of more than $1.99 and less than $104.01, so the cardholder will receive 52
miles PLUS Calculator 2 will be applied to an additional $98.00 of purchase value, so the cardholder will
receive an additional 98 reward miles for a total of 150 miles.
7.2.5
Reward Program Components - Bonus Offer Values
Within a program, Bonus Offers can be applied in one of three ways.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
1. As Miles ("points") - Specific items can qualify for additional Air Miles Rewards miles if they are defined as
Bonus Offers in the Rewards configuration. Up to 20 items can be defined. See Example 1.
2. As a multiplier applied to base miles (similar to an Incentive) - If a cardholder purchases a qualifying item, an
incentive value is applied to their C/ F rewards value. Only applicable if no other Incentive has been applied to the
transaction. See Example 2.
3. As a multiplier applied to other Bonus Offers - If a cardholder qualifies for a Bonus Offer, the miles from that
Bonus Offer may be eligible for the application of an additional multiplier value. See Example 3.
Some examples are provided below.
Example 1: Bonus Offers as Points
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
171
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Example 2: Bonus Offer as a Multiplier applied to base miles
Example 3: Bonus Offer as a Multiplier applied to other Bonus Offers
Example 1
Values:
PURCHASE AMOUNT: $438.55
TOTAL C/ F REWARDS: 115
BONUS OFFER configured as POINTS
BONUS OFFER 1: Points per BO Item - 12, Number of BO Items - 3
BONUS OFFER 2: Points per BO Item - 6, Number of BO Items - 7
Calculation:
Bonus Offer 1
Point per item x Number of Items = BO1 REWARDS
(12 x 3) = 36
Bonus Offer 2
Point per item x Number of Items = BO2 REWARDS
(6 x 7) = 42
BO1 REWARDS + BO2 REWARDS = TOTAL BO REWARDS
(36 + 42) = 78
TOTAL C/ F REWARDS + TOTAL BO REWARDS = TOTAL REWARDS
(115 + 78) = 193
Description:
The cardholder is awarded 115 miles for their Purchase. Then, because the cardholder purchased 3 of Bonus
Offer item 1 with a value of 12 miles each and 7 of Bonus Offer item 2 with a value of 6 miles each, they
qualify for an additional 78 miles for a grand total of 193 rewards miles.
Example 2
Values:
PURCHASE AMOUNT: $438.55
TOTAL C/ F REWARDS: 115
BONUS OFFER configured as BASE POINTS MULTIPLIER
VALUE: 1.5
Calculation:
C/ F REWARDS X BO MULTIPLIER VALUE = TOTAL REWARDS
(115 x 1.5) = 172
Description:
The cardholder was awarded 115 miles for their Purchase and has qualified for the Bonus Offer. The miles
for the purchase are multiplied by the Bonus Offer value of 1.5 for a grand total of 172 rewards miles.
Example 3
Values:
PURCHASE AMOUNT: $438.55
TOTAL C/ F REWARDS: 115
BONUS OFFER 1: Points per BO Item - 12, Number of BO Items - 3
BONUS OFFER 3: MULTIPLIER applicable to Bonus Offer 1
172
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
BO3 MULTIPLIER VALUE: 1.5
Calculation:
Bonus Offer 1
Point per item x Number of Items = BO1 REWARDS
(12 x 3) = 36
Bonus Offer 3
BO1 REWARDS x MULTIPLIER VALUE = BO3 REWARDS
(36 x 1.5) = 54
BO3 REWARDS + TOTAL C/ F REWARDS = TOTAL REWARDS
(54 + 115) = 169
Description:
The cardholder was awarded 115 miles for their Purchase. Then, because the cardholder purchased 3 of
Bonus Offer item 1 with a value of 12 miles each, they qualify for an additional 36 miles. The cardholder has
also qualified for Bonus Offer 3 so the Bonus Offer 1 miles are multiplied by the Bonus Offer 3 multiplier
value of 1.5 for a grand total of 169 rewards miles.
7.2.6
Reward Program Components - Incentive Values
If the Incentive value is greater than one, the rewards program awards additional rewards miles to a cardholder's
account based on the Incentive value.
The Incentive value is multiplied by the Total Standard Rewards (calculated using the Calculator and Factor values)
to determine the Total Incentive Rewards. The Incentive value will only be applied during the period identified by
the Incentive Start date and Incentive End date.'
An example including calculations and a description is provided below.
Values:
PURCHASE AMOUNT: $438.55
TOTAL STANDARD REWARDS: 115
INCENTIVE VALUE: 1.5
Calculation:
TOTAL STANDARD REWARDS x INCENTIVE VALUE = TOTAL INCENTIVE REWARDS
(115 x 1.5) = 172
TOTAL INCENTIVE REWARDS - TOTAL STANDARD REWARDS = INCENTIVE REWARDS
(172 - 115) = 67
Note: The Incentive Rewards value is printed on the Air Miles Purchase receipt rather than the Total
Incentive Rewards.
Description:
The cardholder is awarded 115 miles for their purchase. This number of miles is multiplied by the Incentive
value of 1.5 to give the cardholder a rewards total of 172 miles.
7.2.7
Order of Calculation
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
Bolded items are defined in the Calculation Table below.
1. Calculate Rewards 1.
2. Review Factor 1:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
173
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
If Factor 1 = 99 then DONE
If Factor 1 < 99 then:
3. Compare Factor 1 to Rewards 1.
If Factor 1 > Rewards 1 then award Rewards 1.
If Factor 1 < Rewards 1 then:
4. Calculate Max. Purchase 1.
5. Calculate Purchase 2.
6. Calculate Rewards 2.
7. Calculate Total Standard Rewards.
8. Review Incentive Value:
If Incentive Value < 1.00 then go to step 9.
If Incentive Value > 1.00 then calculate Incentive Rewards.
9. Review Bonus Offers:
If no Bonus Offers are configured then go to step 10
If one or more Bonus Offers are configured as Points then calculate Total Points Bonus Offer Rewards.
If one or more Bonus Offers are configured as a Multiplier then calculate Total Multiplier Bonus Offer
Rewards.
10. Calculate the total rewards to be awarded:
If Incentive Value < 1.00 and no Bonus Offers are configured then award Total Standard Rewards.
If Incentive Value < 1.00 and at least one Bonus Offer is configured then calculate the sum of Total
Standard Rewards + Total Bonus Offer Rewards (multiplier or miles).
If Incentive Value >1.00 and no Bonus Offers are configured then award Total Incentive Rewards.
If Incentive Value >1.00 and at least one Points Bonus Offer is configured then calculate the sum of Total
Incentive Rewards + Total Points Bonus Offer Rewards.
174
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
7.2.8
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Rewards Calculation Table
Value
Definition
Purchase
Dollar Amount after application of Tax Type
values to amount keyed in at the ENTER
AMOUNT entry screen
Calc 1
Calculator 1 value
Factor 1
Factor 1 value
Calc 2
Calculator 2 value
Factor 2
Factor 2 value
Rewards 1
Purchase ÷ Calc 1
Max. Purchase 1
Calc 1 x Factor 1
Max. Rewards 1
= Factor 1
Purchase 2
Purchase - Max. Purchase 1
Rewards 2
Purchase 2 ÷ Calc 2
Max. Purchase 2
Calc 2 x Factor 2
Max. Rewards 2
= Factor 2
Total Standard Rewards
Max. Rewards 1 + Rewards 2
Max. Total Standard Rewards
Max Rewards 1 + Max Rewards 2
Note: This should not be greater than the value set
for Maximum Rewards per transaction.
Incentive Value
Incentive value
Incentive Rewards
Total Incentive Rewards - Total Standard Rewards.
Note: This value appears on Air Miles Purchase
receipts.
Total Incentive Rewards
Total Standards Rewards x Incentive Value
Bonus Offers
Bonus Offers configured
Points Bonus Offer # N Rewards
(PBO#N)
(Points Bonus Offer # N value) x number of items
Total Points Bonus Offer
Rewards
PBO#1 +... + PBO#N
Multiplier Bonus Offer # N
Rewards
(MBO#N)
Multiplier Value x (Points Bonus Offer # N
Rewards)
Total Multiplier Bonus Offer
Rewards
MBO#1 +... + MBO#N
Total Bonus Offer Rewards
(Total Points Bonus Offer Rewards) + (Total
Multiplier Bonus Offer Rewards)
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
175
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
7.2.9
Enable the Rewards Program
You must enable the Rewards program on the terminal before you can process Air Miles Rewards card transactions.
From the READY screen:
a. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
b. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD PROGRAM menu appears.
c. Scroll down to PROGRAM SETUP, and press OK.
Note: If the PROGRAM SETUP item does not appear on the REWARD PROGRAM menu, perform an
UPLOAD SAF transaction to clear the SAF Log then access the REWARD PROGRAM menu and try again.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The REWARD PROGRAM Set-up menu appears.
d. Press OK to select ENABLE REWARD.
The ENABLE REWARD PROGRAM? prompt appears.
e. Press the F1 key to select YES.
The default is NO.
The REWARD PROGRAM menu reappears with additional options.
7.2.10
Select the Type of Rewards Program
This process identifies the Reward program type to be configured and used to calculate the number of Air Miles
Reward miles to be assigned during transactions.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to PROGRAM TYPE, and press OK.
The PROGRAM TYPE menu appears.
b. Select the Program Type you wish to enable.
The REWARD PROGRAM menu reappears with additional options.
If you selected:
•
RETAIL then the RETAIL CONFIG option appears on the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
•
WHOLESALE then the WHOLESALE CFG option appears on the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
•
BOTH then both the RETAIL CONFIG option and the WHOLESALE CFG option appear on the
REWARD PROGRAM menu.
Note: If you select BOTH, the REWARD PURCHASE program selection prompt will appear during Reward
Purchases and the REWARD REFUND program selection prompt will appear during Reward Refund transactions.
7.2.11
Configure the Calculator and Factor Values
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
176
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to RETAIL CONFIG, and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu appears.
b. Press OK to select CALCULATOR 1.
The CALCULATOR 1 entry screen appears.
c. Key in the value of Calculator 1 without the decimal mile, and press OK.
(min. = 0.001, max. = 9,999.999)
The REWARD CFG menu reappears.
Note: The default value of Factor 1 is 99. If you wish to leave the value as 99, then this step is finished. Go back the
"Configuring the Air Miles Rewards Program"procedure.
d. Scroll down to FACTOR 1, and press OK.
The FACTOR 1 entry screen appears.
e. Key in the value of Factor 1, and press OK.
(min. = 01, max. = 99)
The REWARD CFG menu reappears.
f. Scroll down to Calculator 2, and press OK.
The CALCULATOR 2 entry screen appears.
g. Key in the value of Calculator 2 without the decimal mile, and press OK.
(min. = 0.001, max. = 9,999.999)
The REWARD CFG menu reappears.
Note: The default value of Factor 2 is 99. If you wish to leave the value as 99 then this step is finished. Return to
Configuring Rewards.
h. Scroll down to FACTOR 2, and press OK.
The FACTOR 2 entry screen appears.
i. Key in the value of Factor 2, and press OK.
(min. = 01, max. = 99)
The REWARD CFG menu reappears.
j. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.12
Configure the Incentive Values
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to RETAIL CFG, and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu appears.
b. Scroll down to INCENTIVE, and press OK.
The INCENTIVE entry screen appears.
c. Key in the value of the Incentive, and press OK.
(min. 0.01, max. = 99.99, default = 1.00)
The REWRD CFG menu reappears.
To display a name for the incentive during Reward transactions:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
177
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
d. Scroll down to INCEN DESCRIPT, and press OK.
e. Press OK to select DESCR ENGLISH.
The DESCRIPTION ENGLISH entry screen appears.
f. Key in the English description of the incentive, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic character and
punctuation ".)
Note: If you wish to display a French description when the terminal language is set to French, repeat steps e.
(select DESCR FRENCH this time) and f.
g. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu.
To apply the incentive automatically during Reward Purchases:
h. Scroll down to AUTO INCENTIVE, and press OK.
The AUTOMATIC INCENTIVE? prompt appears.
i. To have the incentive applied automatically to all qualifying Reward Purchases, press the F1 key to select YES.
To display the APPLY INCENTIVE? prompt during Reward Purchases, press the F3 key to select OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu re-appears.
To restrict the Incentive to a specific time frame:
j. Scroll down to INCEN START DT, and press OK.
The INCENTIVE START DATE entry screen appears.
k. Key in the first date the Incentive will be applied (YYYYMMDD), and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu reappears.
l. Scroll down to INCEN END DT, and press OK.
The INCENTIVE END DATE entry screen appears.
m. Key in the last date the Incentive will be applied (YYYYMMDD), and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu reappears.
n. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.13
Configure the Maximum Rewards Allowed
If you wish to limit the number of miles that can be awarded for a single transaction, this process sets the maximum
miles value to be considered in the miles calculation.
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to RETAIL CONFIG, and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu appears.
b. Scroll down to MAXIMUM REWRDS, and press OK.
The MAXIMUM REWARDS entry screen appears.
c. Key in the maximum number of rewards that can be rewarded for one Rewards transaction, and press OK.
(min. 1, max. 99,999, default = 50).
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu re-appears.
d. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
178
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
7.2.14
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Set the Rewards Totals Reset Time of day
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to RETAIL CFG, and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu appears.
b. Scroll down to RESET TTL TIME, and press OK.
The RESET TOTALS TIME entry screen appears.
c. Key in the time of day at which the Rewards Totals Log will be cleared, and press OK.
This should be set to occur while the location is closed.
(24-hour clock, e.g. 11:30 PM would be entered as 2330).
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu re-appears.
d. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.15
Enable the Enter Reference Number Prompt
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to RETAIL CONFIG, and press OK.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu appears.
b. Scroll down to REFERENCE NO, and press OK.
The REFERENCE NUMBER? selection screen appears.
i. To display the ENTER REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen during Reward transactions, press the F1 key to
select YES.
To disable the entry screen, press the F3 key to select NO.
The REWRD CFG-RETAIL menu re-appears.
c. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.16
Configure the Bonus Offers
This process establishes the parameters of the Bonus Offers available in the Rewards program.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
179
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
a. Scroll down to BONUS OFR CFG, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFER REWARD menu appears with the list of 20 possible bonus offers.
Note: If this is the first bonus offer to be configured, the list displays the bonus offer numbers 001 to 020.
When a bonus offer has been configured with a description, the first 14 characters of that description are
displayed on this list.
b. Select a bonus offer number (e.g. 001), and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu appears with the bonus offer name as the menu title.
To display a name for the Bonus Offer during Reward transactions:
c. Press OK to select DESCR ENGLISH.
The DESCRIPTION ENGLISH entry screen appears.
d. Key in the English description of the incentive, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic character and
punctuation ".)
Note: If you wish to display a French description when the terminal language is set to French, repeat steps c.
(select DESCR FRENCH this time) and d.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears with the bonus offer name as the menu title.
To set the type of Bonus Offer as MULTIPLIER:
e. Scroll down to REWARD TYPE, and press OK.
The REWARD TYPE menu reappears.
f. To use a multiplier to calculate Bonus Offer miles, select MULTIPLIER, and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
g. Scroll down to MULTIPLIER, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFR REWRD MULTIPLIER entry screen appears.
h. Key in the value of the multiplier (min. 1.00, max. 99.99), and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
i. Scroll down to MULTIPLR TYPE, and press OK.
The MULTIPLIER TYPE menu appears.
j. Select BASE POINTS to have the multiplier behave as an incentive.
Select BONUS OFFERS to have the multiplier applied to another bonus offer.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
k. Scroll down to PROGRAM TYPE, and press OK.
The PROGRAM TYPE menu appears.
l. Select the Program type, and press OK.
To display the Bonus Offer prompt during:
- Retail program transactions, select RETAIL.
- Wholesale program transactions, select WHOLESALE.
- transactions of either program type, select BOTH.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
To set the type of Bonus Offer as POINTS:
e. Scroll down to REWARD TYPE, and press OK.
The REWARD TYPE menu reappears.
f. To set a specific number of miles for a Bonus Offer, select POINTS, and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
g. Scroll down to NO. OF POINTS, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFER REWARDS entry screen appears.
180
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
h. Key in the number of miles to be awarded to purchases that match the criteria for this bonus offer, and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
i. Scroll down to PROGRAM TYPE, and press OK.
The PROGRAM TYPE selection screen appears.
j. Select the Program type, and press OK.
To display the Bonus Offer during:
- Retail program transaction, select RETAIL.
- Wholesale program transactions, select WHOLESALE.
- transactions of either program type, select BOTH.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
If Multiplier Bonus Offers have also been configured with a Multiplier Type of "Bonus Offers", the MLT BONUS
OFFER item appears on the Bonus Offer setup menu.
To be able to apply a Multiplier Bonus Offer to a Points Bonus Offer:
k. Scroll down to MLT BONUS OFFER, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFER REWARD menu appears.
l. Scroll down to the Bonus Offer (listed by number or by description if it has one), and press OK to apply the
Multiplier Bonus Offer to the Points Bonus Offer you selected.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
To restrict the Bonus Offer to a specific time frame:
m. Scroll down to BONUS START DT, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFR START DATE entry screen appears.
n. Key in the first date the bonus offers will be available (YYYYMMDD), and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu reappears.
o. Scroll down to BONUS END DATE, and press OK.
The BONUS OFFR END DATE entry screen appears.
p. Key in the last date the bonus offers will be available (YYYYMMDD), and press OK.
The Bonus Offer Setup menu re-appears.
q. Press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.17
Configure the Tax Type
If you wish to apply the Rewards calculation to the Purchase dollar value before taxes, this process identifies the
type and amount of tax to be considered in the miles calculation.
Refer to your Rewards Program Planning worksheet for the values to key in for each parameter.
The configuration steps are the same for both the RETAIL and the WHOLESALE program types. The following
instructions refer specifically to the Retail program. To configure the Wholesale program, follow these instructions
substituting WHOLESALE wherever you see RETAIL.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
a. Scroll down to TAX SETUP, and press OK.
The TAX SETUP menu appears.
b. Select TAX TYPE, and press OK.
The TAX TYPE menu appears.
c. Select the type of tax your business charges on Purchases.
The TAX SETUP menu reappears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
181
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
d. Scroll down to the tax type your business charges on Purchases, and press OK.
The TAX PERCENTAGE entry screen appears.
e. Key in the Tax percentage, and press OK.
(min. 0.01, max. 99.99)
The TAX SETUP menu reappears.
Note: If your business applies 2 types of tax, e.g. GST and PST, repeat steps d. and e. for each type of tax.
f. If the Tax Type was GST/PST, scroll down to TAX MODE, and press OK.
The TAX MODE menu appears.
g. Select the method used to calculate the tax, and press OK.
The TAX SETUP menu reappears.
h. Press the Can/Ann key to return to the REWARD PROGRAM menu.
7.2.18
Configure the SAF Upload Time Period
This function sets the time period that must pass between the last SAF Upload attempt (automatic or manually
prompted) and the next automatic SAF Upload attempt.
Note: The default is 5. If you wish to use this value you do not need to perform this step.
From the REWARD PROGRAM menu:
1. Select SAF UPD PERIOD.
The SAF UPLOAD TIME PERIOD entry screen appears.
2. Key in the number of minutes the terminal must wait before attempting an automatic SAF Upload transaction,
and press OK. (min. 1 minute, max. 15 minutes, default is 5 minutes)
The REWARD PROGRAM menu re-appears.
7.3
7.3.1
Air Miles Transactions
Air Miles Rewards - Purchase
This transaction awards Air Miles Reward miles to an Air Miles cardholder for Purchases that they have made at
your location.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Press OK to select PURCHASE.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the REWARD PURCHASE menu appears, select the program (RETAIL or WHOLESALE) to be used for
calculating miles and press OK.
If the ENTER REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears, key in the Reference number (min. 1, max. 4
digits), and press OK.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
4. Key in the dollar amount of the Purchase, and press OK.
182
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
If the APPLY INCENTIVE? prompt appears, refer to the "Applying the Incentive to Air Miles Rewards
Purchase"procedure.
If the ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt appears, refer to the "Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards Purchase
"procedure.
The ENTER COLLECTOR CARD prompt appears.
If the ZERO POINTS AWARDED message or the REWARD EXCEEDS LIMIT message appears, no miles
are awarded. The transaction is cancelled, and the terminal returns to the READY screen automatically.
5. Swipe the Air Miles card on the terminal.
OR
Key in the Air Miles Card number, and press OK, and then select the language to be used on the cardholder receipt.
The Cardholder copy of the receipt is printed.
6. Press OK.
The Merchant copy of the receipt is printed.
7. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
7.3.2
Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards Purchase
If one or more Bonus Offers were enabled for the Rewards program used to calculate miles on this transaction, and
the cardholder has purchased items that qualify as Bonus Offers, you must select those Bonus Offers in order to
calculate the correct number of miles to be added to the cardholder's account.
The ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt appears.
a. To select the Bonus Offers to be applied to this transaction, press the F1 key to select YES.
To continue without applying Bonus Offers, press the F3 key to select NO, and go to the ENTER
COLLECTOR CARD prompt.
The list of Bonus Offers configured for this Rewards Program appears.
b. Select a Bonus Offer, and press OK.
The ENTER QUANTITY entry screen appears.
c. Key in the number of Bonus Offer items purchased, and press OK.
If the APPLY MULTIPLIER? prompt appears:
To apply the multiplier, press the F1 key to select YES.
To continue without applying the multiplier, press the F3 key to select NO.
If the ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt re-appears:
To select another Bonus Offer, repeat steps a. through c.
To continue without selecting additional Bonus Offers, press the F3 key to select NO.
The ENTER COLLECTOR CARD prompt appears.
Continue the Air Miles Reward Purchase.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
183
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
7.3.3
Applying the Incentive to an Air Miles Rewards Purchase
If an Incentive was enabled for the Rewards program used to calculate miles on this transaction:
The APPLY INCENTIVE? prompt appears with the incentive name on the second line.
a. Press the F1 key to select YES and apply the Incentive to the miles calculation.
Press the F3 key to select NO to continue without applying the incentive.
The next prompt appears.
Continue the Air Miles Reward Purchase.
7.3.4
Air Miles Rewards - Refund
This transaction removes Air Miles Reward miles from an Air Miles cardholder's account for items they have
returned to your location.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll down to REFUND, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. Swipe your MONERIS POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears instead, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
If the REWARD REFUND menu appears, select the program (RETAIL or WHOLESALE) to be used for
calculating miles and press OK.
If the ENTER REFERENCE NUMBER entry screen appears, key in the REFERENCE number that appears
on the Reward Purchase receipt and press OK.
The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Reward Purchase Amount that appears on the Reward Purchase receipt, and press OK.
The ENTER STANDARD POINTS REFUNDED entry screen appears.
6. Key in the number of Standard Points that appear on the Reward Purchase receipt, and press OK.
The ENTER INCENTIVE POINTS REFUNDED entry screen appears.
7. Key in the number of Incentive miles that appear on the Reward Purchase receipt, and press OK.
If there are no incentive miles listed on the Purchase receipt, simply press OK.
If the ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt appears, refer to the "Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards
Refund"procedure.
The ENTER COLLECTOR CARD prompt appears.
8. Swipe the Air Miles card on the terminal.
OR
Key in the Air Miles Card number, then press OK, and then select the language to be used on the Cardholder copy
of the receipt.
The Cardholder copy of the receipt is printed.
9. Press OK.
The Merchant copy of the receipt is printed.
10. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
184
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
7.3.5
The Air Miles Rewards Program
Add Bonus Offers during a Rewards Refund
If one or more Bonus Offers were enabled for the Rewards program used to calculate miles on the Air Miles Reward
Purchase transaction, you must select those Bonus Offers in the Air Miles Refund transaction in order to calculate
the correct number of miles to be removed from the cardholder's account.
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
The ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt appears.
a. To select the Bonus Offers to be applied to this transaction, press the F1 key to select YES.
To continue without applying Bonus Offers, press the F3 key to select NO and go to the ENTER
COLLECTOR CARD prompt.
The ENTER BONUS OFFER entry screen appears.
b. Key in the 3-digit Bonus Offer number, and press OK.
The Bonus Offer number appears on the Air Miles Reward Purchase receipt to the left of the first 14
characters of the bonus offer name (e.g. if bonus offer 001 is named "June and July Offer"then the receipt
will display "001 JUNE AND JULY "and the Bonus Offer number to be entered here is 001).
The POINTS REFUNDED entry screen appears.
c. Key in the number of Bonus Offer miles, and press OK. The number of miles appears on the Air Miles
Reward Purchase receipt to the right of the Rewards Program type (e.g. RETAIL #### or WHOLESALE
####).
If the ADD BONUS OFFERS prompt re-appears:
To select another Bonus Offer, repeat steps a. through c.
To continue without selecting additional Bonus Offers, press the F3 key to select NO.
The ENTER COLLECTOR CARD prompt appears.
Continue the Air Miles Reward Refund.
7.4
7.4.1
Air Miles Admin Transactions
Completing Air Miles Reward Transactions
Air Miles transactions are not complete until they have been uploaded to the Moneris Host for processing.
The terminal automatically connects to the Moneris Host to upload and complete the transactions in the Reward
SAF Log (listed in the Air Miles Reward SAF Log; refer to the "Printing the Air Miles Rewards SAF
List"procedure). The message UPLOAD SAF appears at the top of the screen while the terminal communicates with
the Moneris Host. The transactions are then cleared from the Reward SAF Log and saved in the Reward
Transactions Log (listed in the Air Miles Reward Transaction List; refer to the "Printing the Air Miles Rewards
Transaction List"procedure).
If this process has not occurred or you wish to send the transactions in the Reward SAF Log before they are
scheduled to be sent automatically, you can send them any time using the UPLOAD SAF function.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to UPLOAD SAF, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
185
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
The terminal displays the communication status while it sends the SAF transactions to the Moneris Host, and then
the terminal returns to the READY screen.
7.4.2
Printing the Air Miles Rewards SAF List
This report prints or displays a list of all Air Miles Rewards transactions in the Rewards SAF log. These are Air
Miles transactions that have not been sent to the Moneris Host for completion.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll down to SAF INQUIRY, and press OK.
If SAF INQUIRY does not appear on the menu, there are no transactions in Rewards SAF log. Press the
Can/Ann key to return the READY screen.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears.
4. To print the list of Air Miles Rewards transactions, press the F1 key to select PRINT.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report and then returns to the READY screen.
To delete an Air Miles SAF transaction, refer to "Deleting a transaction from the Air Miles Rewards SAF List".
7.4.3
SAF Log Status Icons
The SAF Log status icon appears in the top left corner of the terminal display on the following screens: MAIN
MENU, TRANSACTIONS, REPORT FUNCS, ADMIN FUNCS, and CONFIG FUNCS.
To display this icon from the READY screen, press the Admin key to access the ADMIN FUNCTIONS menu.
Icon
Description
The SAF log is nearly full and a manual SAF Upload transaction
should be performed.
The SAF log is full. The next time the terminal returns to the
READY screen, it will perform an automatic SAF Upload. No
other transactions can be processed until the SAF Upload has
been successfully completed.
7.4.4
Deleting a transaction from the Air Miles Rewards SAF List
If an Air Miles Rewards transactions does not need to be sent to the Moneris Host for completion, e.g. if you wish to
cancel the transaction before it is completed, you can delete the transaction from the Air Miles Rewards SAF Log in
order to ensure that it is not completed accidentally.
Perform a Air Miles Rewards SAF Inquiry to find the transaction you wish to delete. When the PRINT OR
DISPLAY? prompt appears:
186
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
A. Press the F3 key to select DISPLAY.
The terminal searches its memory for Air Miles SAF transactions.
B. The TRANSAC TO DELETE Menu displays the matching transactions on the screen, one transaction per line.
To select a particular transaction, scroll through the list until the transaction is highlighted then press OK.
TRANSAC TO
DELETE
T NNNN $999.99
T NNNN $999.99
T NNNN $999.99
T = Transaction Type:
P = Reward Purchase
R = Reward Refund
NNNN = last 4 digits of the Card number
999.99 = last 5 digits of the transaction amount
The DELETE TRANSACTION? screen appears.
C. Confirm that this is the correct transaction then press the F1 key (YES) to remove it from the terminal memory.
IMPORTANT: Once deleted, the Air Miles Reward transaction can no longer be completed.
If the DELETE TRANS, SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card on the
terminal to delete the transaction.
The terminal deletes the selected transaction from the terminal memory and returns to the TRANSAC TO DELETE
menu.
D. To select another Air Miles Rewards transaction to delete, repeat steps B and C.
To return to the READY screen, press the Can/Ann key.
7.4.5
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Totals Report
This report checks the Air Miles Reward Log and produces a list of
•
the total dollar value of all Rewards Transactions
•
the total number of Rewards miles awarded
•
the total number of Rewards transactions performed
The Air Miles Reward Log contains all Rewards transactions performed since the log was last cleared (see Reset
Rewards Total Time).
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll down to REWARD TOTALS, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report and then returns to the READY screen.
7.4.6
Printing the Air Miles Rewards Transaction List
This report prints a list of all transactions that match the criteria you select. If you do not select any criteria (i.e. you
simply press OK as each criteria appears), all transactions in the terminal memory are listed.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required if you wish to print unmasked Card numbers on this report.
Criteria are:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
187
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
•
Date of Transaction
•
Card Number
•
Number of Points
Note: "POINTS"is displayed on terminal prompts while "miles"is printed on transaction receipts.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll down to REWARD LIST, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The criteria appear in order.
4.
The DATE (YY) MMDD entry screen appears.
To select all transactions regardless of the date they were processed, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions processed on a specific date, key in the date in the format indicated on the screen (the
2-digit year is optional) and press OK.
5. The CARD NUMBER entry screen appears.
To select all Card numbers, simply press OK.
OR
To select a specific card, key in the Card number, and press OK.
6. The REWARD POINTS entry screen appears.
To select all transactions regardless of the number of miles awarded, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions of a specific number of miles, key in the amount, and press OK.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report and then returns to the READY screen.
7.4.7
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Configuration List
When you have finished configuring the Air Miles Rewards program on your terminal, perform this function in
order to have a printed record of the terminal’s parameters. See printout example.
Each program (i.e. RETAIL and WHOLESALE) has a separate section for program parameters including:
•
Calculator values
•
Factor values
•
Incentive values, descriptions and dates
•
Tax settings
•
Bonus Offer parameters
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
188
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
7
The Air Miles Rewards Program
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to PRINT CFG, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report then returns to the READY screen.
7.4.8
Printing an Air Miles Rewards Help List
This report lists all the functions and transactions that are enabled on the terminal and the corresponding Admin
Shortcut code.
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to HELP LIST, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report and then returns to the READY screen.
7.4.9
Rewards - Reprint Last Receipt
This transaction prints a * DUPLICATE* cardholder copy of the last Rewards receipt printed.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REWARDS, and press OK.
The REWARD MENU appears.
3. Scroll down to REPRINT, and press OK.
A duplicate of the most recently printed Rewards receipt is printed.
The terminal returns to the REWARD MENU.
4. Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
189
8
8.1
Admin Transactions
Log On
From the PLEASE LOGON prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Press OK to select LOGON.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
5. The READY screen appears.
The terminal is now ready to process transactions.
If this is your first time using the terminal, use the Training mode to practise performing transactions.
Note: To ensure unauthorized transactions cannot be processed, the terminal should be logged off at the end of the
business day.
8.2
Log Off
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to LOGOFF, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
5. The PLEASE LOGON prompt appears.
The terminal can NOT process transactions while the PLEASE LOGON prompt is displayed although some reports
can be processed and the terminal configuration can be changed.
To process transactions again, the terminal must be logged on.
8.3
Private Label Instant Credit Card Application
Allows for the instant processing of an applicant's Private Label Credit Card Application. If the application is
approved, a receipt with a new Card number is issued to the applicant to use as a temporary card for any subsequent
Purchase transactions.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
191
8
Admin Transactions
3. Scroll down to CREDIT APP, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The SELECT CARD TYPE menu appears.
4. Scroll down the list of card types, and press OK at your selection.
The SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the terminal.
If an external PINpad is attached, the SWIPE CARD prompt also appears on this device.
If a contactless reader is attached, it continues to display the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen because
contactless PL Instant Credit Applications are not permitted.
5. Choose a Card Entry method as indicated in the table below, and follow the appropriate instructions:
swipe
manually enter
(credit and
some debit chip cards)
a. Swipe the card on the terminal (or
the external PINpad if attached).
a. Key in the Card number, and press
OK.
b. Continue below.
The ENTER EXPIRY DATE entry
screen appears on the terminal.
b. Key in the Expiry date, and press
OK.
c. Continue below.
The LAST NAME: prompt appears.
If the ENTER LAST NAME entry screen appears, edit/key in the applicant's Last name, and press OK.
6. Press the F1 key (YES) to accept the displayed Last name.
OR Press the F3 key (EDIT) to edit the Last name (and then key in the characters, and press OK).
The FIRST NAME: prompt appears.
If the ENTER FIRST NAME entry screen appears, edit/key in the applicant's First name, and press OK.
7. Press the F1 key (YES) to accept the displayed First name.
OR Press the F3 key (EDIT) to edit the First name (and then key in the characters, and press OK).
If the MIDDLE INITIAL prompt appears, press the F1 key (YES) to accept the displayed initial.
OR Press the F3 key (EDIT) to edit/key in the Middle initial (and then key in a character, and press OK).
If the ENTER MIDDLE INITIAL entry screen appears, key in the applicant's Middle initial, or leave this field
blank, and press OK.
The ENTER HOME TELEPHONE # entry screen appears.
8. Key in the applicant's Home Telephone number (10 digits, no spaces), and press OK.
The ENTER BUSINESS TELEPHONE # entry screen appears.
9. Key in the applicant's Business Telephone number (ten digits, no spaces), or leave this field blank, and press OK.
If the ENTER BUSINESS EXTENSION # entry screen appears, key in the applicant's Business Extension
number (maximum of four digits), or leave this field blank, and press OK.
The ENTER DATE OF BIRTH entry screen appears.
192
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
8
Admin Transactions
10. Key in the applicant's Birth date (MMDDYYYY), and press OK.
The LANGUAGE PREF menu appears.
11. Scroll down to select the applicant's Preferred Language, and press OK.
PROCESSING is displayed on the terminal as it communicates with the Moneris Host.
The Merchant copy of the receipt is printed.
12. Have the applicant sign the Merchant copy.
13. Press OK.
The Cardholder copy of the receipt is printed.
14. Look for the Expiry date printed on the Merchant copy, and then write it down on the applicant's copy of the
receipt (i.e., the Cardholder copy).
15. Give the Cardholder copy of the receipt to the applicant.
The successful applicant can then use the temporary receipt as a private label credit card and present it as payment
during any subsequent Purchase transactions until the actual private label card has been issued.
8.4
8.4.1
Training Mode
Training Mode
Training mode allows you and your employees to practise operating the Moneris HiSpeed 6200 terminal without
affecting your terminal total amounts, your financial accounts, and your customers’ accounts.
Note: Once you enter Training mode you can not change the terminal language. If you wish to change the terminal
language you must exit Training mode, change the terminal display language, and then enter Training mode again.
When using a chip card to perform chip transactions in Training mode, the card will prompt for a PIN even if the
card requires a signature in normal processing mode. The terminal will then display PIN ENTERED BY
CUSTOMER instead of allowing the PIN to be entered. After five seconds the terminal will continue the
transaction.
8.4.2
Transactions Available in Training mode
Most transactions can be practised in Training mode on the terminal. Refer to the tables below for a complete list.
•
Financial Transactions by Card Type
•
Reporting Functions
•
Administrative Functions
•
Loyalty/Gift Transactions and Reports
•
Air Miles Rewards Transactions and Functions
Transactions that cannot be performed do not appear on the terminal screen while in Training mode.
Admin codes can be used in Training mode if the transaction or function is available in Training mode.
Note: Training transactions are limited to a maximum amount of $1.00.
If Tip Entry is enabled, the maximum tip amount in Training mode is $1.00.
If Cashback is enabled, the maximum Cashback amount in Training mode is $1.00.
The maximum final total amount (Purchase + Tip +Cashback) is $3.00.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
193
8
Admin Transactions
Financial Transactions by Card Type
Most financial transactions are available regardless of the type of card used, however Purchasing Cards (i.e.,
Corporate cards) cannot be used while in Training mode.
Description
CREDIT
DEBIT
Purchase
Swipe or Insert or
Tap
Swipe or Insert or
Tap
Refund
Swipe or Insert or
Tap
Swipe or Insert or
Tap
Swipe or Insert
-
Pre-Authorization
Pre-Authorization Advice
With Sequence
Number
-
With Voice Auth
Number
Pre-Authorization Advice
List
X
-
Voids a Purchase
Swipe or Insert
Swipe or Insert
Voids a Refund
Swipe or Insert
Swipe or Insert
Functions
Reporting Functions
Admin Functions
CLOSE BATCH
REPRINT
TRANS LIST
BACKLIGHT
TRANS INQUIRY
TRAINING
DEPOSIT TOTALS
CREDIT APP
MERCH SUBTOTAL
TIP TOTALS
CLERK INQUIRY
PRE-AUTH LIST
Loyalty/Gift Transactions
Gift Card Transactions
Purchase using Gift Card
Refund using Gift Card
Activate/Reload Gift Card
Deactivate Gift Card
194
Loyalty card
Transactions
Combo Card
Transactions
Purchase (awards points)
Purchase
Refund (removes points)
Refund
Redemption (uses points)
Pre-Authorization
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
8
Card Inquiry on Gift Card
Activate Loyalty card
Void of Gift Card
Transaction
Deactivate Loyalty card
Reprint a Gift Card
Receipt
Pre-Auth Advice:
with Sequence
Number
Card Inquiry on Loyalty
card
with Voice
Authorization
Void of Points Transaction
Purchase Void
Reprint a Loyalty card
Receipt
8.4.3
Admin Transactions
Refund Void
Loyalty/Gift Reports
Close Loyalty/Gift Batch
Stored Loyalty/Gift Transactions
Loyalty/Gift Transaction Inquiry
Clerk Inquiry on Loyalty/Gift Transaction
Loyalty/Gift Tip Totals
Air Miles Rewards Transactions and Functions
Purchase
Refund
Reprint
Help List
8.4.4
Entering Training Mode
Note: Training mode can only be activated on terminals that have been configured, initialized and logged on.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that you exit Training mode before processing actual financial transactions.
Transactions processed in Training mode will NOT affect your terminal totals, your financial accounts, and
your customers’ accounts.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to TRAINING, and press OK.
The CLEAR TRAINING TOTALS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Select YES to clear the Training Totals amount to zero
OR
Select NO to leave the Training Total amounts as they are.
The training screen appears.
The training symbol
appears in the top left corner of the menu screens.
If an external PINpad is attached to the terminal, the PINpad training screen appears on the PINpad.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
195
8
Admin Transactions
All transactions performed on the terminal will now be in Training mode until you exit Training mode. All financial training transactions will be
approved and stored in the terminal’s memory in Training Totals.
All receipts for training transactions and reports on training totals will have a * TRAINING * TRAINING * TRAINING * banner printed on
them at the top, middle and bottom.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that you exit Training Mode before processing actual financial transactions.
Transactions processed in Training mode will not affect your terminal totals, your financial accounts, and
your customers’ accounts.
8.4.5
Exiting Training Mode
IMPORTANT: Ensure that you exit Training mode before processing actual financial transactions.
Transactions processed in Training mode will NOT affect your terminal totals, your financial accounts, and
your customers’ accounts.
From the TRAINING screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to TRAINING, and press OK.
The terminal returns to the READY screen.
If an external PINpad is attached to the terminal, the PINpad display returns to the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
IMPORTANT: All transactions performed on the terminal will now be in normal mode. They WILL affect
your terminal totals, your financial accounts, and your customers’ accounts.
196
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
9.1
9.1.1
Reports
Clerk Subtotalling Reports
Clerk Subtotals Report for All Clerks
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for one clerk or a group of clerks.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F3 key (MULTIPLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (Yes) to reset the totals for all Clerk IDs to zero.
The MULT CLERKS(00 PEND) prompt appears.
5. Scroll down to ALL CLERKS, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then prints:
a. The CLERK SUBTOTALS report for each Clerk ID
b. The OVERALL TOTALS report for all Clerk IDs.
When the reports are finished printing, the terminal returns to the READY screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
9.1.2
Clerk Subtotals Report for One Clerk
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for all clerks or a group of clerks.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
197
9
Reports
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F1 key (SINGLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (YES) to reset the totals for the Clerk ID to zero.
The ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears.
5. Key in the Clerk ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".)
Note: You must enter the Clerk ID even if the Default Clerk ID feature has been enabled.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then prints the CLERK SUBTOTALS report and returns to the
READY screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
9.1.3
Clerk Subtotals Report for a Group of Clerks
Note: You can also perform a Clerk Subtotals Report for all clerks or one clerk.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to CLERK INQUIRY, and press OK.
The SINGLE/MULTIPLE CLERKS? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press the F3 key (MULTIPLE).
If enabled, the ZERO CLERK TOTALS? prompt appears.
a. Press the F1 key (YES) to reset the totals for all selected Clerk IDs to zero.
The MULT CLERKS(00 PEND) prompt appears.
5. Scroll down to GROUP, and press OK.
The ENTER GROUP ID TO BE PROCESSED prompt appears.
6. Key in the Group identifier, and press OK.
The MULT CLERKS(01 PEND) prompt appears.
To continue selecting Clerk ID Groups, repeat steps 5 and 6
When all the Clerk IDs have been added:
7. Scroll down to PROCESS LIST, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then prints:
a. The CLERK SUBTOTALS report for each Clerk ID that belongs to the Clerk ID Group
b. The OVERALL TOTALS report for the Clerk ID Group.
When the reports are finished printing, the terminal returns to the READY screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
198
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
9.2
Reports
Printing the Configuration Parameters Report
When you have finished configuring your terminal, perform this function in order to have a printed record of the
terminal’s parameters. Included on the printout are:
- software revision number (under Term Software Revision)
- terminal identification information (under Host Initialization Parameters)
- features enabled from the GENERAL PARAMS menu (under Terminal Configuration)
- printer setup (under Printer Configuration)
- all receipt trailer messages, pre-programmed and customized (under Trailer Message)
- communications parameters (under Dial Comms Parms and Ethernet Parms)
- optional features if enabled (e.g., Purchasing Card Parms,
Multi-Terminal Parms, Clerk Multi- Subtotals Parms)
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to CONFIG LIST, and press OK.
The PRINT TRAILER MESSAGES? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. Press he F3 key (NO) to skip the trailer message text OR
Press the the F1 key (YES) to include the text of all receipt trailer messages (English and French) programmed on
your terminal.
Note: This will use quite a bit of paper, especially if there are a number of trailer messages configured.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report then returns to the READY screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
9.3
EMV Parameters list
This report shows the current values for the EMV parameters.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to EMV PARMS LIST, and press OK.
The EMV PARMS LIST screen appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal prints out the EMV parameters list and then returns to the READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
199
9
Reports
9.4
MasterCard Transaction Data
This function prints the DE55 data for the most recent MasterCard EMV transaction to go online. The terminal
stores the data of the last MasterCard EMV transaction to go online. That data is kept in memory until the next
MasterCard EMV transaction is started, whereupon the previous data is erased. New data is saved only if the
transaction goes online.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to ADMIN, and press OK.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MC TRNS DATA, and press OK.
The terminal displays PRINTING while the report prints.
The ADMIN FUNCS menu appears.
4. Press the Can/Ann key twice to return to the READY screen.
9.5
Current Batch Totals Report
This report is printed as part of the Close Batch transaction; however, it can be printed without closing the batch.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll to CLOSE BATCH, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
4. The terminal prints the report.
The CLOSE BATCH? prompt appears.
5. Press the F3 key to select NO and print the report without closing the batch.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT press the F3 key to select YES unless you want to close the batch at this time.
The terminal finishes printing the report and returns to the READY screen.
200
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
9.6
Reports
Deposit Totals Inquiry
The Deposit Totals Inquiry report provides transaction type totals by card type from the Moneris Host and grand
totals by transaction type.
Note: Visa Debit transactions may appear under "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there may be no distinction
between Visa credit and debit transactions).
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to DEPOSIT TOTALS, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
4. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
5. The report prints and the terminal returns to the READY screen.
9.7
Tip Totals Report
This function prints a summary of all Tip amounts entered for Purchase and Pre-Auth Advice transactions stored in
the current or a previous batch.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to TIP TOTALS, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure..
(If no Clerk ID is entered, the results for all Clerk IDs are printed.)
The PRINT DATE OR BATCH? prompt appears.
4. Press the F1 key (for Tip totals by date) or the F3 key (for Tip totals by batch).
If you pressed the F1 key (Tip totals by date)...
The START DATE (YY)MMDD entry screen
appears.
a. Key in the Start date (the year is optional),
and press OK.
Note: The date format is year (YY), month
(MM), and day (DD) (e.g., to enter Dec. 31,
2012, you would key in 121231).
If you pressed the F3 key (Tip totals by batch)...
The BATCH NUMBER entry screen appears.
a. Key in the Batch number, or leave this field
blank (for the current batch), and press OK.
The terminal prints the report and then returns to
the READY screen.
The START TIME [HHMM] menu appears.
b. Key in the Start time, and press OK.
Note: The time format is hours (HH) and
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
201
9
Reports
minutes (MM) (e.g., to enter 1:00 AM, you
would key in 0100).
The END DATE (YY)MMDD entry screen
appears.
c. Key in the End date (year is optional), and
press OK.
Note: The date format is year (YY), month
(MM), and day (DD) (e.g., to enter Dec. 31,
2012, you would key in 121231).
The END TIME [HHMM] entry screen appears.
d. Key in the End time, and press OK.
Note: You must enter a valid End time value.
The time format is hours (HH) and minutes
(MM) (e.g., to enter 11:59 PM, you would key
in 2359).
The terminal prints the report and then returns to
the READY screen.
9.8
Printing a Help List
This report lists all the functions and transactions that are enabled on the terminal and the corresponding Admin
Shortcut Code.
From the READY screen or the TERMINAL SETUP REQUIRED prompt:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll up (it's faster) to HELP LIST, and press OK.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report then returns to the READY prompt.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
202
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
9.9
Reports
Merchant Subtotals Report
This function prints the merchant totals for the current batch from the Moneris Host.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MERCH SUBTOTAL, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
4. The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report then returns to the READY screen.
9.10 Printing the Pre-Authorization List
This report lists all Pre-Authorization transactions in the terminal memory that match the criteria you select.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required for this report because it includes unmasked Card
numbers.
Criteria are:
•
Open or closed
•
Transaction Date
•
Batch Number
The results are printed.
Note: Visa Debit transactions may appear under "VISA"on the report (i.e., there may be no distinction between
Visa credit and debit transactions).
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to PRE-AUTH LIST, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. To print complete Card numbers on the report, swipe the POS Admin card OR
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK.
The PRE-AUTH LIST menu appears.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
5. Select the type of Pre-Authorization transaction:
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
203
9
Reports
•
To print only Pre-Authorizations that have NOT been completed (i.e. an Advice has NOT been processed
for this Pre-Authorization), select OPEN.
•
To print only Pre-Authorizations that have been completed (i.e. an Advice has been processed for this PreAuthorization), select CLOSED.
•
To print all Pre-Authorizations, Open and Closed, in the terminal memory, select BOTH.
The PRINT DATE OR BATCH? prompt appears.
6. Select the order in which you want the Pre-Authorization transactions to be listed in the report:
•
To print the report by date, press the F1 key (DATE).
The DATE (YY) MMDD entry screen appears.
Simply press OK.
•
To print the report for a specific date, press the F1 key (DATE).
The DATE (YY) MMDD entry screen appears.
Key in the date, and press OK.
•
To print the report by Batch number, press the F3 key (BATCH).
The BATCH NUMBER entry screen appears.
Simply press OK.
•
To print the report for a specific Batch number, press the F3 key (BATCH).
The BATCH NUMBER entry screen appears.
Key in the batch number and press OK.
7. The terminal displays PRINTING while it prints the report then returns to the READY prompt.
9.11 Delete a Pre-Authorization using Transaction Inquiry
You can delete a Pre-Authorization transaction that will not be completed (e.g. the cardholder choose another
method of payment when the final amount was known) in order to ensure that it is not completed accidentally.
Perform a Transaction Inquiry function using the "Card Number"and "Trans to Search"criteria to find the PreAuthorization transaction you wish to delete. When the PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears:
A. Press the F3 key to select DISPLAY.
The terminal searches its memory for matching transactions.
B. The Trans Inquiry Menu displays the matching transactions on the screen, one transaction per line.
To select a particular Pre-Authorization transaction, scroll through the list until the transaction is highlighted then
press OK.
Note: Pre-Authorization transactions begin with 'PA'.
TRANS INQUIRY
TTNNNN $999.99
TTNNNN $999.99
TTNNNN $999.99
204
TT = Transaction Type:
P = Purchase
R = Refund
PA = Pre-Authorization
A = Advice
VP = Void Purchase
VR = Void Refund
Y = Payment
VY = Void Payment
NNNN = last 4 digits of the Card number
999.99 = last 5 digits of the transaction amount
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
Reports
C. Detailed information about the selected transaction appears.
TRANS INQUIRY
CCCCCCCCCCC XXXX
TT $999,999.99
NEXT
REPRINT
CCCCCCCCCCC = last 11 digits of the Card number
XXXX:
- for Credit (and some debit chip cards)= transaction date
- for Debit = CHQ or SAV
TT = Transaction Type (see above)
999,999.99 = transaction amount
D. Press the F1 key (NEXT).
The DELETE PRE-AUTH? screen appears.
DELETE PRE-AUTH?
CCCCCCCCCCC
MMDD
TT $999,999.99
NEXT
DELETE
E. Confirm that this is the correct transaction then press the F3 key (DELETE) to remove it from the terminal
memory.
IMPORTANT: Once deleted, the Pre-Authorization transaction can no longer be completed using the
Advice transaction.
F. The terminal deletes the Pre-Authorization from the terminal memory and returns to the Trans Inquiry Menu.
To select another Pre-Authorization transaction to delete, repeat steps B through E.
To return to the READY screen, press the Can/Ann key repeatedly.
9.12 Private Label Transactions on Reports
Private label transactions appear as a separate card type on all reports that include credit card transactions including:
•
Stored Transactions List
•
Transaction Inquiry
•
Deposit Total Inquiry
•
Clerk Subtotals Inquiry
•
Multiple Terminal Report
•
Merchant Subtotals Report
•
Current Batch Totals Report
•
Tip Totals Report
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
205
9
Reports
9.13 Printing a Stored Transactions Report
This report contains information about the transactions in the terminal's memory. It prints only the terminal totals
(i.e. the number of transactions and total dollar amount by card type), or a list of all transactions in the terminal's
memory by date or by batch number followed by the terminal totals.
Note: This is the only report that lists information about Cashback transactions. It includes the number of
transactions utilizing Cashback and the total dollar amount of all Cashback transactions in the terminal memory.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
Note: This is the only report that identifies chip card
transactions. See step 7.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to TRANS LIST, and press OK.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. To print complete Card numbers on the report, swipe the POS Admin card OR
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK.
The PRINT DATE OR BATCH? prompt appears.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
5. Select the sorting method for the report:
Press the F1 key to print the transactions that occur on a specific date.
Press the F3 key to print the transactions that occur in a specific batch.
Note: Select the F3 key if you are printing a Transactions List for the End-of-Day procedure.
6. If you pressed the F1 key for Date, key in the date in YYMMDD format.
If you pressed the F3 key for Batch, key in the Batch number.
OR simply press OK to include all transactions in the terminal memory.
The PRINT TOTALS ONLY? prompt appears.
7. If you wish to print only the totals for each card type on the report, press the F1 key (YES).
If you wish to print information on each transaction individually as well as totals for the report, press the F3 key
(NO).
Note: Press the F1 key if you are printing a Transactions List for the End-of-Day procedure.
Note: Select the F3 key if you wish to determine which transactions were processed using a chip card. On the
report, the word "CHIP"will appear on the same line as the card name if a chip card was inserted for that transaction.
The terminal prints the report then returns to the READY screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
206
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
Reports
9.14 Transaction Inquiry Report
This report lists all transactions that match the criteria you select. If you do not select any criteria (i.e. you simply
press OK as each criteria appears), all transactions in the terminal memory are listed.
IMPORTANT: The POS Admin card is required if you wish to print unmasked Card numbers on this report.
Criteria are:
•
Clerk ID
•
Card Type
•
Card Number
•
Amount
•
Type of Transaction
•
Date of Transaction
The results can be printed or displayed on the terminal screen.
Note: Visa Debit transactions may appear under "VISA"on the report (i.e., there may be no distinction between
Visa credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key on the keypad.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down and select REPORTS.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down and select TRANS INQUIRY.
The SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears.
4. To print complete Card numbers on the report, swipe the POS Admin card OR
To print masked Card numbers on the report, simply press OK.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
The criteria appear in order:
5. The list of card types appears, beginning with ALL CARDS.
To select all card types, ensure ALL CARDS is highlight then press OK.
OR
To select a specific card type, scroll down the list until the card type you wish to select is highlighted then
press OK.
6. The CARD NUMBER prompt appears.
To select all Card numbers, simply press OK.
OR
To select a specific card, key in the Card number and press OK.
7. The ENTER AMOUNT entry screen appears.
To select all transactions regardless of amount, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions of a specific amount, key in the amount and press OK.
8. The list of transaction types appears, beginning with ALL TRANS.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
207
9
Reports
To select all transaction types, ensure ALL TRANS in highlighted then press OK.
OR
To select a specific transaction type (e.g. Refunds), scroll through the list until the transaction type you wish
to select is highlighted then press OK.
9. The DATE (YY) MMDD prompt appears.
To select all transactions regardless of the date they were processed, simply press OK.
OR
To select transactions processed on a specific date, key in the date in the format indicated on the screen (the
2-digit year is optional) and press OK.
10. The PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears.
To print the list of matching transactions, refer to "Transaction Inquiry - Printed Report".
To print a duplicate of the Merchant copy of a receipt, refer to "Transaction Inquiry - Reprint the Merchant
copy".
To delete a Pre-Authorization transaction, refer to "Transaction Inquiry - Delete a Pre-Authorization".
9.14.1
Printing a Transaction Inquiry Report
Begin a Transaction Inquiry then, when the PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears:
A. Press the F1 key to select PRINT.
The terminal searches its memory for matching transactions.
B. The terminal displays PRINTING while the report is printed.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
The terminal returns to the READY prompt.
208
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
9
9.14.2
Reports
Transaction Inquiry - Reprinting the Merchant Receipt Copy
Begin a Transaction Inquiry then, when the PRINT OR DISPLAY? prompt appears:
A. Press the F3 key to select DISPLAY.
The terminal searches its memory for matching transactions.
B. The Trans Inquiry Menu displays the matching transactions on the screen, one transaction per line.
To select a particular transaction, scroll through the list until the transaction is highlighted then press OK.
TRANS INQUIRY
TTNNNN $999.99
TTNNNN $999.99
TTNNNN $999.99
TT = Transaction Type:
P = Purchase
GP = Gift Purchase
R = Refund
RF = Loyalty/Gift Refund
RD = Loyalty Redemption
PA = Pre-Authorization
A = Advice
VP = Void Purchase
VR = Void Refund
V = Loyalty/Gift Void
Y = Payment
VY = Void Payment
AL = Loyalty/Gift Activate/Load
DA = Loyalty/Gift Deactivate
NNNN = last 4 digits of the Card number
999.99 = last 5 digits of the transaction amount
C. Detailed information about the selected transaction appears.
To print a duplicate of the Merchant copy of the receipt, press the F3 key (REPRINT).
To return to the Trans Inquiry Menu, press the F1 key (NEXT).
TRANS INQUIRY
CCCCCCCCCCC XXXX
TT $999,999.99
NEXT
REPRINT
CCCCCCCCCCC = last 11 digits of the Card
number
XXXX:
- for Credit (including some debit chip cards)
and loyalty/gift cards = transaction date
- for Debit = CHQ or SAV
TT = Transaction Type (see above)
999,999.99 = transaction amount
D. The terminal prints the Merchant copy of the receipt (with a signature line if it was present on the original
receipt) and returns to the Trans Inquiry menu.
To select another transaction to reprint, scroll through the list until the transaction is highlighted then press OK.
To return to the READY screen, press the Can/Ann key repeatedly.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
209
10 End-of-Day Procedure
IMPORTANT: At the end of each business day you must process a Close Batch transaction in order to have
the funds from your POS transactions deposited to your business account.
You will need to perform three tasks:
1. Perform a Stored Transactions report by batch on the terminal to be closed.
2. Perform a Close Batch for a single terminal OR
If Multi-Terminal Reporting is enabled, a Multi-Terminal Report for a group of named terminals.
3. Compare the totals on the two reports.
If totals do not match, call the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for reconciliation assistance.
If Moneris Loyalty/Gift programs are enabled on your terminal, at the end of each report the PRINT ERNEX
REPORT? prompt appears. Press the F1 key to select YES and print the same report for the Ernex transactions.
These reports can also be started from the Ernex REPORT FUNCS menu, however the report will contain only
Moneris Loyalty/Gift transactions.
If the Air Miles Rewards program is enabled on your terminal, reward transactions are saved on the terminal then
forwarded to the Moneris Host in small groups. You do not need to process an administrative transaction in order to
close Air Miles transactions. It is recommended, however, that you check at the end of the day to ensure all Air
Miles Rewards transactions have been forwarded to the Moneris Host.
A. Check the REWARDS MENU to see if the SAF INQUIRY transaction appears.
• If it does not, all transactions have been forwarded.
• If it does, perform an UPLOAD SAF transaction.
B. Print a Reward Daily Totals report for your records.
Note: You may wish to enable the ARE TOTALS BALANCED? prompt to appear during a Close Batch to remind
you to perform step 3.
10.1 Close Batch
Chip card totals are rolled into the card totals, not a separate card type
Note: Refer to "Multi-Terminal Reporting "to close multiple terminals at one time.
Refer to "Current Batch Totals Report "to print the report without closing the batch.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Press OK to select CLOSE BATCH.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
If the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen appears, refer to the "Entering the Clerk ID"procedure.
Note: If this prompt appears, you must enter the Clerk ID even if the Default Clerk ID feature has been enabled.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
211
10
End-Of-Day Procedure
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then prints the CURRENT BATCH TOTALS report.
The CLOSE BATCH? prompt appears.
4. Press the F1 key (YES) to close the current batch and have funds deposited to your account.
Note: If you press the F3 key (NO), the Close Batch will be cancelled and funds will not be deposited to your
account. If you perform the Close Batch again later and press the F1 key (YES), the funds will be deposited at that
time.
If enabled, the ARE TOTALS BALANCED? prompt appears.
a. Confirm that the totals on the CURRENT BATCH TOTALS report match the totals on the TERMINAL
BATCH TOTALS report (printed from the Print Stored Transactions report).
b. If the totals do not match, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre the next business day for
reconciliation assistance.
5. The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host again, finishes printing the report, and returns to the READY
screen.
If the PRINT ERNEX REPORT? appears, refer to the "Printing a Loyalty/Gift Report after a Financial
Report"procedure.
10.2 Multi-terminal Reports
10.2.1
Multi-Terminal Report for All Terminals
This function does not compare totals stored in the terminal memory to totals stored on the Moneris Host. Therefore,
ensure your receipts balance to the total of the Deposit Totals Report (selected in step 5) or print a stored
Transactions List report on each of the terminals selected.
Note: You can also perform a Multi-Terminal Report for a group of terminals or one or more terminals by name.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM RPT, and press OK.
The CLOSE BATCHES? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. To close the batch on the selected terminal, press the F1 key (YES).
To skip closing the batch for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
The GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompt appears.
5. To print the Deposit Totals report for the selected terminal, press the F1 key (YES).
To skip printing the report for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
Note: If you press the F3 key (NO) for both the CLOSE BATCHES? and the GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompts,
the terminal returns to the READY screen.
The MULT TERM menu appears.
212
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
10
End-of-Day Procedure
6. Scroll down to ALL TERMINALS, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then, if the Deposit Totals report was requested in step 5,
displays PRINTING while it prints the report and returns to the READY screen.
10.2.2
Multi-Terminal Report for One or More Terminals by Name
This function does not compare totals stored in the terminal memory to totals stored on the Moneris Host. Therefore,
ensure your receipts balance to the total of the Deposit Totals Report (selected in step 5) or print a stored
Transactions List report on each of the terminals selected.
Note: You can also perform a Multi-Terminal report for all terminals or a group of terminals.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
IMPORTANT: You must know the terminal name in order to perform this function for one terminal.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM RPT, and press OK.
The CLOSE BATCHES? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. To close the batch on the selected terminal, press the F1 key (YES).
To skip closing the batch for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
The GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompt appears.
5. To print the Deposit Totals Report for the selected terminal, press the F1 key (YES).
To skip printing the report for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
Note: If you press the F3 key (NO) for both the CLOSE BATCHES? and the GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompts,
the terminal returns to the READY screen.
The MULT TERM menu appears.
6. Press OK to select NAME.
The ENTER TERM NAME TO BE PROCESSED entry screen appears.
7. Key in the terminal name and press OK. (Refer to "Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation ".)
The MULT TERM menu appears indicating that 1 terminal is pending (i.e. MULT TERM [01 PEND]).
To select additional terminals by name, repeat steps 6 and 7.
When you have selected all the terminals you wish, go to step 8.
Note: You may select up to 20 terminals by name to process at one time. When you enter the twentieth terminal
name, the terminal automatically processes the list then returns to the MULT TERM menu. You can then add
additional terminals.
8. Scroll down to PROCESS LIST, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then, if the Deposit Totals report was requested in step 5,
displays PRINTING while it prints the report and returns to the READY screen.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
213
10
End-Of-Day Procedure
10.2.3
Multi-Terminal Report for One or More Groups of Terminals
This function does not compare totals stored in the terminal memory to totals stored on the Moneris Host. Therefore,
ensure your receipts balance to the total of the Deposit Totals report (selected in step 5) or print a stored
Transactions List report on each of the terminals selected.
Note: You can also perform a Multi-Terminal Report for all terminals or one or more terminals by name.
Note: Visa Debit transactions are included in "VISA"totals on the report (i.e., there is no distinction between Visa
credit and debit transactions).
Note: Flash transactions are included in "INTERAC"totals on the report.
IMPORTANT: You must know the Terminal Group ID in order to perform this function for a group of
terminals.
From the READY screen:
1. Press the Admin key.
The MAIN MENU appears.
2. Scroll down to REPORTS, and press OK.
The REPORT FUNCS menu appears.
3. Scroll down to MULTI TERM RPT, and press OK.
The CLOSE BATCHES? prompt appears.
If the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt appears, swipe the POS Admin card.
4. To close the batch on the selected terminal, the F1 key (YES).
To skip closing the batch for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
The GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompt appears.
5. To print the Deposit Totals Report for the selected terminal, press the F1 key (YES).
To skip printing the report for that terminal, press the F3 key (NO).
Note: If you press the F3 key (NO) for both the CLOSE BATCHES? and the GET DEPOSIT TOTALS? prompts,
the terminal returns to the READY screen.
The MULT TERM menu appears.
6. Scroll down to GROUP, and press OK.
The ENTER GROUP ID TO BE PROCESSED entry screen appears.
7. Key in the Terminal Group ID, and press OK. (Refer to "Entering Alphabetic Characters and Punctuation ".)
The MULT TERM menu appears indicating that 1 Group ID is pending (i.e. MULT TERM [01 PEND]).
To select additional terminals by Group ID, repeat steps 6 and 7.
When you have selected all the groups you wish, go to step 8.
Note: You may select up to 20 Group IDs to process at one time. When you enter the twentieth Group ID, the
terminal automatically processes the list then returns to the MULT TERM menu. You can then add additional
groups.
8. Scroll down to PROCESS LIST, and press OK.
The terminal communicates with the Moneris Host then, if the Deposit Totals report was requested in step 5,
displays PRINTING while it prints the report and returns to the READY screen.
214
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11 Troubleshooting
Assistance can be accessed in a number of ways. You can:
•
refer to other Moneris HiSpeed 6200 documentation
•
call the Moneris Merchant Contact Centre
•
use the Merchant Direct Secure Message Centre
11.1 Additional Documentation
To download a copy of the Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Quick Reference Guide:
•
visit: moneris.com/6200
•
and click on "Reference Guide"
To download a printable PDF file of this Operating Manual:
•
visit: moneris.com/6200
•
and click on "Operating Manual"
To download a copy of the Merchant Operating Manual:
•
visit: www.moneris.com/en/Support/Downloads/MerchantManuals
•
and click on "Merchant Operating Manual"
11.2 Telephone Assistance
WHEN YOU NEED:
CONTACT:
+ to order stationery supplies and printer rolls
+ to resolve balancing issues
+ to solve problems with your terminal
+ to report a Code 10 situation
+ to change your terminal configuration
Moneris Merchant
Service Centre
1-866-319-7450
toll-free
24 hours a day, 7 days a
week
+ Voice Authorizations
11.3 Merchant Direct
Log in to Merchant Direct, and use the Message Centre to send a secure message directly to the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre. Visit moneris.com/merchantdirect for more information.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
215
11
Troubleshooting
11.4 Troubleshooting
If your terminal is not working properly and an error message appears on the screen, go to the list of Error Messages
and locate the message you see on the terminal. If the problem appears to be with the hardware, go to the list of
Hardware Problems and locate the symptom. Then, review the possible problems and try the suggested solution.
If your external PINpad is not working properly, and an error message appears on the PINpad screen, go to the list
of PINpad error messages.
If your contactless reader is not working properly, and an error message appears on the contactless reader screen or
the terminal screen (regarding the contactless reader), go to the list of contactless error messages.
Note: Please keep any receipts printed during problem transactions. The Service Centre representative may require
information that appears on the receipts.
IMPORTANT: If you are using PUBLIC IP communication, you may need to contact your ISP for assistance
before contacting Moneris. Check the Error Message or Hardware Problem resolution to determine if this is
the case.
If this does not resolve the problem, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
11.5 Error Messages on the 6200 Terminal
A message will appear on the display if an error occurs. In the table below, find the error message that appears on
the terminal and try the solution. If the error message re-appears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
If an error message appears on the external PINpad, refer to the "Error Messages on the PINpad "section.
If an error message appears during a contactless transaction or appears regarding the contactless reader in general,
refer to the "Error Messages on the Contactless Reader "section.
IMPORTANT: If you are using PUBLIC IP communication, you may need to contact your ISP for assistance
before contacting Moneris. Check the Error Message resolution to determine if this is the case.
All error messages are listed in alphabetical order (regardless of their cause).
ERROR MESSAGE
PROBLEM & SOLUTION
This symbol appears in the top left corner of the terminal display when there is a
problem with the Ethernet connection.
= Ethernet
Connection
Not Available
Top of page
Note: If the Ethernet connection was lost after the last transaction was performed,
this icon will not appear until most of the information for the new transaction has
been entered.
If the terminal has a dial communications cable connected to a phone jack and dial
communications have been configured, the terminal will attempt to use dial
communications.
Check that your Internet service is available.
- If it is not available, contact your ISP.
- If it is available, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
This symbol appears in top left corner of the terminal display when the SAF log is
nearly full.
= SAF Log 90% Full
216
A manual SAF Upload transaction should be performed as soon as possible.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
This symbol appears in top left corner of the terminal display when the SAF log is
full.
= SAF Log is
100% Full
The next time the terminal returns to the READY screen, it will perform an
automatic SAF Upload. No other transactions (Air Miles, debit, credit or Ernex) can
be processed until the SAF Upload has been successfully completed.
Wait while the terminal performs the SAF Upload.
Do NOT cancel the SAF Upload. It must be completed before any other transactions
can be performed.
This symbol appears when the terminal is in Training mode.
= Training Mode
Exit Training mode to remove the symbol from the display.
AMOUNT EXCEEDED
RETURN TO CLERK
The Refund Amount entered exceeds the limit set on the terminal during
Initialization.
or
- Ask the cardholder to return the PINpad/ terminal.
- Press OK to display the merchant prompts.
- The REFUND LIMIT EXCEEDED prompt appears.
AMOUNT EXCEEDED
RETURN PINPAD
APP CA06
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
ASSERT
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Authenticate xxx...Failed!
xxx = the application name or "OS"or "Sec Data"or "SSA"
See Code Authentication error messages.
CANCELLED
REMOVE CARD
The Can/Ann key was pressed during a chip card transaction:
CANCELLED
RETURN TO CLERK
The cardholder has pressed the Can/Ann key during the cardholder prompts.
or
CANCELLED
RETURN PINPAD
- Remove the chip card from the chip card reader. The terminal will beep once per
second until the card is removed.
- If receipts had begun printing before the card was removed, CARD REMOVED
and CANCELLED are printed on the receipt.
- The READY screen appears.
- Ask the cardholder to return the PINpad/ terminal.
- Press OK to display the merchant prompts.
- Retry the transaction.
If an external PINpad is attached, the 6200 will display CANCELLED, then print a
CANCELLED receipt.
Press Can/Ann or OK on the 6200 again to finish cancelling the transaction.
The 6200 returns to the READY screen.
CANNOT SWIPE
CHIP CARD
PRESS OK
A chip card was swiped on the Magnetic Stripe Card Reader; however, this is not
allowed for this card.
Can't Read
Certific File!
See Code Authentication error messages.
CARD BLOCKED
REMOVE CARD
The chip card cannot be used.
CARD NOT
There are a number of possible problems:
- You have keyed in or swiped a credit or debit or loyalty/gift card that is not valid.
- Press OK to return the READY screen.
- Request another form of payment.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
217
11
Troubleshooting
SUPPORTED
Check that the cardholder has activated the card with their financial institution.
or
- You have keyed in or swiped a card at the SWIPE ADMIN CARD prompt that is
not a POS Admin card. Check the card to ensure that it is a POS Admin Card.
CARD NOT
SUPPORTED
PLEASE RETRY
- You have keyed in a credit card or debit chip card, loyalty/gift card number that is
not valid. Check that you have keyed in the card number exactly as it appears on the
card.
- During a Payment or Payment Void transaction, you have keyed in or swiped a
card at the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt that is not a Private Label card.
Check the card to ensure that it is a Private Label card.
Check the card (or Card number) then:
If the READY screen appears, retry the transaction.
If the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears, swipe (or key in) the
card again.
You may need to swipe the card more quickly or more slowly or from the front of
the reader back to read it properly.
If this message appears again:
- For a credit card that was swiped: try the transaction again, but key in the Card
number
- For a keyed in credit Card number or a debit card: cancel the transaction and
request another form of payment.
- For a private label card: cancel the transaction.
Direct the cardholder to report the problem to their card issuer.
CARD PROBLEM
or
CARD PROBLEM
PLEASE RETRY
You have swiped a card on the terminal's magnetic stripe reader and the card stripe
could not be read properly.
If the READY screen appears, retry the transaction. If the SWIPE OR INSERT
CARD prompt appears, try swiping the card more quickly or more slowly or from
the front of the reader back.
If this is a contactless transaction: The contactless reader could not read all of the
information that it required, or there is more than one contactless card within range
of the reader.
If this is a contactless transaction, refer to the "Error Messages: Contactless
Reader"table.
CARD REMOVED
RETURN TO CLERK
The chip card was removed from the chip card reader during the cardholder
prompts, before the REMOVE CARD prompt was displayed.
or
The transaction is cancelled.
CARD REMOVED
RETURN PINPAD
- Retrieve the terminal from the cardholder.
- Wait until the CARD REMOVED PRESS OK prompt appears.
CARD REMOVED
PRESS OK
The chip card was removed before the transaction was completed and has been
cancelled.
- Press OK.
- The CARD REMOVED prompt appears while the receipts are printed.
- CARD REMOVED and CANCELLED are printed on the receipt.
- The READY screen appears.
CASH BACK
218
The Cashback amount requested exceeds the limit set on the terminal.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
EXCEEDS LIMIT
Enter a lower amount for Cashback when the prompt re-appears.
OR
If this error message appears on a regular basis, consider increasing the Cashback
limit set on the terminal.
CASH BACK
LIMIT EXCEEDED
Certific File
Authenticate
Failed!
See Code Authentication error messages.
CERTIFICATE
FAILED - ###
PRESS OK
This applies to Ethernet communications only.
The SSL certificate failed verification.
If dial backup is available:
Press OK. The terminal will attempt to use dial backup to process the transaction.
If dial backup is not available:
- Press OK. The READY prompt appears.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
OR Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CF00 IDLE
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CFS xxx
can't open!
xxx = CFS name
CFS xxx has
no certific info!
xxx = application name or CFS name
CFS xxx MAC
Verification Failed!
xxx = CFS name
CHECK PINPAD
The external PINpad has been enabled but the terminal cannot communicate with it.
See Code Authentication error messages.
See Code Authentication error messages.
See Code Authentication error messages.
If this message appears on the terminal:
- at the beginning of a transaction:
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- in the middle of a transaction:
- Press OK on the PINpad.
Then
- Ensure the PINpad cable is securely connected to the PINpad and the terminal
base.
- Retry the transaction.
If there is no external PINpad attached to the terminal, disable the external PINpad
and reinitialize the terminal.
CHECK PRINTER
A problem has been detected with the printer.
Open the printer and check that:
- there is paper in the printer
- the paper feed is clear.
- the paper roll is seated correctly.
Close the printer lid and ensure that it is closed completely.
If the problem is fixed:
The printer will finish printing the receipt or report that was in progress and
complete the transaction.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
219
11
Troubleshooting
If the problem is not fixed:
Press OK. The terminal will complete the transaction. Fix the problem then reprint
the transaction.
Note: Transactions should not be performed until the printer problem is fixed.
CHECK READER
Refer to the "Error Messages: Contactless Reader "tables.
CHIP NOT ALLOWED
DO PURCHASE
PRESS OK
- Press OK again to return to the READY screen.
CHIP NOT ALLOWED
DO PURCHASE
REMOVE CARD
- Process a Purchase using the Chip card
OR
- request another credit card and retry the Pre-Authorization.
A chip card has been used to attempt a Pre-Authorization transaction and the
terminal is not configured to allow this.
If this appears during merchant prompts:
- You remove the chip card
- Press OK to return to the READY screen.
If this message appears during the cardholder prompts:
- the cardholder removes the card.
- The CHIP NOT ALLOWED DO PURCHASE RETURN TO CLERK prompt
appears.
CHIP NOT ALLOWED
DO PURCHASE
RETURN TO CLERK
The cardholder passes the terminal back to you.
- Press OK. The CHIP NOT ALLOWED DO PURCHASE PRESS OK prompt
appears.
- Press OK again to return to the READY screen.
- Process a Purchase using the Chip card
OR
- request another credit card and retry the Pre-Authorization.
CHIP TYPE
NOT SUPPORTED
REMOVE CARD
The chip on the chip card cannot be used on this terminal.
CLERK ID NOT
SETUP
PRESS OK
The Default Clerk ID has not been set.
- Remove the chip card.
- The SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears.
- Swipe the chip card on the magnetic stripe card reader to start the transaction.
Press OK to return to the READY screen.
If you wish to use a Default Clerk ID, add the Default Clerk ID.
OR
If you wish to use a number of Clerk IDs, change the prompt for Clerk ID to YES.
COMMUNICATION
PROBLEM WITH
ERNEX
The Moneris/Ernex Host Communication Test failed.
Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CONTACTLESS
TRANSACTION
LIMIT EXCEEDED
CUSTOMER INSERT CARD
220
A chip card was swiped on the Magnetic Stripe Card Reader instead of inserted into
the chip card reader.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
INTO READER
Insert the card into the chip card reader to start the transaction.
DECLINED...
See Declined Messages.
DO A PURCHASE
WITH CHIP CARD
The chip card cannot be used for a Pre-Auth transaction because the terminal is not
configured to allow this. Retrieve the terminal or 7800, remove the chip card, press
OK, and perform a Purchase using the chip card.
OK
DUPLICATE
TERMINAL NAME
The terminal name you have attempted to assign to this terminal is already assigned
to another one of your terminals.
Try keying in another terminal name.
OR
To assign the terminal name to this terminal, first delete it from the other terminal
then assign it to this one.
EMV DATA
MAC FAILURE
CHECK PINPAD
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
ERNEX
INITIALIZATION
FAILED
There has been a terminal, host or communication problem during the Initialization
to the Ernex Host.
Press OK to return to the READY screen.
IMPORTANT: The terminal must be initialized before any other transactions
(loyalty/gift or debit or credit) can be performed.
Try to re-initialize again. If this does not work, Contact the Moneris Merchant
Service Centre for assistance.
ERNEX
INITIALIZATION
REQUIRED
The Moneris/Ernex Host is requesting a re-initialization of the terminal.
Err Authenticate
CFS xxx
xxx = CFS name
ERROR 401
COMM ERROR
An unknown communication error has occurred.
Re-initialize for Ernex.
See Code Authentication error messages.
Press OK to return to the READY screen and try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
ERROR 402
HOST DISCONNECT
The Host has dropped the connection to the terminal during a transaction.
Press OK to return to the READY screen and try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
ERROR 403
CONNECTION LOST
The terminal has lost the connection to the Host during a transaction.
Press OK to return to the READY screen and try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
ERROR 405
NO ENQ FROM HOST
This applies to Dial Communications only.
The terminal has connected to the Host but the Host has not responded with the
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
221
11
Troubleshooting
ENQ to begin data transmission.
Press OK to return to the READY screen and try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
ERROR 406
NO NETWORK RESP
The terminal has sent the transaction request to the Host but the Host has not
responded.
Press OK to return to the READY screen and try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
ERROR 407
ACK NOT SENT
The application did not send the final message to the Moneris Host. The transaction
is considered cancelled.
- Press OK.
- If a chip card was used in the transaction, remove the chip card.
- Any receipts finish printing with CANCELLED on them.
- The READY screen appears.
ETHERNET COMMS
ERROR-DIAL USED
PRESS OK
The terminal was unable to communicate with the Moneris Host over the Ethernet
connection and dial backup was used to process the transaction.
Press OK to acknowledge the message and return to the READY screen.
The terminal will revert to Ethernet communications for the next transaction.
ETHERNET DOWN
PRESS OK
The terminal has checked the Ethernet connection and determined that it is
unavailable for communication.
Press OK to return the READY screen then check the following:
- Check all the cables to ensure everything is plugged in tightly.
- Check that the router and hub/switch (if any) are functioning.
If you use Public Internet: Contact your ISP (Internet service provider) for
assistance.
If you use Private Internet: Call the Moneris Merchant Service Centre.
If you use Corporate WAN: Call your corporate help desk to confirm that
the Corporate WAN is functioning properly.
File xxx
Authentication
Failed!
xxx = path/ DFS file name
GIFT CARD
MUST BE SWIPED
You have tried to key in a gift card number.
HOST CONNECTION
FAILED
The terminal has attempted to connect to the Moneris Host via a dial line and has
failed. The terminal will display this message for 3 seconds then return to the
previous prompt.
See Code Authentication error messages.
Swipe the gift card on the Magnetic Stripe Card reader to continue.
Wait for a few minutes then try the transaction again.
If the message reappears contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
INCORRECT PIN -LAST RETRY
222
The cardholder has not entered the correct PIN, i.e. (the PIN entered does not match
the PIN on the card). The cardholder can retry entering their PIN correctly one last
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
PRESS OK
time.
INCORRECT PIN
PRESS OK
The PIN entered does not match the PIN on the card.
Troubleshooting
- The cardholder presses OK.
- The ENTER PIN + OK prompt re-appears.
- The cardholder re-enters their PIN correctly to continue the transaction.
For chip cards with PIN: If the cardholder cannot remember their PIN the card may
approve the transaction or the terminal may prompt for a signature at the end of the
transaction or the transaction may be cancelled. If the transaction was cancelled,
request another form of payment.
For debit cards: If the debit cardholder cannot remember their PIN, the transaction
cannot be completed. Ask for another form of payment.
INCREMENTS OF 10
DOLLARS, PLEASE
The Cashback amount that was entered is not a rounded amount (i.e., there must be
no cents included, and the dollar position must be zero).
Key in a Cashback amount like $10 or $20 or $30 or $40, etc.
INITIALIZATION
ERROR
PLEASE WAIT
Please wait while the terminal is re-establishes an Ethernet connection to the Host in
order to retry the initialization.
INITIALIZATION
ERROR
RETRYING TRANS
If the Initialization process is not successful because of a communication problem,
the terminal will automatically retry the Initialization once.
When the connection is established, the INITIALIZATION ERROR RETRYING
TRANSACTION prompt appears.
Please wait while the terminal retries the Initialization.
This message is displayed until the Initialization retry is successfully under way or
the retry fails and a new error message is displayed.
INITIALIZATION
FAILED, CONTACT
SERVICE CENTRE
There has been a terminal, host or communication problem during the Initialization.
Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
INITIALIZATION
FAILED, MERCHANT
ID ERROR
The Merchant ID entered during the Initialization was not correct.
- Press OK to return to the READY screen
- Check the Merchant ID.
- Retry the Initialization.
If the Merchant ID was entered correctly and the message re-appears, contact the
Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
INITIALIZATION
FAILED
RETRYING TRANS
If the Initialization process is not successful, the terminal will automatically retry
the Initialization once.
Please wait while the terminal retries the Initialization.
This message is displayed until the Initialization retry is successfully under way or
the retry fails and a new error message is displayed.
INITIALIZE
ERNEX
The Moneris/Ernex Host is requesting a re-initialization of the terminal.
INIT FAILED-###
There has been a parameter error during the Initialization. ### indicates the specific
Re-initialize for Ernex.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
223
11
Troubleshooting
CALL HELP CENTRE
PRESS OK
error.
- Record the 3-digit number that appears where the ### is in this example.
- Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
INIT REQ'D
The Moneris Host is requesting a re-initialization of the terminal.
Re-initialize the terminal.
INVALID CARD NO.
The swiped card failed the MOD 10 check.
If the READY screen appears, retry the transaction.
If the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears, try swiping the card again.
If this message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
INVALID CARD
TYPE
The card that was swiped cannot be used for this transaction. Ask for another card
(e.g. a credit card) and retry the transaction.
Try swiping the card again. If this message reappears, press the Can/Ann key to
cancel the transaction and retry the debit or credit transaction.
INVALID DATE
The date entered is not a valid date.
The date must be entered in the MMDD or YYMMDD format and must be a valid
calendar date, e.g. 0231 (Feb. 31) is not a valid date.
Check the date and re-enter it when the prompt re-appears.
INVALID ENTRY
While in Training mode you have attempted to enter a transaction amount, a
Cashback amount or a Tip amount greater than $1.00.
When the prompt reappears, key in an amount of $1.00 or less and press OK to
continue.
OR
The Air Miles Reward incentive you entered was greater than 0.99. Check the value
and re-enter a value equal to or less than 0.99.
INVALID
EXPIRY DATE
PLEASE RETRY
The 4-digit Expiry date entered is not a valid date.
Check the date and re-enter it when the prompt re-appears.
The date must be entered in the MMDD format and must be a valid calendar date,
e.g., 0231 (Feb. 31) is not a valid date.
INVALID IP
ADDRESS
The IP address entered does not match the standard IP address format of #.#.#.#
where each # can be a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 3 digits long with a
minimum value of 0 and a maximum value of 255. For example:
0.10.127.255
Check the IP Address and re-enter it when the prompt re-appears.
INVALID PASSWORD
The password entered does not match the password downloaded.
INVALID PHONE #
The number that was keyed in is not the correct length.
Key in a 10-digit phone number (including the area code but without any spaces).
INVALID
TAG LIST
224
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
INVALID TIME
Troubleshooting
The time entered is not a valid time.
The time must be entered in the HHMM format and must be a valid time (HH must
be from 00 to 23 and MM must be from 00 to 59.)
Check the time and re-enter it when the prompt re-appears.
Lose Certific
File!
See Code Authentication error messages.
MAC FAILURE
PRESS OK
The terminal was unable to initialize to the Moneris Host.
Press OK. The terminal may automatically attempt another initialization or may
simply return to the READY screen.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
MAXIMUM BONUS
EXCEEDED
The multiplier was applied to the 10th Bonus Offer selected for the transaction and
this has resulted in an 11th Bonus Offer. There is a maximum 10 bonus offers per
transaction so this exceeds the maximum.
The terminal returns to the Bonus Offer menu screen.
Select the Bonus Offer again, but press F3 to select NO at the APPLY
MULTIPLIER prompt.
MERCHANT ID
ERROR
The Merchant ID entered does not match the Merchant ID in the terminal's
configuration.
Check the ID, and re-enter it when the prompt re-appears.
If the Merchant ID was entered correctly and the message re-appears, contact the
Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
MISMATCHED
During a swiped credit card transaction, the digits entered as the last four of the
credit card do not match the last four digits of the card number encoded on the
card's magnetic stripe.
Check the Card number and re-enter the last four digits when the prompt re-appears.
If the prompt reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
NO ACTIVITY
Clerk Subtotals are not available for that Clerk ID
OR
That Clerk ID does not exist.
Check the Clerk ID and try the report again.
NO LINE DETECTED
The terminal cannot detect an available communications line so will not begin
communicating.
For dial communications, this may happen if the terminal shares the dial line with
another device (e.g. a phone or a fax machine) or is using a line splitter or filter.
- Ensure that all communications cables are connected to the base and the wall jack
correctly.
- Check the phone line to ensure there is a dial tone.
- If the line is shared with another device or uses a dial splitter or filter, ensure that
the other device is not in use and has disconnected correctly.
- Press OK to return to the READY screen.
For IP communications: the Internet service or the router may be down.
- Ensure that all communications cables are connected to the base and the wall jack
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
225
11
Troubleshooting
correctly.
- Check that the Internet service is functioning, e.g. access a website from a PC.
NO MATCH ON
PINPAD, CONTACT
SERVICE CENTRE
The terminal was unable to initialize due to an invalid PINpad ID.
NO SUPPORTED
APPLICATIONS
REMOVE CARD
The applications available on the terminal do not match any of the applications on
the chip card.
NOT ACCEPTED
REMOVE CARD
The chip card inserted cannot be read
OR
A card-to-terminal communication error occurred.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
- If the chip card was inserted into the chip reader, remove it; Otherwise, swipe the
chip card on the magnetic stripe card reader to continue the transaction.
- Remove the chip card.
If the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears:
- re-insert the chip card to retry the transaction.
If the PURCHASE Ready screen appears:
- restart the transaction
If the SWIPE CARD prompt appears:
- Swipe the chip card on the Magnetic Stripe Card reader to continue
If the NOT ACCEPTED message reappears:
- Remove the chip card.
- Request another form of payment.
NOT COMPLETED
PLEASE TRY AGAIN
or
NOT COMPLETED
RETURN TO CLERK
or
The terminal has encountered a communication error during the cardholder prompts.
If the cardholder is swiping or inserting the card:
- Ask the cardholder to return the PINpad/ terminal.
- Press OK to display the merchant prompts.
- A communication error message appears.
- Find the communication error message in this table and follow the instructions.
NOT COMPLETED
RETURN PINPAD
OPTION
NOT AVAILABLE
The Admin code entered does not exist or the function has not been configured on
this terminal.
Check the Admin Shortcut Code and try again.
PERFORM ADM 60
PRINT CASHBACK
INFO, PRESS OK
The terminal is about to erase from its memory a transaction that includes a
Cashback amount and has not been printed on a Stored Transactions List.
PIN MUST BE
4 TO 12 DIGITS
The cardholder has entered a PIN that was too short (less than 4 digits) or too long
(more than 12 digits).
- Press OK.
- Print a Stored Transaction List.
- Retry the transaction.
When the ENTER PIN prompt reappears:
- Ask the cardholder to enter the PIN again.
- Remind them that they must key in at least four digits (i.e. at least four asterisks
**** appear on the display) but no more than 12 digits before pressing OK.
226
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
PIN TRIES
EXCEEDED
REMOVE CARD
The cardholder keyed in an incorrect PIN too many times in a row for this
transaction. The transaction is declined.
PLEASE LOGON
The terminal has been logged off to protect it from attempts to perform
unauthorized transactions.
- If the REMOVE CARD message appears under the PIN RETRIES EXCEEDED
message, remove the chip card from the chip card reader.
- Press the Can/Ann key.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
Perform a Logon transaction.
PLEASE WAIT
If this message appears when the terminal is powered on AND an external PINpad
is attached to the terminal, the PINpad is still authenticating its applications. When
the PINpad finishes its authentication process, the terminal will finish its power up
process.
PORT
NOT AVAILABLE
Refer to the "Error Messages: Contactless Reader "tables.
REFER CALL
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre to obtain a voice authorization. Once
authorized, process an Advice Transaction.
REFUND LIMIT
EXCEEDED
PRESS OK
The total value of Refunds performed today is greater than your daily Refund limit.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for a temporary increase. Please
have the original Purchase receipt available for reference.
REINITIALIZATION
REQUIRED
The First Initialization attempt failed
OR
The Moneris Host has sent a Re-initialization request to the terminal
OR
An item of the Host Setup for Ethernet communications has been changed on the
terminal.
Try to re-initialize again.
REMOVE CARD
A chip card has been left in the chip card reader (in the terminal or, if attached, the
external PINpad) after the transaction was completed. The terminal will beep once
per second until the card is removed.
Remove the chip card from the chip card reader. The Idle prompt will appear on the
screen.
RETRY - SYSTEM
PROBLEM ###
The Moneris Host was unable to process the transaction.
RETRY - SYSTEM
TIME OUT ###
The Moneris Host or the Third Party Host was unable to process the transaction.
RETRY TERMINAL
TIME-OUT
PRESS OK
The customer has taken too long to enter their PIN.
RETRY
TRANSACTION?
Press the F1 key to select YES and retry the transaction. The CUSTOMER PRESS
OK TO CONTINUE prompt appears. Pass the terminal back to the customer and
Retry the transaction.
If problem persists, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Retry the transaction.
If the problem persists, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
- Press OK.
- The terminal will print the receipt(s) including a NOT COMPLETED message
then the RETRY TRANSACTION? prompt appears.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
227
11
Troubleshooting
YES
NO
ask them to press OK then re-enter their debit card information.
Press the F3 key to select NO and return to the READY screen.
REWARD EXCEEDS
LIMIT
The total awards calculated for this Air Miles Rewards Purchase or Air Miles
Rewards Refund are greater than the maximum reward limit configured on the
terminal.
The READY screen re-appears.
Check the values entered during the Rewards transaction and retry the transaction.
SAF UPLOAD
FAILED
The SAF Upload attempt (automatic during a transaction or manually started from
the terminal menus) was not completed.
Press the Can/Ann key.
If this was an automatic SAF upload attempted during a transaction (Close
Batch or Multi-terminal Reporting), the transaction is cancelled then the
READY screen appears.
If this was a manual SAF upload attempt, the READY screen appears.
Wait a moment then retry the upload.
If the problem persists, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
SAF UPLOAD
REQUIRED
The function you have attempted to process (enter Training mode or Initialization)
is not available until a SAF upload of the Air Miles transactions in the SAF log has
been processed.
Perform a manual SAF Upload then retry the function.
SSA
Security Mode
MLDT
See Code Authentication error messages.
SYSTEM PROBLEM
PLEASE RETRY
One or more of the messages sent between the terminal and the Moneris Host are
missing data or have incorrect data.
Wait for a few minutes then try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
SYSTEM PROBLEM
RETRYING
The terminal is automatically retrying the transaction.
SYSTEM PROBLEM
SECURITY LIMIT
PLEASE RETRY
The terminal limits the number of PINs that can be entered in a specific time frame.
Please wait until the terminal returns to the READY screen or another message
appears.
This message appears if the number of PINs entered exceeds that limit. The current
transaction is cancelled and debit and Chip-with-PIN transactions cannot be
performed for a period of up to 10 minutes.
After 3 seconds the last line of this message changes to "RETURN TO CLERK".
- Retrieve the terminal from the cardholder.
- Press OK twice.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
SYSTEM PROBLEM
SECURITY LIMIT
RETURN TO CLERK
228
This message appears 3 seconds after the "SYSTEM PROBLEM SECURITY
LIMIT PLEASE RETRY"message appears.
- Retrieve the terminal from the cardholder.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
or
SYSTEM PROBLEM
SECURITY LIMIT
RETURN PINPAD
TABLE FULL
Troubleshooting
- Press OK twice.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
You have tried to add too many Clerk IDs or Terminal Names.
You can add a maximum of 255 different Clerk IDs and 100 different Terminal
Names.
TAP FAILED
PLEASE INSERT
OR SWIPE CARD
Refer to the "Error Messages: Contactless Reader "tables.
TCP CONNECTION
FAILED
The terminal has tested the Ethernet connection and was unable to establish a
connection. The terminal will display this message for 3 seconds then return to the
previous prompt.
Wait for a few minutes then try the transaction again.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
TERMINAL DATA
ERROR, CONTACT
SERVICE CENTRE
If the Initialization retry is not successful, contact the Moneris Merchant Service
Centre for assistance.
TERMINAL SETUP
REQUIRED
The terminal has not been configured.
TIME-OUT
RETURN TO CLERK
or
TIME-OUT
RETURN PINPAD
TIME-OUT
REMOVE CARD
TRANSACTION DATA
NOT FOUND
TRANSACTION
NOT ALLOWED
Press OK to return to the READY screen.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance with configuring the
terminal.
The cardholder has taken too long to respond to their prompts.
- Ask the cardholder to return the PINpad/terminal.
- Press OK.
- The RETRY TERMINAL TIME-OUT PRESS OK prompt appears.
The cardholder has taken too long to respond to their prompts.
- Ask the cardholder to remove their card. The TIME-OUT RETURN TO CLERK
(or RETURN PINPAD) prompt appears.
- MasterCard Transaction Data:
No data could be found. Wait until the terminal returns to the ADMIN FUNCS
menu.
The terminal has incorrectly interpreted a Maestro debit card as a credit card.
and
A Maestro debit card with non-debit Service code has been swiped for any
non-debit supported transaction type (i.e., a transaction type other than
Purchase, Refund, Purchase-Void or Refund-Void).
or
A Maestro card has been manually entered.
Retry the transaction with a credit card.
TRANSACTION
Purchase Void;
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
229
11
Troubleshooting
NOT FOUND
Refund Void;
No Original Authorization number was found in the current Batch that matches the
one that was keyed in. Wait until the ENTER ORIGINAL AUTHORIZATION #
entry screen reappears, and then check your criteria, and try again. OR Press the
Can/Ann key to return to the READY screen.
-Credit Refund Void:
No Original Authorization number was found in the current Batch that matches the
one that was keyed in. Wait until the ENTER ORIGINAL AUTHORIZATION #
entry screen reappears, and then check your criteria, and try again. OR Press
Can/Ann to return to the READY screen.
Debit Purchase Void:
No transactions were found that match the criteria you entered during one of the
following reports:
- debit/credit Stored Transactions or loyalty/gift Stored Transactions:
Wait until the PRINT DATE OR BATCH? prompt OR the ENTER CLERK ID
entry screen reappears then check your criteria and try again.
- Pre-Authorization List:
Wait until the PRE-AUTH LIST menu OR the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen
reappears then check your criteria and try again.
- Transaction Inquiry or loyalty/gift Transaction Inquiry:
Wait until the CARD TO SEARCH menu OR the ENTER CLERK ID entry screen
reappears then check your criteria and try again.
OR
Press Can/Ann three times to cancel the report and return to the READY screen.
- SAF Inquiry:
There are no SAF transactions in the Air Miles log waiting to be uploaded.
OR
No transactions were found that match the Ernex reference number you entered
during an loyalty/gift VOID. Check the Ernex reference number on the loyalty/gift
receipt and re-enter it to continue the transaction.
OR
No matching transaction was found during a Pre-Auth Advice. Check the Sequence
number of the transaction you are trying to find and re-enter it to continue the
transaction.
VALID VALUES
ARE FROM 0.06 TO
5.00 SECONDS
The Stabilization Timer time entered during Dial Communications configuration is
not valid.
VALID VALUES
ARE FROM 1 TO
15 MINUTES
The value for the SAF upload time period was less than 1 or greater than 15.
VALID VALUES
ARE FROM 15 TO
999 SECONDS
The Backlight delay time is not valid.
VALID VALUES
ARE FROM 5 TO
230
Check the number of seconds entered and enter a valid value when the prompt reappears.
Check the value and enter a valid value.
Check the number of seconds entered and enter a valid value when the prompt reappears.
The Ethernet time-out or retry time is not valid.
Check the number of seconds entered and enter a valid value when the prompt re-
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
90 SECONDS
appears.
VALID VALUES
FROM 0 TO 30%
PRESS OK
This message is displayed if the preset Tip percentage is not in the right range.
ZERO POINTS
AWARDED
Enter a valid value.
No points were awarded for the Air Miles Rewards transaction.
The READY screen appears after 3 seconds.
Check the values that were entered at the ENTER AMOUNT, ENTER QUANTITY
and the BONUS OFFER selected. They may not qualify the transaction for points
OR may have been entered incorrectly.
11.6 Error Messages on the PINpad
A message will appear on the PINpad display if an error occurs. In the table below, find the error message that
appears on the PINpad and try the solution. If the error message re-appears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service
Centre for assistance.
ERROR
MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION & ACTION
AMOUNT
EXCEEDED
The Refund Amount entered exceeds the limit set on the terminal during Initialization.
- If the REMOVE CARD message appears under the AMOUNT EXCEEDED message, ask
the cardholder to remove the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
- Press OK on the terminal to continue the transaction.
Authenticate
xxx...Failed!
xxx = the application name or "OS"or "Sec Data"or "SSA"
CANNOT SWIPE
CHIP CARD
The chip card error message was followed by the SWIPE CARD prompt and the chip card
was swiped on the Magnetic Stripe reader, however this is not allowed for this card.
See Code Authentication error messages.
- The PINpad returns to the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen.
- Request another form of payment.
Can't Read
Certific File!
See Code Authentication error messages.
CARD NOT
SUPPORTED
There are two possible problems:
- You have swiped a Credit or Debit card that is not valid. Check that the cardholder has
activated the card with their financial institution.
- During a Payment or Payment Void transaction, you have swiped a card at the SWIPE OR
INSERT CARD prompt that is not a Private Label card. Check the card to ensure that it is a
Private Label card.
Check the card and press CORR on the PINpad then
If the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen appears on the PINpad, retry the transaction.
If the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the PINpad, swipe the card
again.
You may need to swipe the card more quickly or more slowly or from the front of the reader
back to read it properly.
If the message reappears, swipe the card on the 6200.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
231
11
Troubleshooting
If the message re-appears on the 6200:
- for a credit card, key in the Card number manually on the 6200;
- for a debit card, request another form of payment;
- for a Private Label card, cancel the transaction.
Then direct the cardholder to report the problem to their card Issuer.
CARD PROBLEM
You have swiped a card on the PINpad's magnetic stripe reader and the card stripe could not
be read properly.
Press CORR on the PINpad, then:
- If the WELCOME/BONJOUR screen appears on the PINpad, restart the transaction.
- If the SWIPE OR INSERT CARD prompt appears on the PINpad, try swiping the card
more quickly or more slowly or from the front of the reader back.
If the message reappears, press CORR on the PINpad then swipe the card on the 6200.
If the messages re-appears on the 6200:
- for a credit card, key in the Card number manually on the 6200;
- for a debit card, request another form of payment.
CARD REMOVED
The chip card was removed from the chip card reader on the PINpad during the transaction,
before the REMOVE CARD prompt was displayed.
The transaction is cancelled.
Start the transaction on the 6200 again and leave the chip card in the chip card reader until
the REMOVE CARD prompt appears.
Certific File
Authenticate
Failed!
See Code Authentication error messages.
CFS xxx
can't open!
xxx = CFS name
CFS xxx has
no certific info!
xxx = application name or CFS name
CFS xxx MAC
Verification Failed!
xxx = CFS name
CHECK
CONNECTION
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CHECK ECR
CONNECTION
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CHIP NOT
ALLOWED
DO PURCHASE
REMOVE CARD
A chip card has been used to attempt a Pre-Authorization transaction and the terminal is not
configured to allow this.
See Code Authentication error messages.
CHIP TYPE
NOT SUPPORTED
See Code Authentication error messages.
See Code Authentication error messages.
- Ask the cardholder to remove the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
- Process a Purchase using the chip card
OR
request another credit card and retry the Pre-Authorization.
The chip on the chip card inserted into the chip card reader on the PINpad cannot be used on
this terminal.
- Remove the card from the chip card reader.
- The SWIPE CARD prompt appears.
- Swipe the chip card in the magnetic stripe reader on the PINpad to continue the
232
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
transaction.
DECLINED BY
CARD
The chip card has declined the transaction.
Err Authenticate
CFS xxx
xxx = CFS name
File xxx
Authentication
Failed!
xxx = path/ DFS file name
INCORRECT PIN
PRESS OK
The PIN entered does not match the PIN on the card.
- The PINpad beeps once per second until the chip card is removed.
- Remove the card from the chip card reader.
- Request another form of payment.
See Code Authentication error messages.
See Code Authentication error messages.
- The cardholder presses OK on the PINpad.
- The ENTER PIN + OK prompt re-appears on the PINpad.
- The cardholder re-enters their PIN correctly to continue the transaction.
For chip cards with PIN: If the cardholder cannot remember their PIN the card may
approve the transaction or the terminal may prompt for a signature at the end of the
transaction or the transaction may be cancelled. If the transaction was cancelled, request
another form of payment.
For debit cards: If the debit cardholder cannot remember their PIN, the transaction cannot
be completed. Ask for another form of payment.
INCORRECT PIN
- LAST RETRY
PRESS OK
The second attempt to enter a PIN for this transaction was incorrect. The cardholder can try
one more time.
- The cardholder presses OK on the PINpad.
- The ENTER PIN + OK prompt re-appears on the PINpad.
- The cardholder re-enters their PIN correctly to continue the transaction.
If the PIN is entered incorrectly again, the transaction is cancelled.
- Request another form of payment.
INVALID ENTRY
While in Training mode you have attempted to add a Cash Back amount or a Tip amount
greater than $1.00.
- When the original prompt reappears, key in an amount of $1.00 or less and press OK to
continue.
Lose Certific
File!
See Code Authentication error messages.
MAXIMUM
AMOUNT
EXCEEDED
The total of the purchase amount and the tip amount is greater than $99,999,999.99.
The ENTER TIP prompt re-appears after 3 seconds.
- Ask the cardholder to enter a tip amount that does exceed the maximum total.
NO
APPLICATIONS
LOADED
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
NO SUPPORTED
APPLICATIONS
REMOVE CARD
The applications available on the terminal do not match any of the applications on the chip
card.
- Remove the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
- The SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the PINpad.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
233
11
Troubleshooting
- Swipe the chip card on the magnetic stripe card reader on the PINpad to continue the
transaction.
NOT ACCEPTED
REMOVE CARD
The chip card inserted cannot be read
OR
A card-to-terminal communication error occurred.
Ask the cardholder to remove the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
If the SWIPE CARD prompt appears on the PINpad:
- swipe the chip card on the Magnetic Stripe reader on the PINpad to continue.
If not, the transaction is cancelled.
- Request another form of payment.
NOT
COMPLETED
A prompt requiring data entry was left blank too long. The transaction has been cancelled.
PIN MUST BE
4 TO 12 DIGITS
The cardholder has entered a PIN that was too short (less than 4 digits) or too long (more
than 12 digits).
- If the REMOVE CARD message appears under the NOT COMPLETED message, remove
the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Retry the transaction.
- Remind the cardholder to respond to each prompt within 30 seconds.
When the ENTER PIN prompt reappears on the PINpad:
- Ask the cardholder to retry entering their PIN on the PINpad.
- Remind them that they must key in at least four digits (i.e. at least four asterisks ****
appear on the display) but no more than 12 digits before pressing OK.
PIN TRIES
EXCEEDED
The cardholder keyed in an incorrect PIN too many times in a row for this transaction. The
transaction is cancelled.
- If the REMOVE CARD message appears under the PIN RETRIES EXCEEDED message,
remove the chip card from the chip card reader on the PINpad.
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
REMOVE CARD
A chip card has been left in the chip card reader on the PINpad after the transaction was
completed. The terminal will beep once per second until the card is removed.
- Remove the chip card from the chip card reader. The WELCOME/BONJOUR prompt will
appear on the screen.
SSA
Security Mode
MLDT
See Code Authentication error messages.
SYSTEM
PROBLEM
One or more of the messages sent between the PINpad, the terminal and the Moneris Host
are missing data or have incorrect data.
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Wait a few moments.
- Restart the transaction on the 6200 terminal.
If the message reappears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
SYSTEM
PROBLEM
SECURITY LIMIT
PLEASE RETRY
234
The terminal limits the number of PINs that can be entered in a specific time frame.
This message appears if the number of PINs entered exceeds that limit. The current
transaction is cancelled and debit and chip-with-PIN transactions cannot be performed for a
period of up to 10 minutes.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Request an alternate form of payment.
TIME-OUT
The cardholder has taken too long to respond to their prompts.
- If the REMOVE CARD message appears under the TIME-OUT message, ask the
cardholder to remove the chip card from the chip card reader.
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Wait a few moments.
- Restart the transaction on the terminal.
WRONG CARD
TYPE
USED
Ensure the card is the correct type for the transaction (e.g. a credit card for a Pre-Auth).
- Press CANCEL on the PINpad.
- Wait a few moments
- Retry the transaction on the terminal.
11.7 Hardware Problems
If terminal does not display an error message but is not functioning correctly, review this list of hardware problems
to find suggested solutions.
IMPORTANT: If you are using PUBLIC IP communication, you may need to contact your ISP for assistance
before contacting Moneris. Check the Hardware Problem resolution to determine if this is the case.
HARDWARE
PROBLEM
SOLUTION
Card numbers are
not masked
properly on the
Cardholder copy
and/or the Merchant
copy of the receipt
Make sure that Merchant Receipt Card Masking is enabled, and Pre-Printing is disabled.
Chip card reader
won't read cards
- Try inserting a different card. If this card can be read, the problem is with the first card.
Request another form of payment.
- If the card reader still won't read cards, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
Display screen is
blank
Check that the power cable is:
- firmly connected to the base.
- plugged into a functioning wall jack.
If the power cable disconnects from the terminal or becomes unplugged on a regular basis,
consider moving the terminal.
If the display is still blank, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Display lighting is
too bright or too
dark
Ethernet
communication
problems are
happening
intermittently.
The contrast setting is too high or too low.
Check the contrast setting and increase or decrease it to work with the lighting at the
terminal location.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
235
11
Troubleshooting
Magnetic Stripe
Card reader won't
read cards.
- Try swiping the card more quickly or more slowly or from the front of the reader towards
the back.
- Try swiping a different card. If this card can be read, the problem is with the first card.
Request another form of payment.
- Use a Head Cleaning Card to clean the card reader (a.k.a. the magnetic stripe reader or
MSR). Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre if you need Head Cleaning Cards.
- If the card reader still won't read cards, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for
assistance.
No transactions are
being processed.
Terminal is using
Dial.
- Determine whether Call Waiting or Call Answer is activated on the phone line that the
terminal is using.
- If either one is activated, configure the dial Prefix on the terminal as: *70,, (star, seven,
zero, comma, comma). Refer to "Entering alphabetic characters and punctuation ".
Nothing is possible
on the terminal after
initial
communications
configuration is
completed: not
initialization, not
transactions
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Printer Jam
Open the printer and check that:
- the paper feed is clear.
- the paper roll is seated correctly.
Close the printer lid and ensure that it is closed completely.
When the problem is fixed, the printer will finish printing the receipt or report that was in
progress. If necessary, reprint the transaction.
Note: Most debit transactions cannot be performed until the printer problem is fixed.
(Credit transactions and some debit chip transactions can be performed manually if
necessary.)
"CANCELLED" is
printed on a
Loyalty/Gift Close
Batch report.
If communications are interrupted during the Loyalty/Gift Close Batch leaving the Close
Batch out of balance, the "CANCELLED" message appears on the terminal screen,
"CANCELLED" is printed on the report, and the batch is NOT closed.
TOTALS NOT
AVAILABLE is
printed on a Close
Batch report.
If a Close Batch transaction is sent to the Moneris/Ernex Host when there are no
transactions at the Host, the report prints only a header, footer, and the text "312 -- TOTALS
NOT AVAILABLE."
Zero dollar values
on a Loyalty/Gift
Stored Transactions
report by batch.
No loyalty/gift transactions have been performed since the last Loyalty/Gift Stored
Transactions report (a.k.a. a Loyalty/Gift Batch Totals report) was printed.
Terminal freezes
when a chip card is
removed from the
external PINpad.
The chip card has been removed from the chip card reader on the external PINpad while the
PLEASE WAIT prompt is displayed.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Wait for a moment. The terminal and PINpad will automatically reset themselves then the
terminal will return to the READY screen and the PINpad will return to the
WELCOME/BONJOUR screen.
When the READY screen re-appears, start the transaction again, wait for the SWIPE OR
236
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
INSERT CARD prompt to appear on the PINpad, insert the chip card into the chip card
reader on the PINpad and leave the chip card in the reader until the REMOVE CARD
prompt appears on the PINpad.
Terminal freezes
after the dollar
amount is keyed in
and OK is pressed.
An external PINpad is attached to the terminal and a card has been inserted into the chip
card reader on the terminal before the dollar value is entered on the terminal.
- Power down the terminal then power it up again.
- When the READY screen appears on the terminal, do NOT insert the card in the chip card
reader. Key in the dollar amount and press OK THEN insert a chip card into the chip card
reader on the PINpad (i.e. not on the terminal).
11.8 Error Messages: Contactless Reader
If an contactless-related error occurs, a message will display on both the terminal screen and the contactless reader
screen.
The Contactless Reader Error Messages table below lists the contactless-related error messages that can appear.
(The error messages are in alphabetical order and sorted according to the Terminal Message column.)
Contactless reader equipment problems appear below in the Contactless Reader Equipment Problems table.
If the error message or equipment problem reappears after you have tried the solution(s), contact the Moneris
Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
11.8.1
Contactless Reader Error Messages Table
TERMINAL
MESSAGE
CONTACTLESS
READER
MESSAGE
CARD
PROBLEM
PLEASE RETRY
CARD
PROBLEM
PLEASE RETRY
DESCRIPTION & ACTION
The contactless reader could not read all of the information that it
required, or there is more than one contactless card within range of
the reader.
1. Hold the card by itself in front of the reader for 3 to 5 seconds
until the reader beeps. Try this step twice more if it doesn't work the
first time.
2. If step 1 doesn’t work, try inserting the card into the chip reader if
the card is also a chip card.
3. If step 2 doesn’t work, try swiping the card on the terminal.
4. If step 3 doesn’t work, manually enter the Card number, or use an
alternative form of payment.
CHECK READER
-
The contactless reader is not connected to the terminal. Confirm
that the Y-cable connector is inserted securely into the terminal's
base port.
CONTACTLESS
TRANSACTION
LIMIT
CONTACTLESS
TRANSACTION
LIMIT
A card was tapped for an amount that is equal to or exceeds the
transaction limit (i.e., maximum Contactless Dollar Value) for the
card. If the card is also a chip card, insert it into the terminal chip
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
237
11
Troubleshooting
EXCEEDED
EXCEEDED
reader (or attached 7800); otherwise, swipe the card on the terminal.
-
"Failed"
This message appears when a card has been tapped during a
transaction. The contactless reader has not been set up and
configured correctly.
Redo the contactless reader set up and configuration procedures.
"Firmware
Version"
The Firmware Version number displays if a reader has not yet been
set up and configured or has been set up and configured incorrectly.
Redo the contactless reader set up and configuration procedures.
NOT
COMPLETED
PLEASE TRY
AGAIN
---
NOT
COMPLETED
A communications problem occurred. Press OK on the terminal,
and then retry the transaction.
"Please Present
Card"
This message appears when the reader is in its idle state or during a
transaction. The contactless reader has not been set up and
configured correctly.
Redo the contactless reader set up and configuration procedures.
PORT
NOT
AVAILABLE
-
An attempt has been made to enable a contactless reader or external
PINpad on a port that is already configured for use by another
device.
Configure the terminal so that the external PINpad uses COM1 and
the contactless reader uses COM2.
Make sure to insert the cable from each device into the correct
terminal port.
REFUND LIMIT
EXCEEDED
AMOUNT
EXCEEDED
The total value of Refunds performed today is greater than your
daily refund limit. Contact Moneris for a temporary increase. Please
have the original purchase receipt available for reference.
TAP FAILED
PLEASE INSERT
OR SWIPE CARD
TAP FAILED
PLEASE INSERT
OR SWIPE CARD
The contactless reader was unable to read a card, or (contactless
debit only) a card was tapped for an amount that is equal to or
exceeds the transaction limit (i.e., maximum Contactless Dollar
Value) for the card.
If the card is also a chip card, insert it into the terminal chip reader
(or attached 7800); otherwise, swipe the card on the terminal.
"Thank you"
This is the only message that appears when a card has been tapped
during a transaction. The contactless reader has not been set up and
configured correctly.
Redo the contactless reader set up and configuration procedures.
238
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
11.8.2
Troubleshooting
Contactless Reader Equipment Problems Table
PROBLEM
SOLUTION
If the contactless reader's display screen is
blank:
Check all cable connections to ensure everything is plugged in
correctly. If the screen is still blank, call Moneris Merchant Service
Centre.
If the TAP CARD prompt does not appear
on the contactless reader after you’ve
entered the amount on the terminal:
1. Press OK on the terminal.
2. Confirm that the reader is plugged into the terminal's base port
RS232-1.
3. Confirm that the contactless reader’s power adaptor cable is
plugged into a functioning power outlet and the Y-cable is securely
inserted into the terminal port.
The reader is not powered:
1. Confirm that the contactless reader is plugged into the terminal's
base port RS232-1.
2. Confirm that the reader’s power adaptor cable is connected
securely to the Y-cable and plugged into a functioning power outlet.
If the contactless reader does not beep
after the card is tapped:
Hold the card on a different angle, and tap it again.
OR
Move the card slowly in a circular motion across the contactless
reader.
OR
Confirm the card is a contactless card.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
239
11
Troubleshooting
11.9 Understanding DECLINED Messages
A transaction can be declined for a number of reasons. (Decline receipts print in "reverse print.")
Check the table below for the full Declined message and follow the resolution instructions.
If configured do so, the terminal will beep for each of these messages:
DECLINED
MESSAGE
RESOLUTION
DECLINED
Return the card to the cardholder, and advise them to contact their card issuer.
Request another form of payment.
DECLINED 4x
HOLD CARD CALL
Retain the card if possible and contact Moneris Merchant Contact Centre for further
instructions.
DECLINED BY
CARD
PRESS OK
The chip card has declined the transaction.
DECLINED BY
CARD
REMOVE CARD
The chip card has declined the transaction.
DECLINED
CARD
CANCELLED
The debit transaction has not been approved.
DECLINED
CARD NOT
SETUP
The terminal has not been set up on the Moneris Host to process that card type.
DECLINED
CARD NOT
SUPPORTED
Call the Moneris Merchant Contact Centre for assistance.
DECLINED
EXCEEDS
REFUND
AMT/LIMIT
The amount of this transaction is greater than your Refund limit.
- Press OK.
- The DECLINED BY CARD REMOVE CARD message appears.
- The terminal beeps once per second until the chip card is removed.
- The receipts are printed with DECLINED BY CARD on them.
- Request another form of payment.
If the problem persists, advise the debit cardholder to contact their branch.
Request another form of payment.
Call the Moneris Merchant Contact Centre for assistance.
Provide the cardholder with the amount of the refund using an alternate payment method or
contact Moneris Merchant Contact Centre for a temporary increase.
Contact your Moneris Solutions Sales representative if you wish to increase your limit
permanently.
DECLINED
EXCESS PIN
TRIES
The cardholder has entered their PIN number incorrectly too many times in a row.
DECLINED
EXPIRED CARD
Examine the Expiry date embossed on the card:
DECLINED
HOLD CARD CALL
Retain the card if possible and call the Moneris Merchant Contact Centre for further
instructions.
240
Refer the cardholder to their branch, and request another form of payment.
If the date is in the future, retry the transaction.
OR
If the embossed date on the card is in the past, return the card to the cardholder, and advise
them to contact their card issuer for renewal.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
11
Troubleshooting
DECLINED
INVALID CARD
A debit card has been swiped, and the terminal does not process debit transactions.
DECLINED
PLEASE TRY
AGAIN
REMOVE CARD
A chip transaction could not be completed because it was declined by the Host.
DECLINED RETRY
EDIT ERROR ###
PRESS OK
The transaction was not completed.
DECLINED RETRY
TRANSACTION?
A non-chip transaction could not be completed because it was declined by the Host.
YES
Return the card to the cardholder and request another form of payment.
Remove the card, and retry the transaction.
Press OK or wait 3 seconds for the READY screen to reappear then try the transaction
again.
Try again by pressing the F1 key, or return to the READY screen by pressing the F3 key.
NO
11.10 Error Messages during Code Authentication
After powering up, the terminal performs a self-test then checks, or authenticates, the applications on the terminal
and the external PINpad.
If an application fails this authentication process, one of the following messages will be displayed. The message will
appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these Code Authentication messages then the
SSA menu appears.
If any of these error messages appears, contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
ERROR
MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION & ACTION
Authenticate
xxx...Failed!
xxx = the application name or "OS"or "Sec Data"or "SSA"
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Can't Read
Certific File!
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Certific File
Authenticate
Failed!
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
CFS xxx
can't open!
xxx = CFS name
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual
241
11
Troubleshooting
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CFS xxx has
no certific info!
xxx = application name or CFS name
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
CFS xxx MAC
Verification Failed!
xxx = CFS name
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Err Authenticate
CFS xxx
xxx = CFS name
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
File xxx
Authentication
Failed!
xxx = path/ DFS file name
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Lose Certific
File!
This message will appear for 2 seconds. It may appear by itself or with one or more of these
Code Authentication messages then the SSA menu appears.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
SSA
Security Mode
MLDT
242
This special SSA menu appears when the terminal has finished authenticating the
applications and one or more applications have failed.
Do NOT touch the keys on the terminal or external PINpad.
Do NOT power down the terminal.
Contact the Moneris Merchant Service Centre for assistance.
Moneris HiSpeed 6200 Operating Manual

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project